Sulzer 6rlb76 Me Bridge Control Alarm Ums Plant Nr-1 Eo-Anlegg

Close this Document
Search
INNHOLDSFORTEGNELSE:
KAPITEL NR. 1
Vaktinstruks for maskinister.

Vaktinstruks for dekksoffiserer.
Reservedeler for EO-utstyr.
\
KAPITEL NR. 2
Instrumentliste.
Armaturliste.
Leakage and washing system M.E.
Hydrophor system piping diagram.
Fuel oil system piping diagram.
Lub.oi1 system piping diagram.
sea water cooling system piping diagram.
Fresh water cooling system piping diagram.
Compressed air system piping diagram.
Steam-condensate-and feedwater system
piping diagram.
000-800-101 Bilge-and ballast system piping diagram.
000-821-101 Air sounding and overflow piping diagram.
-
100-790-102 bl.. 1-8 Electrical installation, alarm and
control plant.
Engine room console.
Junction boxes for cables alarm central.
KAPITEL NR.3 KONTROLLPULT
HAEBs mappe for kontrollpult.

"DEAD MAN" system.
KAPITEL NR.4 -
ZANDER & INGESTR0M Separator, type ZLVA, ZLTVA og ZLZTVA.
MASKIN A/S ZETA Flexotron PI-Controller.
VAF Viskositetsregulering.
NYLAND MEK. Observasjonstank.
ALFSEN & GUNDERSON Remote controlled 3-way valve VTR-M-F.
ARCA REGLER Dumping ventil for kjel.
SIGNALCO Brannalarmsentral.
ANKER BATTERIER A/S Instruks for stationary lead-acid battery.
- ' KAPITEL NR.5
ALFSEN & GUNDERSON Temperaturregulering.
KAPITEL rJR.6
AUTRONICA Innstallasjonstegninger for Sulzer RL76.
-KAPITEL NR.7
Pneumatisk peileanlegg.
1
INSTRUCTION FOR UNATTENDED YARD NO. 200
MACHINERY SPACE "CONCORDIA FJORD"
I Tel. 032,52 221 Moss Rosenberg Verft a.s P.O.B. 53.1512 J e l w

-
I Telex 16334 Moss Norwav
Moss Verft
FOR ENGINEER ON DUTY:
1. BEFORE UNATTENDED PERIOD STARTS:

.........................................
CHECKING
Check t h a t e n g i n e s a r e running s a t i s f a c t o r i l y by making a normal

watchround.
Check t h a t f u e l o i l day t a n k h a s enough o i l f o r unattended p e r i o d ,

f u r t h e r t h a t a l l v a l v e s a r e c o r r e c t l y s e t . Check l e v e l i n l u b . o i 1
t a n k , expansion t a n k , s t e r n t u b e t a n k e t c .
Check t h a t a u x i l l a r y pump s w i t c h e s s t a n d i n p o s i t i o n "STAND BY".
Check t h a t no alarms which i n d i c a t e a f a i l u r e a r e l i g h t e d on t h e

alarm c e n t r a l .
Check t h a t v a l v e s b e f o r e f i r e alarm horn a r e i n open n o s i t i o n .
Check t h a t one of t h e a u x i l l a r y engines i s p r e p a r e d f o r s t a n d

by o p e r a t i o n .
Make a f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r o l on t h e a l a r m system.
Make a n o t e i n t h e j o u r n a l a f t e r checking t h e above mentioned

points.
. a. Inform b r i d g e o f f i c e r on duty t h a t t h e e n g i n e s a r e ready f o r

unattended s e r v i c e . Bridge s h a l l confirm t h a t an unattended p e r i o d
. can s t a r t . Length o f t h e unattended u e r i o d h a s t o be s e t .
1
b. Inform b r i d g e o f f i c e r where you can be reached d u r i n g t h e unattended
period. .
These p l a c e s must n o t b e l e f t w i t h o u t informing t h e b r i d g e o f f i c e r .
The e n g i n e e r must always be on a p l a c e where he can be c a l l e d
from b r i d g e , even by f a i l u r e i n t h e e l e c t r i c power system.
c. Check t h a t t h e manoeuvre and t h e watchkeeping r e s p o n s i b i l i t y have

been t r a n s f e r e d t o b r i d g e and t h a t t h e b r i d g e h a s r e c e i v e d t h i s
responsibility.
The engine room can now be l e f t .
d. Make a n o t e i n t h e j o u r n a l when l e a v i n g t h e engine room.

3. M EASURES TO BE TAKEN BY FAILURE CONDITION:
..........................................
a. By any f a i l u r e c o n d i t i o n t h e e n g i n e e r should be c a l l e d from b r i d g e .
A f t e r c o n f i r m a t i o n , t h e e n g i n e e r must go t o t h e engine room
immediately.
I f t h e e n g i n e e r himself h e a r s t h e alarm s i g n a l and goes t o t h e
engine room w i t h o u t being c a l l e d from t h e b r i d g e , he h a s t o inform
the bridge.
b. When reaching t h e engine room t h e alarm should be c a n c e l l e d .

The alarm s i g n a l on t h e b r i d g e w i l l then be switched o f f .
c. A f t e r t h e necessary s t e p s and/or r e p a i r s have been c a r r i e d o u t ,

t h e b r i d g e o f f i c e r should be informed whether t h e unattended p e r i o d
can continue. The watchkeeping r e s p o n s i b i l i t y s h o u l d , i f necessary
be t r a n s f e r e d t o t h e engine room.
r
. d. Time and reason f o r t h e alarm and what r e p a i r s have been made,
should be noted i n t h e j o u r n a l .
TRANSFERRING OF WATCHKEEPING RESPONSIBILITY FROM BRIDGE TO ENGINE ROOM:

------------*----------------------------------------------------------
a. I f t h e b r i d g e o f f i c e r i s t o t r a n s f e r t h e watchkeeping r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
t o t h e engine room, t h e e n g i n e e r should be c a l l e d .
b. When t h e e n g i n e e r reaches t h e engine room, he t a k e s over t h e

watchkeeping r e s p o n s i b i l i t y .
c. The t r a n s f e r should be noted i n t h e j o u r n a l .

L
d. P o i n t s a , b , and c a r e n o t n e c e s s a r y i f t h e e n j i n e e r i s j u s t
making a s h o r t v i s i t t o t h e engine room d u r i n g t h e unattended
period.
F-
Respect t h e alarm. Take n o t h i n g f o r g r a n t e d , b u t t a k e every measure

- u n t i l t h e cause of alarm h a s been a s c e r t a i n e d . I n c a s e of doubt t h e
, e n g i n e e r must be c o n t a c t e d .
p r . MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a . s .

?loss V e r f t
6
INSTRUCTION FOR UNATTENDED YARD NO. 200
MACHINERY SPACE. "CONCORDIA FJORD"
Tel. 032,52221 MOSSRosenberg Verft a.s P.0.B. 53. 1512 Jelev

Telex 16334 -
Moss Norway
Moss Verft
FOR BRIDGE OFFICER ON DUTY:
1. -
GENERAL:
- - -- - - -
Befor "START ENGINE8'-orderfrom the bridqe is given, the bridge officer
on duty has to check that the propeller is clear.
2 - ,
2. TRANSFERRING OF WATCH RESPONSIBILITY FROM ENGINE
................................................................
ROOM TO BRIDGE:
When an unattended period shall start, the bridge officer has to

confirm that he is ready to take over the watchkeeping res~onsibility.
Length of the unattended geriod has to be set.
Place of residence for the engineer during the unattended period

has to be noted in the journal .
Make a function test of the alarm system.
Check that fire alarm system for engine room is engaged.
Switch over the watchkeeping responsibility, acoustic and optical

signal will carry on until the engineer has confirmed.
Make a note in the journal when the'unattended period starts.
b.. Call up the engineer on duty.

1
c. Time and information about which alarm should be noted in the
journal.
d. When the engineer reaches the engine room and cancels the alarm
there, the alarm lamp on bridge will switch off.
If the alarm lamp does not switch off within a reasonable time,
the bridge officer has to check the reason .
4. .......................................................................
TRANSFERRING OF WATCHKEEPING R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y FROM BRIDGE TO ENGINE ROOM:
a. Call up the engineer on duty and inform him that the watchkeeping
has to be transferred to the engine room.
b. When the engineer reaches the engine room, he switches'over the

watchkeeping responsibilty. Acoustic and optical signal will carry
on until the bridge officer has confirmed.
c. Time of transferring should be noted in the journal.
ResFect the alarm. Take nothing for granted, but take every measure
F
inti1 the cause bf alarm has been ascertained. In case of doubt the
bridge officer must be contacted.
pr. MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a.s.

Moss Verft
0
*.x'- ,
MOSS VERFT
Spare p a r t list
Yard no.: 200 for DATE : 15/2-83
I I . UMS-PLANT SHEET NO.: 1/4
EQUIPMENT
I
I TEST UTSTYR:
.-
PRESSOSTATKALIBRATOR 0-40 BAR

TEMPERATURKALIBRATOR
FOLERE
- -EO-SYSTEM:
TRYKKFGLER G T 9/1
TRYKKFgLER GT 9/2.5
TRYKKF0LER GT 6
'
1
9
TRYKKFOLER ~ ~ 9 / 1 0
TRYKKFGLER GT9/25
TRYKKFOLER GT9/40
TEMPERATURFOLER MN-524/2 T802
TEMPERATURFGLER MN-524-3 T802
TEMPERATURFaLER MN-524/4 T802
TEMPERATURFGLER MN-524/5 T802
TEMPERATURFOLER MN-524/300 T802
-
TEMPERATURFmlXR MN-524/2PT-100
TEMPERATURFOLER MB-287/4 PT-100
TEMPERATURFOLER MB-158/2/12
FORSTERKER GA-5A
PRESSpSTATER: I I
1 I I
PRESSOSTAT TYPE CCS MOD.604Gl Siq.S@r J 1 1 i
PRESSOSTAT TYPE CCS MOD.604G2 1 1
PRESSOSTAT TYPE CCS MOD.604G3 1 1
PRESSOSTAT TYPE CCS MOD.604Gll 1 1
DIFF.PRESSOSTAT TYPE CCS MOD.604D2 1 1
PRESSOSTAT TYPE TELEMEK. MOD.XMG-B014 Telemek. 1 1 1
PRESSOSTAT TYPE TELEMEK. MOD.XMG-B070 ,, 1 1 1 1 1 1
I I I
I I I I I
I I I i
MOSS VERFT
Spare part list
Yard no. : 200 for CATE : 15/2-83
I ' UMS-PLANT
SiiEET NO.: 2/4
S I K R I N G E R 2 A 5x20mm I I i
I
/O - -
MOSS V E R F T
Spare part list
CATE : 15/2-83
for
UMS-PLANT SHEET N O . 3/4
K M C - ~ ~ O / ~ X T MH-H
W G Y4 kanalenhet
!
Supplier
AUTRONICA
P
I
.N.V . M.V. Owner
1
I
Total
KMC-230 ON/OFF kanalenhet 1 " ' 1 4

KMG-200 gruppealarmenhet 1
KMK-200 felles kontrollenhet . 1
MxS-4/15-2 spenningsstabilisator I 1
I I
V W T OG ANSVARSENHET: I I
I
KRC-1 alarmkretsenhet I 1 1
KRV-1 vaktind.enhet 1
KRF-1 ansvarsind.enhet 1
KRW-1 skifteenhet 1 1
KRS-~/KRB-1/1 'sireneenhet 1 1 1
KRR-1 testenhet I I l l
I
I
I I I
FOR AUTOM.TEMP.REG.SYSTEM:
MOTSTANDSTERMOMETER A&G 1 I
E-PULSREGULATOR 1
SIKRINGER 1 I I
LAMPER FOR STYREPANEL
I I I I
SERVOMOTOR OMKOPLERVENTIL
I I l l I I
I
I
II I
I I
I
1.NSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION
. . ..
UMS- PLANT
.
NO. ALARM GROUP:
1 M.E. SHUT DOWN
2 M.E. SLOW DOWN
3 REM. CONTR. SYST. FAILURE
4
5 MANUALLY REDUCE SPEED
6 GENERAL ALARM
7 POWER FAIL. ALARM SYSTEM
NO. ACTION GROUP:

1 ST. BY START OF AUX. ENG. NO.1
2 ST. BY START OF AUX. ENG. N0.2
3 ST. BY START OF AUX. ENG. ~ 0 . 3
4 CHANGE OVER FROM HEAVY F.O. TO 0.0. AUX. ENG.
5 STOP OF AUX. BLOWER ON MAIN ENGINE (EQUAL TO. ALARM GROUP N0.8 1
D 129.8.83 1 Corrections
C 1 19.01.~31 Correction:pos.no.M1.20
E 21.10.82 Corrections
4 119.8.82 1 Corrections
DRG,NO,: 400-790-001 SH. 1 OF 24
1 'I
INSTRUMENT YARD NO.: 200
REV.:
SPEC1FICATION
I-
3s. SET 'ROCES!
I
REC
NO.
-
NO.
NMBOL
-
DESCRIPTION
--
- - -
'OINT CONN.
REMARKS
VOLTAGE OR FREWENCY
XA RELAY
FAILURE
IDW INSULATION LEVEL

RELAY
440/220V
NON ESSENTIAL IDAD

RELAY
TRIPPED
EO-DESK 220/24V
RELAY
POWER FAILURE
BATTERY CHARGER
RELAY
EO-FAILURE
M.E.MANOEWERING
RELAY
SYSTEM FAILURE
M.E.AU?D SHUT DOWN RELAY
M.E.AUT0 SLOW DOWN RELAY
I D W INSULATION LEVEL
RELAY
EMERG.SWITCH BOARE
BATTERY CHARGER
EMERG.GENERATOR
RELAY
BATTERY CHARGER
ON BRIDGE
RELAY
i
DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 SH. 2 OF24

I
R N . : 19.1.83(C)
SPEC1FICAT ION -
mTEM,:
REC
-
Moss Verft
-
POS.
LANT
MAKER/
MISCELLANEOUS
NO. NO. DESCRIPTION REMARKS

SUPPLIER
AUX.ENG.l-2-3
SHUT DOWN/FAzLURE RELAY
SYSTEM FAILURE
RELAY
DIESEL AUTOM.
AUX.ENG.l-2-3
RELAY
OVERSPEED SHUT DOWN
AUX.ENG.l-2-3
RELAY
SYNCHRONIZING FAILURE
GENERATOR WINDINGS START OF

TERMISTOR NEXT ST.BY
TEMP.HIGH
AUX .ENG .
STEERING GEAR
FAILURE RELAY
REFRIGERATED ROOMS
RELAY
INERTGAS PLANT FAILURE 1 RELAY
FIRE ALARM SYSTEN

FAILURE RELAY
-I
FAULT ALARM SYSTEM RELAY
L
DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 SH.3 OF24
; ,I -I
SPEC1FICATION REV.: -
;s
- Verft UMS- -
NMBOL
- -
DESCRIPTION
MAKER/
SUPPLIER
SET
/kE
IYPE POlNT
I
RANGE 'ROCESZ
CONN.
LAH
BILGE WELL AFT.
LEVEL HIGH
I LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
.
S S0RUM ?/
MOBREY
SlOI/F83( ( FLANGE
N 101
BILGE WELL AFT. LEVEL MOBREY FIANGE

LSH/L
START/STOP BILGE PUMP SWITCH .
S S0RUM A/ N 101
-
XA
BILGE PUMP ABNORMAL
RUNNING
RELAY I HAEB
f
- I I
LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

LAH BILGE WELL STB./PORT S .S0RUM N 101
SWITCH
LEVEL HIGH
LAH
BILGE WATER TANK
LEVEL HIGH
I LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
.
S SORUM A/
MOBREY FLANGE
N 101
BILGE WATER SEPARATOR

RELAY
OIL CONTENT
> 0RG.NO.: 400-790-001 . ' SH. 4 OF24
REV:
- 19.8.82(A) ,21.10.82c~) -
Moss Verft I SYSTEM
rrz
-2 m-
$2 NO. SENSING MAKER1
NO.
NMBOL
-
DESCRIPTION
SUPPLIER POINT CONN.
REMARKS
HYDR.UNIT IN DUCT FWD * LEVEL MASKIN A/S

Y3.0 1 LAH
LEVEL HIGH SWITCH
HYDR.UNIT IN DUCT FWD TEMP. MASKIN A/S

13.1 1 TAH
TEMP.HIGH SWITCH
--
14.0 PSL/H
HYDROPHORE PUMPS 1-2
START/STOP I PRESS.
SWITCH
SEWAGE UNIT LEVEL

Y4.1 1 LAH
LEVEL HIGH
44.2 1 LAL
F.W.GRAVITY TANK
SEPARATORS LEVEL LOW SWITCH
J
MOBREY
S.SORUM A/ S01D/F83
IN
14.3 1 XA
14.4 1 LAH
DRAIN WTR.RESIDUE TANK
LEVEL HIGH
LEVEL MOBREY
S.SORUM A/ 1 MOBREY
S01D/~83
FLANGE
101
j Verft LANT
I
POS .
NO.
- -
DESCRIPTlON
?-
REMARKS
M.E.FUEL OIL INLET PRESS. WTRONICA WTRONICA

Fl.0 TRANSMImER WTRONICA
PRESS. :T9/16 0-16
M I N E A/&
;OW ALARM
M.E.FUEL OIL INLET
TEMP.SENSOR 3MCKED BY
TEMP.
;TOP OF PUMP
VISCOTHERM
M.E.FUEL OIL INLET
VE VAF
VISC .METER
M.E.FUEL OIL VISC. VISC. VISCOTHERM

VIC CONTROLLER VAF
CONTROLLER
M.E.FUEL OIL VISC . VISCOTHERM

VI VAF
VISC. IND. INDICATOR
--
M.E.FUEL OIL PRESS. ccs ccs LOCATED IN
VAL
VISC .LOW SWITCH .
S S0RUM A/$ 604 G1
0.02-1.2 ENG.CONTROL
DESK
VAH
M.E.FUEL OIL
VISC .HIGH
PRESS . CCS ccs 0.02-1.2
SWITCH S .S0RUM A/S 604 G1
PdAH
M.E.FUEL OIL FILTER DIFF.PRESS. ccs ccs 0.1-5.2
DIFF.PRESS.HIGH SWITCH S.S@RUM A/: 604 D2
PSL
M.E.FUEL OIL BOOSTER PRESS. CCS ccs 0.3-10
PUMP 1-2 ST.BY START SWITCH S.S0RUM A/: 604 GI1
M.E.FUEL OIL BOOSTER

XA RELAY
PUMP 1-2 ST.BY START
,J YARD
DRG,NO.:
400-790-001 6 SH.6 OF24
INSTRUMENT NO.: zoo

R N : 19.8.82(A)
SPECIFICATION ,21.10.82(B)
Mc
-
- is Verft UMS- LANT
FUEL OIL
REC PQS.
NO. NO. NMBOL -
DESCRI PTION I SENSING
ELEMENT [ SUPPLIER
TYPE 1!kNgE REMARKS
-*
mWG
I
AUTRONICA ACTION GR.
PUTRONICA
N0.4.
MARINE A/S
BLENDING OIL UNIT 1.

COMMWJ FAILURE ALARM RELAY
ORE NO. 400-790-001 SH. 7 OF 24
,
INSTRUMENT YARD NO
SPECIFICATION
Mc
-
-
3s.
Ierft
SENSl NG
LANT
RANGE SET
REC
NMBOL -
DESCRIPTION
NO. MAKER/ REMARKS
u
SUPPLIER
7 -
NO. NO. 0F rnWG
v '2.0 LSL
SLUDGE PUMP AUTO STOP
LOW LEVEL
LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
.
S SORUM A/
FLANGE
\
INSTRUMENT
SPEC1FICAT ION
Mc
-
-
PO5 .
NO.
-
NMBOL
- -
DESCRIPTION
TI :g
OF ELEMENT
UMS- PLANT
NG - ~ ~ ~ M A K E R I
SUPPLIER
'ROCESZ
CONN.
REMARKS
F3.0 LAH
FUEL OIL LEAKAGE TANK
LEVEL HIGH
LEVEL MOBREY
.
S S@RUM a/
MOBREY
S0iD/~83
I 1 FLANGE
N 101
LAH
SLUDGE TANK
LEVEL HIGH
FUEL OIL OVERFLOW TANK

LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
S .S@RUM A/
MOBREY
S01D/~83
. I FI~NGE
N 101
LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

LAH
LEVEL HIGH FRW. S .S@RUM A/ SOlD/F83 N 101
GAS OIL SERV.TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

LAL
EMERG.GEN.LEVEL LOW .
S S0RUM A/ S01~/~83 N 101
-
LAL
GAS OIL SERV.TANK
INERTGAS GEN.LEVEL LOW I LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
S.S0RUM A/
MOBREY FLANGE
N 101
LIAL
DIESEL OIL SERV.TANK
LEVEL LOW
I LEVEL
TRANSM.
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA-
AUTRONICA
GT 9/1
I I 1/2"~
LIAL/E
-
DIESEL OIL SETTL.TANK
LEVEL LOW/HIGH
LEVEL
MARINE A/S
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA-
MARINE A/S
AUTRONICA
GT 9/1
I o-IO I
LIAL
FUEL OIL SERV.TANK
LEVEL LOW TRANSM.
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA-
AUTRONICA
GT 9/1
/ o-lo 1
MARINE A/S
LIAL/E
FUEL OIL SETTL.TANK
LEVEL LOW/HIGH
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA-
AUTRONICA
GT 9/1
I o-10 I
/ /
- MARINE A/S
AUTRONICA
LIAH
FUEL OIL BUNKER TANK LEVEL
AUTRONICA-
AUTRONICA o-lo
LEVEL HIGH TRANSM. GT 9/1
MARINE A/S
AUTRONICA
GAS OIL BUNKER TANK LEVEL
LIAH
LEVEL HIGH TRANSM . AUTRONICA
MnRINE A/S
J
DRGJJO,: 400-790-001': SH. 9 OF24
SPEC1FICAT ION
Mc
--
- I
- UM:
REC M S .
NO. NO.
-- -
DESCRIPTION
NO. SENSING I!
OF ELEMENT 4
- , LEVEL z SUPPLIER
$MAK'R' I TYPE
WASTE OIL TANK 25

\I F3.1:
LEVEL HIGH
1
SWITCH s ..
OVERFMW TANK ENG.
-
AUX.ENG.LEAKAGE TANK LEVEL
3 B&W HOLEBY 6
LEVEL HIGH SWITCH
-
WASTE OIL TANK LEVEL
1
LEVRL HIGH SWITCH
-
-
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR NO.l TEMP.
1 6
TEMP.HIGH/LOW SENSOR
-
I PSL
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR N0.1
OUTLET PRESS.LOW
1
PRESS.
SWITCH I
-
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR N0.1 BROKEN WATER
1 RELAY
AUTO FAILURE SEAL
-
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR NO2 TEMP.
1 6
- !
kz:zlN
- --
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR NO2 PRESS. SAUTER

1 SAUTER
OUTLET PRESS.LOW SWITCH A/s IDFC7B 59
--
FUEL OIL SEPARATOR N O 2 BROKEN WATER ,
1 RELAY 6
AUTO FAILURE SEAL
-
-
9
IJRG.NO.: 400-790-001 ' SH. 10 OF24
1 ~)
INSTRUMENT YARD NO.:
SPECIFICATION RN.:
- 19.8.82(A) ,21.10.82 (B) -
Mc
-
-
POS.
krft
-
NO. SENSl NG
NMBOL REMARKS
NO.
-
3F ELEMENT
DIESEL OIL SEPARATOR TEMP.

TIAH/L 1
-
DIESEL OIL SEPARATOR PRESS.
PSL 1
OUTLET PRESS.LOW SWITCH
- -
DIESEL OIL SEPARATOR
XA 1 RELAY
AUTO FAILURE
-
-
FUEL OIL/DIESEL OIL REMUrE corn
HCK 1
CONTROL STATION STATION
-
FUEL OIL/DIESEL OIL MOTOR OPER-
1
CONTROL VALVE ATED WiLW
-
-
DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 I; SH. OF 24
a INSTRUMENT YARD NO.: 200
11
R N . : 19.8.82 (~),21.10.82(B)
- -
SPECIFICATION
-Mo s Verft
--
I - .. SYSTEM.: COOLING WATER
za >
?us.
NO.
NMBOL 1 -
DESCRIPTION
NO.
-
0F
MAKER1
SUPPLIER
TYPE
RANGE
bar CO
rnWG
SET
POINT
PROCESS
CONN. %$
do 2
REMARKS
AU'TRONICA LOW ALARM

M.E. CYL.COOL.WATER IN PRESS. BLOCK.
WPIAL
PRESS.LOW
1
TRANSMITTER
AUTRONICA
BY STOP
- MARINE A/%
M.E.CYL.COOL.WATER IN PRESS. AUTO SLOW

PSALL 1 SULZER DOWN
PRESS.VERY LOW SWITCH
-
AUTRONICA LOW ALARM
.E.CYL.COCe.WATER IN TEMP. BLOCK.
TIAL 1 AUTRONICA
TEMP .LOW
- SENSOR
MARINE A/S BY STOP
AUTRONICA
TIAH
. . .
M E CYL CO a.WATER CUT
5
TEMP.
AUTRONICA
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR
- MARINE A/S
.
TURBOCHARGER C C€L W. OUT
1
TEMP.
AUTRONICA
AUTRCNICA
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR
MARINE A/S
-
AUTRCNICA LOW ALARM
M.E.PISTON COOL.W.IN PRESS.
1 AUTRCIJICA BLOCK.
PRESS.LOW TRANSMITTER
- MARINE A/S BY STOP
M.E.PISTON COm.WATER PRESS. AUTO SLCW

PSALL 1 SULZER
PRESS.VERY LOW SWITCH DOWN M.E.
-
AUTRONICA
M.E.PISTON COOL.W.OUT 1 TEMP.
TIAH AUTRONICA
TEMP .HIGH SENSOR
- MARINE A/S
FAL
M.E.PISTON COOL.WATER
FLOW CONTROL
M.E.PISTCN CCOL.W.IN
5
-
FLOW
SENSOR
HORTEN
VERFT
AUTRONICA
WLCAN
HC-27-1 I OWN M.E.
LOW ALARM
TEMP.
TIAH/L 1 AUTRONICA BLOCK.
- WIRINE A/S BY STOP
M.E.NOZZLE COOL.W.OUT
1
TEMP.
AUTRONICA
AUTRCNICA
v
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR \r,
MARINE A/S
DRG,NO,: 400-790-001 D SH.12 OF 24
, 1 YARD NO.:
INSTRUMENT R N . : 19.8.82 ( A ) , Z I . I O . ~ Z ( B ) Z ~ . R . ~ ~ ( D )
UM! )1
FUS. VAKERI
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TYPE
NO. SUPPLIER
WTRCNICA
M.E.NOZZLE COOL.OUT PRESS. AUTR CNICA
iUTRONICA
PRESS.LOW TRANSMITTER GT 9/6
M.E.SEA WATER .
P'IESS
ccs
PRESS .LCW SWITCH
+I-
TEMP.
SEA WATER TEMP.
SENSOR
PAL 1 AUX.ENG.F.W.INLET
PRESS .LC4
1 1
PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS CCS
S .SORUM A/: 604
JUTRONICA
TEMP.
JUTRONICA
SENSOR
W I N E A/S AUX. ENG.
..
AUX .ENG.F W CUTLET TEMP.
B&W HOLEBY
AUTO SHUT
SWITCH
L
\UTRONICA
AUX.ENG.S.W.INLET PRESS. AUTRONICA
4UTR UiICA 0-6 BAR
PRESS .LCW TRANSMITPER GT 9/6
MARINE A/S
, \r
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION
Moss Verft . COOLING
-
--
REC POS. NO.
UMS- PLANT
MAKER1
MTFM
RANGE SET
WATER
PROCEX
NO. NO. SYMBOL
-
DESCRIPTION
0F ELEMENT z
, SUPPLIER
TYPE bar CO
mWG
POINT CONN.
I 1 . 1
LAL
M.E.F.W.EXP.TANK
LEVEL LOW H-144
1
SWITCH
II MOBREY MOBREY
II
S.S0wM Af!
M.E.F.W.EXP.TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

LAH
LEVEL HIGH H-144 SWITCH S .SORUM A/!
LAL
M.E.PISTON COOL.TANK
LEVEL LOW H-116
LEVEL
SWITCH
I1 MOBREY
S .SORUM A/t
MOBREY
LAL
M.E.NOZZLE COOL.TANK
LEVEL LOW H-127
1
LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
S.SORlJM A/!
MOBREY
S01~/~83 I I FLANGE
N 101
AUX.ENG.EXP.TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

LAL
LEVEL LOW H-145 SWITCH .
S S@RUM A/! S01D/F83 N 101
FRESH WATER GENERATOR TEMP. ALFSEN &

TT Pt-100
SENSOR FOR REG.VALVE SENSOR GUNDERSON
FRESH WATER GENERATOR TEMP. ALFSEN &

TIC E-PULS
TEMP.CONTROLLER CONTROLLER GUNDERSON
TCV
FRESH WATER GENERATOR
REG. VALVE I TEMP.
CONTR.VALVE II ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
\
DRG,NO 400-790-001 5 SH.l4 OF24
INSTRUMENT YARD NO. 200
REV.: 19.8.82(A),21.10.82(~)
SPEC1FICAT ION
's Verft - UM:
#
RANGE SET
-
'ROCESS
- -
POS. NO. MAKER/

NO. NMBOL
-
DESCRIPTION
-
3F SUPPLIER
TYPE
I
bar CO
rnWG
I
POINT CONN.
REMARKS
M.E.PISTON COOLING WAT.

PSL PUMP 1-2
ST.BY START LOW PRESS.
M.E.PISTON COOLING
-
1
PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS
S.S0RUM A/S
. I 604 G2
I Oi14-5.2
I 3.5
1/4"
NPT
XA PUMP 1-2 1 RELAY

ST.BY -
M.E.CYL.COOLING WATER
PSL PUMP 1-2
ST.BY START LOW PRESS. -
1
PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS
I 0.14-5.2
I 2.0
1/4"
NPT
M.E.CYL.COOLING WATER
XA PUMP 1-2 1 RELAY
- ST. BY -
M.E.NOZZLE COOLING
PSL PUMP 1-2
ST.BY START LOW PRESS. -
1
PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS
I 0.14-5.2
I 2.0
1/4"
NPT
M.E.NOZZLE COOLING
XA PUMP 1-2 1 RELAY
ST. BY -
AUX-ENG-FRESHWATER
PSL PUMP 1-2 PRESS. CCS CCS 1/4"
1 1.14-5.2 2.0
ST.BY START M W PRESS. SWITCH S.S@RUM A/S 604 G2 NPT
-
AUX.ENG.FRESH WATER
XA PUMP 1-2 1 RELAY
ST.BY
- - n
M.E.SEA WATER
PSL PUMP 1-2 PRESS. CCS CCS 1/4"
1 0:14-5.2 1.5
ST.BY START LOW PRESS. SWITCH S.S0RUM A/S 604 G2 NPT
--
M.E.SEA WATER
PUMP 1-2 1 RELAY
-
400-790-001
\ DRG.NO.: SH15 OF24
~PECIFICATION REV.: -
Moss Verft
-1ln
1 UMS- LANT SYSTEM
--
a LEawz
'0'. %Z x kQ-
MAKER1 RANGE
zrwg SET 'ROCESC
NO. dB SYMBOL
-
DESCRl PTlON JJ v
n6 SUPPLIER
TYPE
-
POINT ZONN. REMARKS
AUX.ENG.SEAWATER
t PRESS. CCS 3CS 1/4"

C5.10 PSL PUMP 1-2 1.5
SWITCH S .SORUM A/! 504 G2 NPT
C5.11/ 1 ixA 1 AUX.ENG.SEA WATER

PUMP 1-2
ST. BY ALARM
--
--
--
--
t&
ITIC I
CYL.COOLING WATER
MAIN ENGINE SENSOR
FOR REG.VALVE
CYL.COOLING WATER
MAIN ENGINE
CONTROLLER
ICYL.COLING WATER
TEMP.
TEMP.
CONTROLLER
TEMP.
--
--
--
ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
ALFSEN &
Pt-100
E-PULS
TCV MAIN ENGINE

CONTROL VALVl2
7
GUNDERSON
REG. VALVE
.
. -
PISTON C0OL.WATER
TEMP. ALFSEN &
TT MAIN ENGINE SENSOR
GUNDERSON
FOR REG.VALVE
--
PISTON COOL.WATER
TEMP. ALFSEN & E-PULS
TIC MAIN ENGINE
CONTROLLER GUNDERSON
CONTROLLER
--
PISTON COOL.WATER
TEMP. ALFSEN &
TCV MAIN ENGINE GUNDERSON
' CONTROL VALVld
REG.VALVE
--- -. -
) DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 SH. 16 OF24
8
SPECIFICATION
Verft I UM. LANT
NO. SENSING RANGE SET PROCESZ
SYMBOL
---- -
DESCRIPTION
OF ELEMENT I SUPPLIER
.-
TYPE bar
rnWG POINT CONN.
REMARKS
F.W.COOL.WATER
EMP . I I I
PT AUX.ENG.SENSOR
FOR REG.VALVE
F.W.COOL.WATER
TIC AUX .ENG. TEMP. ALFSEN &
CONTROLLER CONTROLLER GUNDERSON
F.W.COOL.WATER
TCV AUX .ENG . TEMP. ALFSEN &
REG.VALVE CONTROL VALV: GUNDERSON
TT
M.E.SEAWATER
COOL.SENSOR
FOR REG.VALVE I1 I TEMP.
SENSOR
ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
'IC
M. E. SEAWATER
COOLING CONTROLLER
I1 I TEMP.
CONTROLLER
ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
M.E.SEAWATER COOLING
REG.VALVE
AUX.ENG.SEAWATER
I1 I TEMP.
CONTROL VALVl
TEMP.
4LFSEN &
SUNDERSON
ALFSEN &
PT COOLING SENSOR
SENSOR GUNDERSON
FOR REG.VALVE
AUX.ENG.SEAWATER TEMP. ALFSEN &

COOLING CONTROLLER CONTROLLER GUNDERSON
ICV / AUX.ENG.SEAWATER
COOLING REG.VALVE I1 1 TEMP.
CONTROL VALV
ALFSEN &
GUNDERSON
NOZZLE COOLING TANK TEMP. SPIRAX

CONTROL VALV S .SORUM A/C
DRG,NO,: 400-790-001 SH, 17 OF24
-
-Moss Verft I
I .. -
-L
m
WS.
NO. NMBOL DESCRIPTION
- --
NO.
OF 1 SENSING
ELEMENT I TYPE
RANGE
bar CO
mWG
SET
-
POINT
PROCEE
CONN.
REMARKS
M.E. LUB.OIL INLET RESS . AUTRONICA

0-10 BAR 1/2"~
Pi/piAL PRESS.LOW 1.5
MARINE A/S
I
M.E.LUB.OIL INLET PRESS. AUTO SHUT
PRESS.VERY LOW SWITCH SULZER
DOWN M.E.
M.E.LUB.OIL INLET TEMP. AUTRONICA LOW ALARM

rlAH/L TEMP.HIGH /LOW AUTRONICA BLOCK. .,
SENSOR
BY STOP
?AL M.E.LUBRICAMRS
NO FLOW
M.E.LUB.OIL
M. E. MAIN BEARING
TEMP.HIGH
M.E.CROSSHEAD
FILTER
I
I
LUBRICATORS
DIFF.
PRESSOSTAT
TEMP.
TEMP.
I
SULZER
MANN-
HUMMEL
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA
MANN
590006021;
AUTO SLOW
DOWN M.E.
RUT0 SLOW
30WN M.E.
XAH BEARING FORE AUTO SLOW

TEMP.HIGH
' SENSOR
AUTRONICA
DOWN M.E.
M.E.CROSSHEAD AWRONICA
'IAH BEARING AFT TEMP. 4UTO SLOW
' SENSOR AUTRONICA
TEMP.HIGH MARINE A/S >OWN M.E.
M.E.CRANK BEARING TEMP. AUTRONICA

4UTO SLOW
'IAH
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR AUTRONICA
>OWN M.E. Y
-
a
.
'IAL I
M.E.CROSSHEAD OIL
PRESS.
' PRESS.
TRANSMXTTER
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA 0-25 BAR
3LOCKED BY
?EDUCED LOAD
1 ) DRG.NO.: 400-700-001'. SH. 19 OF24
SPECIFICAT ION RR!: 19.8.82 (~),21.10.82(~) -
UM! LANT .. SYSTEM
-
DESCRIPTION
NO.
OF
SENSING
ELEMENT
MAKER/
SUPPLIER
TYPE ENkE
mWG
SET IPROCESS
REMARKS
M.E.LUB.OIL PUMPS
.PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS
I
S.S@RUM A/S 604 GI1
ccs 1 0.30-10
2.0 1 1/4"
NPT
M.E.LUB.OIL PUMPS
RELAY
ST.BY START ALARM
M.E.CROSSHEAD
LUB.OIL PUMPS
PRESS.
SWITCH
CCS
/
ccs
S .SORUM A/S 604 G3
1 0.10-26
BLOCKED,BY
REDUCED M A D
M.E.CROSSHEAD
LUB.OIL PUMPS RELAY
ST.BY START ALARM
AUTRONICA AUTRONICA AUTO SLOW

THRUST SEGMENTS STB. TEMP.
AUTRONICA MN-524/3Og DOWN M.E.
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR
MARINE A/S T 802/20C
AUTRONICA AUTRONICA
THRUST SEGMENTS PORT TEMP. AUTO SLOW
AUTRONICA MN-524/3Og
TEMP.HIGH SENSOR DOWN M.E.
MARINE A/S T 802/20C
STERNTUBE BEARING
TEMP. HIGH I TEMP.
SENSOR
2 ELEM.
) DRG.NO: 400-790-001 ?: SH. l9 OF 24
1
INSTRUMENT YARD NO.. 200
SPECIFICAT ION REV: 19.8.82(A) ,21.10.82(B) -
Mc s Verft
--
- I LANT LUB .
-
- 0
ms. - t
.rn] I:L
REC
-
NO. NO.
- I B I / ~ ~ ~- ~ ~ DESCRIPTION
MAKER/
SUPPLIER
;El
'OINT
-
REMARKS
! L3.0 3 1 PIAL I AUX.ENG.LUB.OIL INLET

PRESS.LOW
PRESS.
TRANSMITTER
AUTKONICA
AUTRONICA
MARINE ~ / 6
AUTRONICA
GT 9/10
I 0-10 BAI START NEXT
ST.BY.
4UX.ENG.
AUX.ENG.LUB.OIL INLET PRESS. AUTO SHUT.

PRESS.VERY LOW SWITCH DOWN
COMMON M1.12
AUX.ENG.LUB.OIL INLET AUTRONICA AUTRONICA START NEXT
TEMP.
TEMP. HIGH AUTRONICA 3T.BY .'
SENSOR
MARINE A/S T 802/20c0 .
AUX ENG.
AUX.ENG. 1-2-3
PRESS. COMMON
PRIMING PUMP
SWITCH ALARM
LOW PRESS.
AUX.ENG. 1-2-3
PDAH LUB.OIL PRESS.DROP DIFF.PRESS.
SWITCH
ACROSS FILTER
LUB.OIL SEPARATOR NO.l AUTRONICA AUTRONICA

PEMP.
AUTRONICA MN-524/2 0-100~~
TEMP. HIGH SENSOR
MARINE A/S r ao~/~oc0
LUB.OIL SEPARA'POR NO. 1
LUB.OIL INLET
PRESS.LOW
-
PRESS.
SWITCH
SALPTER
MASKIT A/S
ZETA
SAUTER
DFC7B 59
1 0-5
LUB.OIL SEPARATOR NO.l

AUTO FAILURE
ALARM
LUB.OIL SEPARATOR N0.2 AUTRONICA
LUB.OIL INLET WTRONICA
TEMP. HIGH %WINE A/S
J
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION
) DRG.NO.:
YARD NO.:
400-790-001
200
RW.:i9.8.82(~),21.10.82(~)
- SH. 20 OF24
-
Mc
-
- - LANT
REC POS.
NO. NO. SYMBOL I DESCRIPTION
NO.
-
OF ELEMENT
~ -
MAKER/
SUPPLIER
TYPE / RANGE
bar CO
rnWG
SET IPROCESS
POINT CONN.
REMARKS
LUB.OIL SEPARATOR N0.2 SAU!CER

I
PRESS.
LUB.OIL INLET 1 MASKIN A/S
SWITCH
PRESS. LOW ZETA.. I
-
i
LUB.OIL SEPARATOR N0.2

XA AUTO FAILURE 1 RELAY -
-
M.E.SYSTEM
LEVEL LOW
OIL TANK
-
1
-
LEVEL
SWITCH
MOBREY
S .SORUM A/S
-I
MOBREY
~01~/~83
:
LUB.OIL DRAIN TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE
1 S .SORUM A/C SOlD/F83 N 101
LEVEL HIGH SWITCH
-
CYL.OIL SERV.TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY
1
LEVEL LOW SWITCH S.SORuM A/C S01~/~83
-
STERN TUBE HEADER TANK LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY
LEVEL LOW 1
SWITCH S .SORUM S01D/~83
-
-
M.E.LUB.OIL TEMP.SENSOR TEMP. ALFSEN &
1
FOR REG.VALVE SENSOR GUNDERSON
-
4-
M.E.LUB.OIL TEMP. TEMP. ALFSEN &
CONTROLLER ZONTROLLER GUNDERSON E-PULS
-
M.E.LUB.OIL TEMP. TEMP. ALFSEN &
REG.VALVE CONTROL VAL\ GUNDERSON
--I
INSTRUMENT
4
SPECIFICAT ION
Mc)ss Verft
l- REC --
SYSTEM.: AIR AND EXHAUST GAS
-
POS. I
SYMBOL I -
DESCRIPTION
UMS- LANT
MAKER1
TYPE IFhNgE ;ET 1 PROCESS
REMARKS
-I
I NO. 'OINT CONN.
-
NO. SUPPLIER
..
mWG
M.E.SCAVENING AIR AUTRONICA AUTRONICA
AUTO SLOW
A1.O TIAH AUTRONICA YB-287/4 0-160°c
TEMP.HIGH 3OWN M.E.
MARINE A/S
I
Pt-100
M.E.EXHAUST GAS FROM AUTRONICA AUTRONICA
:Ern0
TIAH AUTRONICA MB-158/2 AVERAGE 50c0
CYL.HIGH OUPLE MARINE A/S
M.E.EXHAUST GAS OUTLET AUTRONICA AUTRONICA

TURB.HIGH AUTRONICA MB-158/2
MARINE A/S
PI
M.E.SCAVENING AIR .
'RESS AUTRONICA
PRESS. 'WSMITTER AUTRONICA
MARINE A/S
- -
PI/PIAL STARTING AIR TANK 1-11 .

'RESS
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA
AUTRONICA
PRESS.LOW 'WSMITTER GT-9/40
MARINE A/S
STARTING AIR 'RESS.
PAL
M. E .PRESS.LOW 'WITCH
PAL
M.E.CONTROL AIR .
'RESS
SULZER
PRESS.LOW :WITCH
DRG,NO,: 400-790-001 2 OF 2 4
7 .
INSTRUMENT YARD NO.: 2 0 0

~PECIFICATION RN.: 1 9 . 8 . 8 2 ( A L 2 1 . 1 0 . n 2 ( B ) z g . a . i r 3 (D) -
I
REC
NO.
is Verft
SYMBOL
-
DESCRIPTION
2
ELEMENT
UMS- LANT
i, SUPPLIER
TYPE IE$N&E
I
mWG
--
SET
-
A 1R
POINT
TD EXHA1
'ROCESZ
CONN.
REMARKS
PSL/H
STARTING A I R
3OMPRESSOR I-II
PRESS. TELEMEC . TELEMEC . 26/30 ~TART/STOP
SWITCH I'ELEMEK. XMG B 0 7 0 3F COMPR.
;TART/STOP
-
STARTING A I R
TEMP.
TSH 30MPRESSOR I-II
SWITCH
;TOP/TEMP. HIGH
STARTING A I R
XA 30MPRESSOR I-II RELAY
9UTO F A I L U R E
A.E. 1-11-111 EXHAUST TEMP.

AFTER T / C AUTRONICA
SENSOR
7 ) DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 ?; SH.23 OF24
INSTRUMENT YARD NO.:
Rn!:19.8.82(A),21.10.82(B) -
SPECIFICAT ION
s Verft I UM!
'
1
REC POS .
NMBOL
I
- 1 2-
DESCRIPTION
SENSING MAKER1
TYPE
RANGE
bar CO POINT IPRoCESS
CONN.
REMARKS
I 1
NO. NO. ELEMENT
- E --
SUPPLIER
I
mWG
AIR VENT.TANK STEAM LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE
LAL PLANT LEVEL LOW S.S@RUM A/ ~01~/~83 N 101
SWITCH
AIR VENT.TANK
LEVEL
STEAM PLANT
SWITCH
START/STOP OF PUMP
OBSERVATION TANK LEVEL

OIL DETECTOR TRANSMITTER
OBSERVATION TANK
RELAY
ALARM
STEAM TO DUMPING ALFSEN &

PT
CONDENSER GUNDERSON
STEAM TO DUMPING COND. PRESS. ALFSEN &

PCV
PRESS.CONTROL VALVE lONTROL VALVI GUNDERSON
DRG NO. 400-790-001 B SH 24 OF 2s
1
INSTRUMENT ‘i YARD NO. 200
SPECIFICAT ION -RBI 19.8.82(A) ,21.10.82 (B) -
I f
MOSS
-1ln
Verft I UM! PLANT SYSTEM.:STEAM-CONDENSAT AND FEEDWATER
- -
1 REC. POS. 3%SYMBOL MAKER1 E

REMARKS
NO. NO. -
DESCRIPTION
2-= SUPPLIER
.
TYPE
rnWG
FUEL OIL HEATER
SEPARATOR
SENSOR FOR REG.VALVE
2 .I TEMP. SENSOR
SAUTER
MASKIN A/S
ZETA i
EGT 34B23
--
-1
I
FUEL OIL HEATER
TEMP: SAUTER
MASKIN A/S
PI-REGULAT0130-1800C
CONTROLLER ERAS 15
ZETA
--
SEPARATOR
REG-VALVE
TEMP.
CONTR.VALVE I SAUTER
MASKIN A/S
ZETA
I V~F~~/AVR I -
DIESEL OIL HEATER SAUTER
SEPARATOR 1 TEMP .SENSOR MASKIN A/S EGT 34B23
SENSOR FOR REG.VALVE ZETA
-
DIESEL OIL HEATER SAUTER PI-REGULAT0.330-
TEMP.
SEPARATOR MASKIN A/S 800C
CONTROLLER ERAS
TEMP.CONTROLLER ZETA
-
DIESEL OIL HEATER SAUTER
55.5 TCV SEPARATOR TEMP.
MASKIN A/S V4F15/AVR
REG.VALVE CONTR.VALVE
ZETA I I I I --
LUB. OIL HEATER SAUTER
S5.6 TT SEPARATOR MASKIN A/S EGT 34B23
SENSOR FOR REG.VALVE ZETA I --
.
LUB OIL HEATER
TEMP.
SEPARATOR
TEMP.CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
--
LUB. OIL HEATER
REG. VALVE 1 , vAI~v:

SAUTER
MASKIN A/S
ZETA
V~FIS/AVR
--
HOT WATER HEATER
CONTROL VALVE
SPIRAX
I
SPIRAX
S.S0RUM A/S 128 I --
BOILER FAULT
A
\ EQUIPMENT' LIST 1 D ~ ~ . 400-792-001 sh. 1 of. 16
f o r Yard no. : 200
Ref.: Drg. no.: IViOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a s S y s t e m : B i l g e and B a l l a s t System
- -
Gr. Ordered b r d c r Arr.
~oui~ment/t~pe Comm Conn. ~nctlon/employrncnt Plncin
-
no. from hate *
Manometer 5 a l l a s t Pump I n l e t 80 1 I
" Outlet
-
l i l g e Pump I n l e t
,, " Outlet
--
l i l g e Pump A f t . F i l t e r I n l e t
8, ,, "--
0uth
"re Pump I n l e t
" Outlet
:en.Service Pump I n l e t
Manometer " Outlet

I , 'r EQUIPME~~T'
LIST ~ r g .n o . : 400-792-001 sh. 2 o f . 16
f o r Yard n o . : 200
Ref.: Drg. no.: ~ O S S ROSENBERG
' VERFT a s S y s t e m : S e a Water C o o l i n g System
Gr.
I t e m nr
no.
201 384
Sea Water Pump
8, 8,
0-4 " out
--
,, ,, D i s c h .Pump
-- Inertgas Plant i n
-
I I I ;: / " I Sea Water Pumps M.E. in
I I I ;: I " I A.E.Sea Water Pumps i n
9, 0,
I I 10-4 1 " 1 S e a Water i n ~ux.Eng.
,, 9,
Sea Water A i r Cond.Plant i n
8, 8,
0-4 " out
Manometer 1/2"R S e a Water Pump P r o v . P l . o u t

- -- . ---. .-. -- - --
, EQUIPMENT' LIST 1
I ,
D ~ no.:
~ .400-792-001 sh. 3 o f . 16
Tor yard no. : 200
Ref. : Drg. no. : MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a s Systern:Sea Water C o o l i n g System
Max .Stat
D i f f . Manometer
P i s t o n C o o l e r Main Engine
D i f f . Manometer Sea Water t o

- --
-. -.
.-
~ .--
. --
- -
-- -- - -
- .-
....- -
~ -. --
.
- .
. . - -
-. .
.
\J~
a
.
. -- - --
- KC: A t I C W 5 - 7 0 $cliocll?r:har:ncr 90::s 0

1 , EQUIPMENT' LIST ~ r g .n o . : 400-792-001 sh. 4 0f.16
. MOSSR O S E N B E R G VERFT a s System: Sea Water C o o l i n g System
Ref.:
I t c m nc
D1.g.
)1t;j
no.:
r)im.i h u i p m e n t / t y p e Comm TvPe

I I I
l ~ n t e r i a l l ~ e m pConn.
l l~unction/employmcnt P l a c i n
Cr.
no.
I Ordrred
from
li)rd:rllrr.
Rt datc
I I
I
1 Thermometer
I
Fly 8 Indus
209 1 I n e r t g a s Dryer i n 384
" out
F r e s h Water Gen. i n 721
,?
" out
Lub.oi1 C o o l e r s M.E. in
9, r,
" out
--
P i s t o n C o o l e r M.E. in
C y l . C o o l e r s M.E. in
" out
Sea Water i n Aux.Eng.
" out " "

-----
F r e s h Water Coo1.A.E. in
" out
Sea Water t o S t a r t . a i r Com]
" from "

-- -.--
Sea Water t o A i r G d . Unii
C
. o n t r o l Room
-
Sea Water from A i r Cond.Un:
-
.C o n t r --
o l Room
-- --- .-A
Sea Water t o
- - Steam C o n d e n s e r -
Sea Water from
Thermometer Steam Condenser
AISI 316
, , EQUIPMENT' LIST 1
f o r yard no. : Drg. no.: 400-792-001 Sh. 5 0f.16
Ref. : Dr.c no.: moss R O S E N B E R G VERFT a.s Sv2tem:Sea Water Coo ling Syste
- -
Ordered rdcr
Itcm nq
- Conn
1/2"R
Cr.
no. -from
?ly & Indus
rlte
255
256
Thermometer
- Sea Water to Air Cond.Plant
" from" "

721
- F_nstrum.
-- .
-
259 Sea Water to Prov.Plant
( Thermometer sea Water. from Prov.Plant
1 Thermometer Sea Water from Air Cooler

Fly & Indus
Instrum.
I # 1 EQUIPMENT' LIST 'I
Drg. no. : 400-792-001 sh. of.16
-
Ref.: Drg. no.:
~ o u pment/type
i Cornrn
Tor Yard no. : 200
moss' R O S E N B E R G VERFT a.s
In terlnl Temp Conn. ?uncticn[cmployrncnt

System: Fresh r
Plncin
2oling Sys
Ordered
-
2m
rdcr
- /2"R rrte
Thermometer Brass )-lo( :I50
Cyl.cool.Water Outlet Instrum.
Cyl.cool.Water Inlet Cooler
" Outlet "
Piston cool.Wat.Outlet Cool
" Inlet "

--
F.W.to Aux.Eng. Inlet
In ,I I# " Outlet
" " Outlet
Thermometer Brass Nozzle cool.Water Tank Fly & Indus

k i n Enqine mstru--
Fresh Water Exp. Tank
.--- - M & Enqine
s
Fresh Water Exp. Tank Fly & Indus
Thermometer Brass
T44Eng. ktrum.
'I
1 , EQUIPMENT' LIST
for Yard no. 200 :
~ r g .no.: 400-792-001 sh. 7 of. 1 6
Ref.: Drg. no.: m O S S ROSENBERG VERFT a.s SvsLern:Fresh Water Cooling System
..
Functl nn/employrncnt 4
Plncin, cr.
-
Ordered
i
no. from
Cyl.cool.Water Pumps
722
Main Engine out
, in
Piston cool.Water Pumps
- En ine out
Main -
I, . " in c!;
Fresh Water Pumps

Aux.Eng. out
-
" in
Nozzle cool.Water Pumps in

-
'H
1
Manometer
--
Manometer
-
1 1 0-6
0-6
~
k-";
1/2"~
.
.
Circ.pump air
Circ.pump air
.-
TOW 5 . 7 0 %!;c
. 1
8 o f . 16
Tor yard no. : 200
Ref. : D r , no.: MOSS ROSENBERG VEHFT a s S y s t e m : L u b . o i 1 System
--
Ordered
~nuipmcnt/type Cornm Yn t c r i a l
- ..
Conn. h n c t l on/cmploymcnt
-from
Manometer M.E.Lub.oi1 Pump I n l e t
8, 8, 0,
" Outlet
M.E.Lub.oi1 Inlet
C y l . o i l T r a n s f .Pump I n l e t I "
Boost.Pump
.-
-#
r, ,, " Outle
Manometer L u b . o i 1 from Sep.
I KF:
i
EQUIPMENT' LIST 1 Drg. no. : 400-792-001 sh. 9 of.

Ref. : ' g . no. : M O S S ROSENBERG VERFT a.s System: L u b . o i l System
Gr. Ordered
Function/employmcnt Placir
- -
no. from
Thermometer I / Brass L u b . o i 1 C o o l e r s M.E. I n l e t Fly & I n d u s
ldsmaL-
8, 3,
" Outle
L u b . o i 1 M.E. Inlet
Lub..oil H e a t e r O u t l e t
Thermometer I I Brass S t e r n Tube B e a r i n g ? l y & Indus

Instrum.
, I m E Qf oUr Yard
I P no.
~ :~ LIST
~T' 'I no. : 400-792-001 sh.10 o f . 16
Ref. : no.: MOSS' R O S E N B E R G VERFT a s System: F u e l O i l System
I t e m no
I ..
Fun~tion/mploymcnt
Ordered rder Arr.
&L i L l k
F u e l O i l Eunker P i p e
T r a n s f . Pumps Inlet I I
F u e l O i l T r a n s f . Pump
Outlet -
F . ~ . ~ o o s t e Pump
r
;.let
M.E. 1 1
Manometer I I Feed pumps ~ . ~
Sei
p al
rator
Inlet
- Outlet
D i e s e l O i l Bunker P i p e
-
.
D i e s e l O i l Transf.Pump
--- Outlet
Inlet
-
Feed Pumps D . O i l S e p a r a t o r
-- Inlet
1 - 1I
"
F - . ~ . ~ r a n s f . P u m DB o i l e r
~ n l e t I
F.O. t o Fired Boiler

Press.
I I -.
1 Drg. no. : 400-792-001 Sh. 1 1 of 16
f o r Yard n o . : 200
Ref. : D r g . no. : moss' R O S E N B E R G VERFT as Svstem: F u e l o i l System
Itcrn nc Eouipment/type Cornrn i;'unction/employrncnt Placin

lir.
no.
1 ~rcierrci
from
Manometer F.O. t o Aux.Eng. 1-2-3
I
Nozzle Coo1,Oil t o
Aux.Eng. 1-2-3 -
G a s O i l Transf.Pump
Inlet
Manometer
Gas. oil T r a n s f .Pump
Outlet
Manometer S l u d g e Pump Inlet

---
Outlet
-.
KC: A 1 I C W 5.70 Lcho

, EQUIPMEI\IT' LIST Drg. n o . : 400-792-001 sh. 1 2 o f . 1 6
Ref. : Dre no.: lJl0SS ROSENBERG VEnFT a s S v ~ t t m : F u e l o i l Sv t e m
Gr. Ordered r d c r Rrr.

I t e m no Eouipment/type Comm
--
no. f ron a.LL fi
Chermometer
-- - 1I
-.-.. -
I
I 1/2"R
10-1601
"
6i 1F.O.Disch t o M.E.
/ " I eaters Main E n g i n e

~ l &y I n d u s
:nstrum.
I I " I " . IF.O.to Fired Boiler
-- -
I I " 1 " I N o z z l e C o o l . o i 1 from A.E.
" Fuel oil/Heater
--
1/2"R ply & I n d u s
Phermometer Diesel oil/Heater :nstrum.
- x 63 - - - -
-
;ly & I n d u s
lhermometer F u e l o i l S e r v i c e Tank
-- -- Lnstrum.
I " I " / F u e l o i l S e t t l i n g Tank
1 I " I " [ F u e l o i l Bunker Tank
I / " ' / " / D i e s e l o i l S e r v i c e Tank
I I " / " l ~ i e s e lo i l S e t t l i n g Tank
lhermometer ]-T~GG@?-I
-- --
--
~ ; e l o i l Mixing Tank
--
>ly & I n d u s
Cnstrum.
.-.--
...,. .
,---
Ref.: D m . no.: Syslem: Leakage a n d Washing,Main Engine -
: 1
-
Ordcrcd g r d l r l Arr:
I t e m no Dim./~ o u i ~ m e n t / t y p e Comm ? l n ~ f i o n ~ ~ m p l o y m e n~t l a c i n l rvom at dot.
From Hydrophor System t o
Manometer
p~ ~-
Wash T u r b o c h a r g e r
-.
Manometer
-
+
--
10-5 / 1 / 2 " ~l ~ o Water
t Wash Pump O u t l e t 1444 1 I I I
i
1 EQUIPMENT' LIST
1 Drg. no. : 400-792-001 sh. l 4 o f . l6
no.: MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a s Sys tem : Hvdrophore {stem

J Gr.
I t e m no ..
~unction/employment Placin,
I no. -
from
Manometer
:;I I Hydrophore Pump I n l e t
" Outlet
/ 581
1581
I
Sewage Over Board
Manometer ~ y d r o p h o r eTank
--
Thermometer Hot Water H e a t e r
- .- -. .- -- --
I
K?!
r
I . ) EQUIPMENT' LIST
for Yard no. : 200
Ref. : D ~ E no.: m O S S ROSENBERG VERFT a.s sYstem:Steam Condensat and Feedwater
?unction[~mp~oyment Plncind Gr'

no.
Manometer
8, 8,
- Oil Fired Boiler 1751
Feed Wtr.Transf.Pump Inlet I756
~ e e dWater Pumps Inlet 1756,
" outlet 1756
Circ.Pumpsr Boiler Inlet
Manometer " Outlet

--
- ---- -
Thermometer 4ir Vent.Tank Steam Plant 756.
r
, ) EQUIPMENT' LIST Drg. no.: 400-792-001

sh. l6 of. 16
~ O S RSO S E N B E R G VERFT a s System: Comuressed A i r System.
Ref.: Drg. n o . :
. -
,
Conn.
I Ordered
from
Manometer !uick C l o s i n g P a n e l
~ iV
r e s s e l Aux.Eng.
, i r t o I c e Blowing
, i r . t o Cargo P l a n t
t a r t i n g A i r Vessel
Manometer forking A i r Vessel 1

"313 -" ,.- WdSH W $ TTANK 2" -,.- - ,I - -,I
11 3 A / . P/PE CHENICHL Tr9N.K 2' -

-,, -&- -,,-
FRon HYDROPHORE SYSTEM 100
I
/foo D R k N f W#T TANKS TO B ' G Z 9 5 ffS2&6 G&KSTEEL

, j
n m ..- FEED jW7 mNK -,I - -8, - -- --
a, a,
f/olZ #Y~A&~PBUIE PVMH SUC% E' b%W n#KS 4 5 ~ ~NSM4

5 NS2534 CUPPER
/h3 ,, DLSCIYI 7D HYDROPHORE mHK -I#- - , , , , , , -
F ' S H WATJR TWf

@80m3
u.V .
-,, -G#S 012 BUNKER TAN!
LOCATION OF TEMP. SENSORS IN CRANK CASE. (200)
Hvit/bli = Crosshead b e a r i n g f o r e .
~vit/orange = Crosshead b e a r i n g a f t .
Hvit/gr@nn = Crank b e a r i n g .
~vit/brun = Main b e a r i n g a f t , c y l i n d e r no.5.
Hvit/gri = Main b e a r i n g f o r e .
EXHAUSTFOLERE HOVEDMASKIN. (200)
Syl.no.1 + C hvit/bl6 - 2 hvit signal 3 orange
Syl.no.2 + C hvit/gr@nn - 2 hvit siqnal 3 brun
Syl.no.3 + C h;it/gr6 - 2 r@d signal 3 bl5
Syl.no.4 + C r@d/orange - 2 r@d signal 3 gr@nn
Syl.no.5 + C r@d/brun - 2 red signal 3 grb
Turbo CH + C sort/bl6 - 2 sort signal 3 orange

f-
EO-BOX TUNNEL. (200)
L2.2 Sterntube bearing f o r e
L2.2 Sterntube bearing a f t
M2.0 Bilge well a f t
~2.0' Aux.eng. E.W. inlet
M4.4 Drain water residue tank
L5.1 Lub. o i l d r a i n t a n k
f-
EO-BOX PLATFORM DECK. (200)
BOX NO. 1.
F.W. gen. salinometer hvit/blA

Bilge water tank hvit/orange
Bilge well stb/port hvit/gr@nn
Waste o i l t a n k hvit/brun
M.E. lub. o i l f i l t e r hvit/grA
Gas o i l s e n . t a n k r@J/blA
Inertgas plant f a i l u r e r@d/orange
S e a w a t e r temp. r@d/gr@nn
Aux. eng s e a w a t e r i n l e t , r @ d C b r u n D r @ d A
EO-BOX PLATFORM DECK. (200)
BOX NO. 2.
Diesel o i l s e t t l i n g tank h v i t C bl.5 D h v i t A
Diesel o i l service tank o r a n g e C h v i t I? g r m n A

G a s o i l bunker t a n k h v i t C brun D h v i t A
M.E. seawater g r i C r@dD b l d A
M.E. lub. o i l f i l t e r r@d/orange
Cyl. o i l s e r v i c e t a n k rod/gr@nn
M.E. system o i l t a n k r@d/brun
M.E. lub. o i l i n l e t r@d/grd
EO-BOX SEPARATOR ROOM. (200)-
Spare hvit/bli 1-2

Fuel o i l s e p . no. 1 a u t o f a i l u r e hvit/orange 3-4
Fuel o i l s e p . no. 2 temp. hvit/gr@nn 5-6
Fuel o i l s e p . no. 1 temp. hvit/brun 7-8
Fuel o i l serv. tank h v i t C g r 5 D r@d A 9-10-11
F.W. g r a v i t y t a n k , sep. bli/r@d 1'2-1 3
M.E. f u e l o i l f i l t e r orange/r@d 14-15
F .W. g r a v i t y t a n k s e p . gr@nn/r@d 16-17
Diesel o i l separator brun/r@d 18-19
Fuel o i l s e t t l . tank gr; C s o r t D b l d A 20-21-22
F u e l o i l bunker t a n k s o r t C orange D s o r t A 23-24-25
Lub. o i l s e p . no. 2 a u t o f a i l u r e gr@nn/sort 26-27
Lub. o i l s e p . no. 1 brunjsort 28-29
Lub. o i l s e p . no. 1 a u t o f a i l u r e grb/gul j0-3 1
Diesel o i l sep. auto f a i l u r e bl$/gul 32-33
Lub. o i l s e p . no. 2 ~range/~ul 34-35
EO-BOX PORT SIDE FLOOR PLAN. (200)
Bilge well p o r t hvit/bli 1-2

Sludge tank hvi t/orange 3-4
M.E. p i s t o n c o o l . w a t e r i n hvit/gr@nn 5-6
Sewage u n i t hvit/brun 7-8
A i r v e n f . t a n k s t e a m p l a n t H-146 hvit/gri ,9-10
M.E. f u e l o i l i n l e t rfl/bla 11-12
Fuel o i l leakage tank r@d/orange 13-14
M.E. p i s t o n c o o l . w a t e r o u t r@d/gr@nn 15-16
T h r u s t segments s t b r@d/brun 17-18
M.E. p i s t o n c o o l . t a n k H-116 r@d/grL 19-20
T h r u s t seqments p o r t sort/bli 21-22
Waste o i l t a n k H-159 sort/orange 23-24
Bilge water sep. o i l content sort/brun 25-26
B i l g e pump a b n o r m a l r u n n i n g 'sort/gr@nn 27-28
6
EO-BOX C A S I N G .
BOX CONSOLE
C3.0 M.E. F.W. ex?. t a n k A-144 hvit/blA 1-2 L2-53 AD
C3.1 M.E. F.W. ex?. t a n k H-144 hvit/orange. 3-4 L2-53 BD
L5.3 S t e r n t u b e header tank hvit/gr@nn 5-6 'L2-57 AD
C3.3 M.E. n o z z l e c o o l . t a n k H-127 hvit/brun 7-8 L2-54 BD
C3.4 Aux. eng. exp. t a n k H-145 hvit/gr6 9-10 L2-55 AD
r
BOX CASING.
BOX PULT
1-2 L2-53 AD hvit/bl6 C3.0

Ibl
m 1- 1 r A R I v i G ANOWESENS E L E K T R I S K E B Y R A
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT AIS

HULL NO. 200
t<
.. .. ,
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
220V DISTRIBUTION
e9 e 10 ell
.
E L . M. F R Z -3
J
Date
12-5-&
Maor :fib
J. I.
' 1 i<.-d
. HAEBas
* I A R T V I G ANDWESENS ELEKTRISKE BVRA
*
h,
9 4 cl MOSS ROSENBERG V E R F T U
6 t26
.. .
6y;l;'l HULL NO: 2OG r
;
q \ ; ai
6~
V
I ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
2 4 V DC DISTRIBUTION
POS. 3
Date
- ? - J -82
Made by Trased Scale
HAEBa s
HARTVIG ANDRESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA

a HULL NO 200
-- L ENG. ROOM. CONSOLE

5'-
hg OPTALERT WARNING SYST
.r
POS. 6 . POS. 5
FUEL OIL. M I X . TACH0 RELAY TURBIN ON AUX.ENGINE 1-2-3
CONTROL
V ~ S C O STY
I
PIP€
u-
HULL NO. 200 0

ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
POS. 8 POS. 9 POS. 10 POS.11 POS. 12
TURBO BLOW rRCH. STrlOKE COUUTSfi
5 m / TR RAISFORHER, UOR R7EL
POS. NO PART TYPE

Date M a d e by Trased Scale
/5. 9. 8 2 . 3.3. 3.X.
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S TI!. 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
HULL NO: 200
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE

POS. 3 2 POS. 49
5dl ( RCLRV
I
1u
I
RYYS-L L4Y DC
I POS. NO II PART II TYPE

Date
l5.9.82.
Made by
Sy.
Trased
a.X .
Scale
HAEBas
aqMOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S I
. LL
HARTVIG ANORESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
TI^. w lor - uoss. NORWAY
"'I6
.
TEST AND RESETING PANEL

SULZER
d
.r
I
Date
.zY- 8- 82
Made by
J.I.
Scale
H Ba s
' MOSSNOROSENBERG VERFT A I S

HULL 200
TH ~ 1 -%MOSS. NORWAY
9
0
P-
k ENG ROOM CONSOLE
5869 _ 5C
\
L"
i
f
- CONTROL CONSOLE
- -
ENG. ROOM
I - I
R
A
1
2
3
T
---+-I-
I ' I
I I
I I 13
I I
14
I l l 15
! l I 16
SYMBOLS. INSTR, LIST. 1
TEMP CONTROL REG- ALFSEN 8 GUNDERSEN
I
Date
to - s-82
Made by Trased
&I Scale
I
7
H A E B a . s
-...-
HARTVIG ANDRESENS ELEKTRISKE nVnA

HULL NO: 200
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE

POS 46
GEN. WINDING. SUB PANEL FIRE ALARM
SI GNALCO
1h/ - 2 LUMP ~'RBLR* /zon/
POS.NO. PART TYPE

Date Made by Trased Scale
y - 5- 8Z
I
<$''''I
'
9 hQ 0
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT AIS TI, Y 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
3 ?IHULL NO: 200

'J
\ kit ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
trC
a.
5869. 7
06 f
RESET
POS. 33 PISTON COOLING WATER OUTLET M.E.
1
C,
Data Made by Tram Sc a la
A
2 2 6.@2. J.1

HAE Ba s
nAITVKi
-
TH 54 tw
mSEMS ELEKTCIISKE ern
MOSS. NORWAY
HULL NO. 200 . .

ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
-
POS. 45 POS. 50
STEERING GEAR. AUX. BLOWER
4 3 - 25s
PUMP NO. 2 R
NW ~ O W C RR C ~ / ~ ~ # G & W P
O.
K 3 .DwG. m ~ o ~ u ' k ~
SEE
L 3 - 2%
1 I I I
SOL /
?- 5- 82
Date I Made by
Scale
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT AIS Tlf. 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
HULL N0.200
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE

.)
STARTER PANEL VENT ENG. ROOM POS. 45
I
$a .
?
I I I
'. ,'
3 d Stop
"
Stort
4 4)
KRAUS 8 N A I M E R ;
C10- A 1 7 6 E
I 1, 1
Date Made b y Trasea Scale

0
!?- 6 - 82 JI
MARTVIG ANDRESENS ELEKTRISKE BVRA
Checed Approved
Tlt 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
Replacement for Replaced by
MOSS. ROSENBERG VERFT a.5
HULL NO. 200
5869 10
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
ZW 11-77 KSl Formal 2 m A r

f
M.E. CY L . LUBRICATORS.
LIST LS APPLICATION RELAY V S R l l UB 220

/ I t N.E. -
L U ~ C ~ A ~ O CRY L . /
3 4 ME. L U ~ A ~ I '704
CA CYL. 2
, 5 6 W.E. ~ u 8 a r c ~ r o k c * ~ - 3
7 8 H A . IU8RI%AToR cv&
bate
29-6- +I{
I ~ dbv* 1T r a d
Approved
I kak
T''
3 A R T V l b ANDRESENS ELtKTRISKE BY&
54 '94 M O b S - 'IORWAY
i + m r far R . p l . c d by
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a.s.
HULL NO. 200
ENG. ROOM CONSOLE

LEVEL ALARM POS. 21 POS. 23
OWERFLOW FORWARD
BATTERYLESS TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE
FRO N SUPPLY C 9
L 2 Y - 18
I RELAY UNIT I I RELAY UNIT I
d29 H L R Y
9s. PH#I
*L,
29. 6 . 8 2 . J.1. /
H A R T V l G ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
96 MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT AIS Tlf 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
?".
a HULL NO. 200
i
: k
.rL ENG. ROOM CONSOLE
t o
Oc
PUMP NO. 1 P O S . 34 PUMP NO. 2
A
/ \ I A *
I
b
Date Made by Tr.tsed Scale
16. 6 . 82 /. U.
H A R T V ~ GANOHESENS ELEKTRISKE aYRA
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S Tlt 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
BG. 200 0
ENGINE ROOM- CONSOLE 1 5869 I-ST.BY
SEA W. PUMP H . E .
I
PUMP NO. 1 POS. 35 PUMP NO. 2
6/-2 STrPR7- S T O P SW~TCH ~ EC /P R 989 h

CRRUS 1 U R ~ R
b3 SELECTOR SWITCH ST-BY 8, 00
CAO u9 u0/5C
-
1-2 3-4 S I G ~ V R LL R H P 7EZhrYEC- X 8 2 - B Y 9 4
POS. NO. PART TYPE

I
b
Date Made ;)y T r tsed Scalr
16. 6 . 82 /. U .
H A R T V I G A N O H E S E N S E L E K T R ~ S K E BYRA
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S Tlf 54 194 - MOSS NORWAY
BG. 200
ENGINE
R O O M CONSOLE
FRESH W. PUMP
1 5869 -
2 ST. BY.
P ~ S T O N M. E .
PUMP NO. 1 PUMP NO. 2
POS. 36 t A
\
61-2 STr9RT- STOP SW/'TCH C R R U S 1 U@;HP& C/9R989h

63 SELECTOR SWITCH ST.BY I, 8, Ch7 R 9 H 0 / 5 6
u 1-2 - 3-4 SIGAIRL LRHP T€LCtf€C- X 8 2 - B Y 94
POS. NO. I
I
PART I TYPE
b
Dale Made t)y T I 3sed Scalc
16. 6 . 82
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S

/. U .
, HAEBa s
H A R T V I G ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
Tlf 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY

BG. 200
ENGINEROOM CONSOLE 5869 3- ST. BY
F R E S H W. PUMP I
C Y L I N D E R M.E .
PUMP NO. 1 PUMP NO. 2
/
A
* Pas. 37
m o m
7ELEHEC. X S 2 - BVQY
TYPE
'8 MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S

HARTVIG ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
t B G 200
ENGINEROOM CONSOLE
't
F.O. BOOSTER PUMP H.E.
S'
> >
m m
.L
m o m
I I
61- 2 I S74RT- STOP CW/'TCH 1 CRlPUS 1 u/)I'N€R C19 R 989 E
63 ISNICIOA SWITCH ST. BY I I, *e CX)R9H0/56
POS. NO. I PART I TYPE
BG. 200 0
ENGINE ROOM- CONSOLE I 5869 5- ST. BY.
A
r \
bl- 2. S ~ R T STOP
- SW/'TCH CRRUS 1 AI@;H€R C/'S R 9 8 9 E
&3 SILPCTOle SWITCH ST. BY I, *. Cllr)# 9 H 0 / 5 E
u 1-2 - 3-4 SIGAIRL LRHP L C X 6 2 - B Y 9 4
POS. NO. PART TYPE

I
b
Date
16. 6 . 82
Made h y Trdsed
/. H-
Scale
#
HAEBa s --

-
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S Tlf 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
BG. 200
ENGINER O O M CONSOLE I 5869 6- ST. BY.
LUB. O I L PUMP
CROSSHEAD H.E .
A
t \ fl
@
4;
ST. BY
: -
4 ST. BY
4 0 5 ~
b/- 2 s WI'TCU
S ~ R R ~ / S T O P CA3RUS k Y R I ~ E R C / Q R QBQC
63 S € L CCTOR SWI'TCY s x 8. e.
,. " C/0109UO/ZB
UI-2-3-9 SI'GURL LRMP TCLEHCC- XB2- 4 V 9 4
POS. NO PART TYPE

--
Made by Trased Scale

HAEBa s
H A R T V I G ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
BG. 2 0 0
ENGINER O O M C O N S O L E '
N O Z Z L E COOL W. P U M P
- - -
b /- 2 ~ R R T STOP
- SWI;'CH CRloUS 4 MQ/'CIER ~ 1 9 R Q 8E
9
8, C/O R q H O t 5 L
b3 SELECTO& S W ~ T C H ST.BY 8,
u/-2-3-4 SI'CAIRL LRHP TELEHEC. X 8 2 - BY94
P O S . NO. PAR T TYPE
BG. 200 0
E N G ~ N EROOM C O N S O L E
S E A W . PUMP
I 5869 8 - ST. BY
AUX. E N G I N E
A
4 *
il
'I
ST. BY
6/-2 STRR'T- S T O P SW~TCH CRfWS & U R ~ H E R C 1 7 R 9 8 9 2

63 S E L CC T O R J W / TCH SZ.BY 10 ** #I C /O#? 9 HO/SA
b
P O 5 NO. I
1
PART I TYPE

/ 6 . 6 . 82. /. H
. H A E B a - s
MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S Tlf 54 194 - MOSS. NORWAY
BG. 200
E N G ~ N EROOM CONSOLE
F R E S H W. PUMP
AUX. E N G I N E Y -
9 ST. BY.
PUMP NO. 1 POS. 4 3 PUMP NO. 2
I POS.NO I PART TYPE
.d MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT A/S M A H T V I G ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
~IENGINE
I
ROOM CONSOLE
PUMP NO. 1 POS. 4 3 A
8
PUMP
A
NO. 2
- -
I POS. NO I PART I TYPE

I
Date
23.6.62 /. He
S( a i r
HAEBa s
HARTVlG ANDHESENS ELEKTRISKE BYRA
- Tlf 54 194 - MOSS NORWAY
ROOM CONSOLE - 11- ST. BY.

I BRIDGE CONSOLE
b
Date
la. 4 . 8 S
Made by
$3
Trased
3.X.
Scale
HAEBa s
HARTVia AMOWSENS ELEUTRISUE D Y M
MOSS ROSENSERG VERFT

BG. 200
%&oh4 8 HE/b 5 / 0 0-
/ n o .ooo
r ~mb
"DEAD MAN" SYSTEM
I POS NO I PART I TYPE
I
. tog
/'ZOPX J o ?
INSTRUCTION ZETA discharge equipment
MD5-0 P4
Februay 1982
type ZLTVA and ZL2TVA
Data and installation
DATA
..Power supply
Voltage: 2 2 0 V
Frequency: 5 0 or 6 0 Hz (should be stated by ordering]
Fuse size: 2 - 6 A.
- --
Time for one rotation of program dev~ce180 seconds
Timer: adjustable betiveen 0.3 s - 6 0 h
Cam tlmes: valid times adjusted at dei~ven;F~neadjustments
on place can be needed.
Delay relay for alarm: adjustable between 1 0 - 100
seconds.
Max. power consumption (appr. values).
i for 1 separator ' for 2 separators

p
Ie PLTVA I
type I L 2 W A 1
1 200VA 300VA 1
Air supply
Max. 1 MPa (10 bar) to pressure reducmg unit. From pressure
reducing unit to control box 12 kPa (1.2 bar).
Air consumption
Appr. 3.5 NL during a rotatlon of the control dev~ceper
separator.
Air pipes
Pipe dim: 614 mm copper pipes
El. wires, outer

Cable area: 1.5 mm2
Pressostat ~ ''
Should be connected normally open when no pressure is
on.
Valves
Time of switching: 3 - 5 seconds.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Control box
This should be mounted in such a way, that heating of the
box is avoided. It may not be placed above or beside steam
. pipes or heaters. (Note the installat~on instructions for

separator concerning ventilation, if the separator is placed in
a special room.)
Air supply
Control the pressure regulating on the reducing unlt before
this IS connected to the control box. Control that the copper
pipes are cleaned before they are connected.
Pressostat
Forv~sual control of the pressure, a pressure gauge should be
.- mounted in connection with the pressostat. Both the pres-

sostat as well as the pressure gauge should be provided with
MANUFACTURE, SALES AND SERVICE cocks. The pressostat should be mounted on a bulkhead or
similar. The impulse pipes between the pressostat and the
Z A N D E F t & 1 N G ~ outlet on the oil pipe, should be as shon as possible. If heavy
ALFA-LAVAL GROUP
oil is used: the impulse pipe should be mounted so that
Instrument Department
heating is obtained. In order to avoid blocking of the impulse
Postal Box 12088. pipe, caused by cold oil, the pipe should have an inside
address: S-102 23 Stockholm diameter of at least 1 0 mm.
Street Gustavslundsvagen 149, A conical reglblating valve should be fitted into the oil pipe
address: Stockholm/Alvik after the connection point of the pressostat.
Telephone: 08-80 90 00 See also special drawing for the position of the different
Telex: 10074 ZIS S components.
11s
I n s t r u c t i o n Cook D
Z E T A AUTOh,ATIC SHOOTING AND WIOUNTING EQUIPMENT
T y p e ZL.TVA f o r 1 s e p a r a t o r
T y p e ZL2TVA for 2 separators
f o r De L a v a l s e p a r a t o r s t y p e MAPX 2 0 4 ,
MOPX 2 0 5 , 2 0 9 , 2 1 0 a n d 2 1 3
OPERATING A N D MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CONTENTS
Sheet 2 Equipment a n d installation

.
Sheet 3 Connections
Common t e r m i n a l b l o c k s - -
Function
Sheet 4 Automatic shooting

S t a r t - u p o f one s e p a r a t o r
Sheet 5 h4easures in t h e e v e n t o f ceased l i q u i d f l o w
Sheet 6 S t a r t - u p o f a second s e p a r a t o r ( f o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s ]
Stopping of a separator ( f o r 2 separators)
Semi-automatic s h o o t i n g
S t o p p i n g o f a l l engaged s e p a r a t o r s
Sheet 7 Manual s h o o t i n g w i t h m o n i t o r i n g
Sheet 8 S t o p p i n g (1-2 s e p a r a t o r s ]
D e l a y i n g o f alarm
Manual s h o o t i n g w i t h o u t m o n i t o r i n g
,.
Sheet 9 Programme unit
Example
Sheet 10 Adjustments before t h e f i r s t start

S e t t i n g t h e p r o g r a m m e unit
Sheet 11 Setting t h e alarm equipment ( f i r s t s t a r t )
Sheet 1 3 Component l i s t
.
Sheet 1 4
Sheet 15
Example o f o r d e r i n g
E x t e r n a l components
Spare p a r t s in r e s e r v e
Assembly
Periodical maintenance
Sheet 1 6 Tests
ZANDER & INGESTROM
ZETA automatic s h o o t i n g c o n t r o l a n d m o n i t o r i n g e q u i p m e n t Z L T V A a n d
Z L 2 T V A (204, 205, 209, 210 a n d 213) i s i n t e n d e d f o r c o n n e c t i o n t o De
L a v a l s e p a r a t o r s o f t y p e s MAPX 204, MOPX 205, 209, 2'10 a n d 213. I t
c a n also b e u s e d t o g e t h e r w i t h a l l e a r l i e r t y p e s o f De L a v a l self-
o p e n i n g PX machines f o r mari.ne a p p l i c a t i o n s . A s a r u l e , h o w e v e r , a
m i n o r a d j u s t m e n t w i l l t h e n b e necessary t o t h e d e v i c e w h i c h s u p p l i e s
o p e r a t i n g w a t e r t o t h e s e p a r a t o r . T h e automatic e q u i p m e n t satisfies
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s a c c o r d i n g t o Class EO as' s p e c i f i e d 'by-the N o r w e g i a n
c l a s s i f i c a t i o n s o c i e t y D e t N o r s k e V e r i t a s , a n d t o Class UMS by L l o y d ' s
Register o f Shipping.
Similar e q u i p m e n t i s a v a i l a b l e f o r t y p e MOPX 207 a n d MAPX 309
EQUIPMENT AND I N S T A L L A T I O N (see also t h e r e l e v a n t d r a w i n g s )

r
1. C o n t r o l b o x w i t h s w i t c h e s , c o n t r o l lamps a n d p u s h - b u t t o n s f o r
engagement a n d disengagement o f automatic e q u i p m e n t a n d f o r
F- c a n c e l l i n g alarms.
2. A p r e s s u r e s w i t c h f o r c o n t r o l o f o i l p r e s s u r e in t h e d i s c h a r g e l i n e
- f o r separated oil. F o r visual checking o f the pressure, a pressure
gauge should b e mounted b y t h e switch. B o t h gauge a n d switch
s h o u l d b e f i t t e d w i t h a cock.
T h e s w i t c h s h o u l d b e m o u n t e d o n a b u l k h e a d o r t h e l i k e , a n d im-
p u l s e lines b e t w e e n t h e s w i t c h a n d c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e o i l l i n e
s h o u l d be made as s h o r t as possible. I f h e a v y o i l is u s e d , t h e
p i p e s h o u l d b e i n s t a l l e d so t h a t it i s heated. T o a v o i d blockages
in t h e l i n e d u e t o t h i c k e n e d o i l , t h e p i p e s h o u l d have a n i n s i d e
diameter o f a t least 10 mm.
A f t e r t h e connection p o i n t f o r t h e p r e s s u r e switch, a t h r o t t l e
v a l v e s h o u l d b e m o u n t e d in t h e o i l p i p e . T h i s v a l v e i s t o b e u s e d
-
only f o r setting t h e operating pressure o f t h e switch.
3! A p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d 3-way v a l v e w i t h hand-wheel. T h i s v a l v e
i s t o b e c o n n e c t e d in s u c h a w a y t h a t it i s automatically r e s e t t o
t h e p o s i t i o n " O i l r e t u r n i n g t o s u c t i o n . s i d e o f feed pump" w i t h o u t
compressed a i r t h r o u g h t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y o f a b u i l t - i n s p r i n g .
.
.-
:F
When compressed a i r ' i s admitted, t h e v a l v e s w i t c h e s o v e r a n d o i l
is supplied t o t h e separator inlet f o r unseparated oil. T h e r e is no
need f o r a b y - p a s s v a l v e , s i n c e t h e v a l v e i s p r o v i d e d w i t h a
I hand-wheel f o r manual r e s e t t i n g w h e n t h e c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t is
n o t b e i n g u s e d . ( V a l v e N o 41 ~ ~
4. A p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d s h u t - o f f v a l v e f o r t h e s u p p l y o f sealing
and displacing water. ( V a l v e No 3 )
5.
-
A pneumatically operated shut-off valve f o r t h e s u p p l y of
o p e r a t i n g w a t e r f o r o p e n i n g o f t h e sep. bowl. ( V a l v e No 2 )
6. A p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d s h u t - o f f v a l v e f o r t h e s u p p l y o f closing
w a t e r during o p e r a t i o n . ( V a l v e No 1 )
ZANDER & INGESTROM 'I 13
7. A pressure-reducing u n i t for use when d r y a i r at a pressure o f

1 . 2 b a r ( 1 7 p s i ) is n o t available. Maximum p r i m a r y p r e s s u r e :
10 b a r .
8. A c o n s t a n t - f l o w v a l v e f o r .sealing a n d d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r .
- .-
CONNEC"TIONS (see separate d r a w i n g )
I n the control box there is a nipple f o r the supply of operating air at

a p r e s s u r e o f 1 . 2 b a r . A s s t a n d a r d , t h i s n i p p l e i s d e l i v e r e d f o r 614
mm c o p p e r tubing. T h e b o x i s also f u r n i s h e d w i t h t w o t e r m i n a l b l o c k s
f o r i n c o m i n g o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e o f 220 V , 50 o r 60 Hz.
F o r each of t h e connected s e p a r a t o r s , t h e f o l l o w i n g items o f e q u i p -

m e n t a r e m o u n t e d in t h e c o n t r o l b o x :
r' 4 nipples f o r operating a i r f o r t h e pneumatically operated valves.

7 N i p p l e size 614 mm f o r c o p p e r t u b i n g .
2~t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r c o n n e c t i n g t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
2 terminal blocks for connection of auxiliary contact in separator

cdntactor.
COMMON T E R M I N A L B L O C K S
3 terminal blocks f o r general f a u l t signal

?-
2 t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r c o n n e c t i o n t o a c e n t r a l a l a r m panel. T h e b r e a k -
ing c o n t a c t in t h e b o x i s u t i l i z e d f o r c o n n e c t i o n o f t h e c o n t r o l panel
L in t h e c e n t r a l alarm unit.
2 t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r connecti.on, i f n e c e s s a r y , o f o i l h e a t e r s f o r t h e
, r e s p e c t i v e separators. ( V o l t a g e s u p p l y f r o m c o n t r o l b o x , i n t e r -
r u p t e d u p o n engagement. )
1 terminal block f o r indication, if r e q u i r e d , o f s h o o t i n g in p r o g r e s s

r. .
( v o l t a g e b r o k e n during s h o o t i n g ) .
FUNCTION
I
T h e e q u i p m e n t i s d e s i g n e d f o r simultaneous automatic s l u d g e e m p t y i n g ,
" s h o o t i n g " o f one o r t w o s e p a r a t o r s a n d i s f i t t e d w i t h c e r t a i n alarm
d e v i c e s w h i c h a r e a c t u a t e d in t h e e v e n t o f t r o u b l e . With o n l y o p e r a t -
ing v o l t a g e connected a l l automatic v a l v e s a r e in p o s i t i o n " S e p a r a t o r
O f f " . With t h e o p e r a t i n g switches in t h e " A u t ' l p o s i t i o n , automatic
shooting a n d a s i g n a l "Ceased l i q u i d .flowv w i t h r a p i d s t o p p i n g o f t h e
o i l s u p p l y can b e o b t a i n e d , i f t h e c a p a c i t y f r o m a n y s e p a r a t o r i s
r e d u c e d o r ceases a l t o g e t h e r , a s i g n a l i f t h e s e p a r a t o r c o n t a c t o r h a s
t r i p p e d o r has f a l l e n o w i n g t o t h e o i l v a l v e b e i n g closed a n d t h u s a n
alarm f o r "Ceased liquid f l o w " a n d , f i n a l l y , also a n alarm if t h e ope-
r a t i n g voltage disappears.
ZANDER & INGES~ROM
114-
I n t h e "Man" p o s i t i o n , o n l y t h e above-mentioned a l a r m s a r e engaged,

b u t shooting will. then have t o be performed manually.
A U T O M A T I C SHOOTING
S t a r t - u p o f one s e p a r a t o r -
( F o r a d j u s t m e n t s b e f o r e t h e f i r s t s t a r t , see p a g e 10)
1. C h e c k t h a t t h e v a l v e s f o r c o n t r o l o f t h e s e p a r a t o r w h i c h i s t o b e
c o u p l e d t o t h e c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t a r e s e t as p r e s c r i b e d below a n d
t h a t t h e s e p a r a t o r is p r e p a r e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n
manual.
a ) O p e n t h e o i l - s u p p l y v a l v e on t h e s e p a r a t o r .
b ] Close t h e b y - p a s s v a l v e o f t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d s h u t - o f f
v a l v e f o r sealing a n d d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r .
C ] O p e n t h e cock f o r t h e sealing a n d d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r o n t h e t o p
o f t h e separator.
. ~
d ) S c r e w up a n d l o c k t h e h a n d - w h e e l o f t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y operated
3-way v a l v e f o r s e p a r a t o r liquid.
e ) A l t e r n a t i v e 1. By-pass v a l v e s .
I f t h e pneumatically o p e r a t e d v a l v e s f o r o p e r a t i n g w a t e r a r e
f i t t e d w i t h b y - p a s s v a l v e s , t h e s e s h o u l d b e s h u t in t h i s posi-
t i o n . T h e b a l l c o c k s f o r t h e o p e r a t i n g w a t e r s h o u l d b e open.
A l t e r n a t i v e 2 . T-pieces.
If T - p i e c e s h a v e been i n s e r t e d b e t w e e n t h e n o n - r e t u r n v a l v e
a n d t h e o u t e r b a l l v a l v e a n d b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n piece a n d
t h e i n n e r b a l l v a l v e , t h e b a l l v a l v e s s h o u l d b e s h u t in t h i s
position.
2. S t a r t t h e s e p a r a t o r a n d c h e c k t h e r p m ; - C h e c k t h e o i l temperature.
3. Set t h e w a n t e d s h o o t i n g i n t e r v a l o n t h e t i m e r in t h e c o n t r o l b o x .
4. T h e o p e r a t i n g switche; S2 a n d 53 m u s t b e in t h e "Stop" position.

S w i t c h on t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e t o t h e c o n t r o l b o x b y means o f
s w i t c h Q1. I n t h e "0" p o s i t i o n , b o t h p h a s e s o f t h e o p e r a t i n g vol-
I tage a r e disconnected. Connection o f t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e is in-
d i c a t e d b y lamp H I , " O p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e " b e i n g lit. T h e s w i t c h 52
( 5 3 ) i s t h u s in t h e "Stop" p o s i t i o n . T h e programme unit now ad-
v a n c e s t o t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n , w h i c h i s also t h e o p e r a t i n g posi-
t i o n , as soon as t h e automatic e q u i p m e n t i s s w i t c h e d on. When t h e
programme unit i s connected, lamp H2 " C o n t r o l device o n " l i g h t s
u p . T h i s lamp does n o t light up in t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n a n d du-
ring normal o p e r a t i o n . T h e e l e c t r o - p n e u m a t i c r e l a y Y1 receives
e l e c t r i c i t y a n d t h e pneumatic v a l v e f o r c l o s i n g w a t e r opens.
m
F u r t h e r , t h e time-delay r e l a y K10 (K11) f o r i n d ~ c a t i n go f "Ceased
l i q u i d f l o w " i s a c t u a t e d v i a r e l a y K2 ( K 6 ) a n d r e l a y K4 ( K 8 ) p u l l s
a n d p r e v e n t s t h e alarm f r o m b e i n g g i v e n .
T u r n t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h S2 ( 5 3 ) t o 'the " A u t " p o s i t i o n , w h e r e u p o n

t h e p r o g r a m m e unit s t a r t s a n d in t h e p o s i t i o n " S t a r t a n d stop o f
automatic c o n t r o l t a k i n g place" a c c o r d i n g t o d i a g r a m h'l-311171 t h e
automatic c o n t r o l r e l a y K2 ( K 6 ) is connected by means e f c o n t a c t 9 in
t h e programme unit M I . F o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s , t h i s i s ' d o n e v i a a n a u x i -
l i a r y r e l a y K9. In t h i s case r e l a y K4 ( K B ) also p u l l s a n d f u n c t i o n s as
a k e e p e r . T h e v o l t a g e s u p p l y v i a t h i s r e l a y t o time-delay r e l a y K10
( K 1 1 ) ( a l a r m r e l a y f o r ceased l i q u i d f l o w ) i s i n t e r r u p t e d but t h i s
r e l a y now r e c e i v e s v o l t a g e v i a r e l a y K5 w h i c h p u l l s w h e n contact 7 in
t h e programme u n i t i s closed. ( B l o c k i n g o f a l a r m f o r ceased l i q u i d
flow. )
T h e pneumatic v a l v e s o p e n a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p r o g r a m m e set on t h e
cams. T h e lamp H3 ( H 5 ) " A u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l o n " l i g h t s up.
A f t e r a ' c e r t a i n i n t e r v a l w h e n t h e v a l v e f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r l i q u i d has
been r e s e t a n d t h e c o r r e c t p r e s s u r e h a s b e e n a t t a i n e d , as i n d i c a t e d
b y t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h D F C 7 0 59 f o r ceased liquid f l o w , t h e alarm
unit f o r "Ceased liquid f l o w " i s s w i t c h e d o n by c o n t a c t 7 in t h e p r o -
gramme unit b r e a k i n g a n d r e l a y K5 t r i p p i n g . T h e a l a r m r e l a y K3 ( K 7 )
now breceives v o l t a g e o n l y o v e r t h e c l o s i n g c o n t a c t o f t h e p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h v i a t h e time-delay r e l a y K10 ( K 1 1 ) .
T h e p r o g r a m m e unit s t o p s i n t h e o p e r a t i n g p o s i t i o n by means of con-

t a c t 8 a n d t i m e r K1 f o r s e t t i n g t h e s h o o t i n g i n t e r v a l o f 0.3 s - 60 h
is e n e r g i z e d . When t h e time s e t o n timer K1 h a s elapsed, t h e p r o -
gramme unit s t a r t s a n d s h o o t i n g t a k e s place f o r t h e c o n n e c t e d sepa-
r a t o r s as s h o w n in t h e e a r l i e r mentioned d i a g r a m . T h e programme
s h a f t completes a r e v o l u t i o n a n d t i m e r K1 i s a g a i n c o n n e c t e d f o r t h e
next shooting i n t e r v a l .
MEASURES I N T H E EVENT O F ' C E A S E D L I Q U I D FLOW
I f t h e o i l f l o w f r o m a n y s e p a r a t o r - i s r e d u c e d o r ceases a l t o g e t h e r , t h e
c o n t a c t in t h e p r e s s u r e . s w i t c h w i l l b r e a k . T h e t i m e r K10 ( K 1 1 ) t h e n
s t a r t s a n d w h e n t h e p r e s e t time h a s elapsed, t h e t i m e r switches.
T h e r e u p o n r e l a y K3.(K7) .drops a n d a n alarm i s e m i t t e d t o t h e c e n t r a l
alarm unit a t t h e same time as t h e p n e u m a t i c v a l v e f o r s e p a r a t i n g
l i q u i d closes a n d t h e r e d lamp H4 ( H 6 ) "Ceased l i q u i d f l o w " l i g h t s
u p . T h e automatic c o n t r o l r e l a y K2 ( K 6 ) d r o p s a n d t h e g r e e n lamp H3
I ( H 5 ) " A u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l on1' goes o u t . S t a r t i n g o f t h e automatic equip-
m e n t i s p r e v e n t e d by t h e d r o p p i n g o f r e l a y K 4 ( K 8 ) . T u r n t h e ope-
r a t i n g s w i t c h 52 ( 5 3 ) t o t h e "Stop" p o s i t i o n , w h e r e u p o n t h e r e d lamp
is e x t i n g u i s h e d a n d t h e alarm t o t h e c e n t r a l a l a r m unit i s cancelled.
Eliminate t h e cause o f t h e alarm.
T h e n turn t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h b a c k t o t h e " A u t " p o s i t i o n , where-

u p o n t h e a f f e c t e d s e p a r a t o r i s once again c o n n e c t e d t o t h e automatic
c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t in t h e m a n n e r p r e v i o u s l y - d e s c r i b e d .
ZANDER & INGESTROM
S T A R T - U P O F A SECOND SEPARATOR ( f o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s )
I f a second s e p a r a t o r i s t o b e c o n n e c t e d t o .the c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t , t h e
manually o p e r a t e d v a l v e s f o r t h i s s e p a r a t o r a r e t o b e set as d e s c r i b e d
u n d e r t h e h e a d i n g " S t a r t - u p .of one s e p a r a t o r 1 ' , p o i n t 1 a b o v e , a f t e r
w h i c h t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r w h i c h now i s t o b e s t a r -
t e d i s set in t h e " A u t " p o s i t i o n . T h e programme unit s t a r t s a n d t h e
p r e v i o u s l y c o n n e c t e d s e p a r a t o r shoots, a f t e r w h i c t i t h e -Separator, now
connectea, is c o u p l e d t o t h e automatic c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t .
STOPPING O F A SEPARATOR ( f o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s )
When b o t h s e p a r a t o r s a r e engaged a n d one o f t h e m is t o b e d ~ s c o n -

nected, set t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r c o n c e r n e d t o t h e
" S t o p " p o s i t i o n . T h e programme unit t h e n s t a r t s a n d s h o o t i n g o f t h e
s e p a r a t o r s t a k e s place, w h e r e u p o n t h e s e p a r a t o r c o n c e r n e d i s disen-
g a g e d as soon as t h e programme unit passes t h e p o s i t i o n " S t a r t a n d
stop can t a k e place". A s soon as t h e yellow lamp H2 " C o n t r o l device
o n " goes o u t t h e s e p a r a t o r i s disconnected from t h e automatic c o n t r o l
equipment, b u t t h e v a l v e s f o r make-up w a t e r , sealing w a t e r a n d
? h o o t i n g w a t e r a r e s t i l l o p e n a n d t h e w a t e r s u p p l y v i a t h e s e must b e
s h u t o f f manually by means o f t h e s t o p c o c k s .
SEMI-AUTOMATIC SHOOTING
Shooting a t s h o r t e r i n t e r v a l s t h a n t h o s e s e t on t h e t i m e r c a n b e done
b y semi-automatic s h o o t i n g , w h i c h i s c a r r i e d o u t as follows:
Press b u t t o n 5 4 , "Semi-automatic s h o o t i n g " , f o r a b o u t 5 seconds,

whereupon the-lamp"Control d e v i c e o n h i l l light up. Release t h e
b u t t o n a n d s h o o t i n g w i l l t a k e place in t h e same w a y as i n fully auto-
matic shooting.
N.B.
-
T h e t i m e r t h e n r e t u r n s t o t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n a n d s h o o t i n g oc-
c u r s a g a i n u p o n t h e elapse o f t h e time s e t on t h e t i m e r .
STOPPING OF A L L ENGACED SEPARATORS
Disengagement o f t h e automatic c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t is a c h i e v e d b y
p u t t i n g t h e o p e r a t i o n s w i t c h 52 ( S 3 ) t o t h e "Stop" p o s i t i o n . T h e p r o -
, gramme unit Ml s t a r t s , w h e r e u p o n automatic s h o o t i n g t a k e s place.
When c o n t a c t -9 in t h e programme unit is a c t u a t e d , t h e programme unit

i d l e s t o t h e s t a r t i n g position. T h e lamp " C o n t r o l de\iice o n " goes o u t ,
a f t e r w h i c h o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h Q 1 is put t o t h e "0" p o s i t i o n .
-
T H I S MEANS T H A T NO MANUAL RESETTING OF THE VALVES IS
NECESSARY ON T H E SEPARATORS WHEN T H E Y ARE STOPPED IN
T H I S WAY.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
MANUAL SHOOTING WITH MONITORING
1 . Before s t a r t i n g , t h e valves should b e s e t a s follows:
a ) Open t h e oil supply valve on t h e ' s e p a r a t o r .
b ) Close t h e cock for t h e sealing a n d displacing water on the top

.-
of t h e separator.
c ) Alternative 1 . By-pass valves

If t h e pneumatically operated valves for operating water a r e
fitted with by-pass valves, these should be open in t h i s posi-
tion. T h e ball cocks for t h e operating water should be closed.
Alternative 2 . T-pieces
If T-pieces have been inserted between t h e non-return valve
a n d t h e outer ball valve and between t h e connection piece and
t h e inner ball valve, t h e ball valves should be s h u t in this
position.
-. d ) Screw up and lock t h e hand-wheel of t h e pneumatically operated

3-way valve.
e ) Open t h e by-pass valve for t h e pneumatically operated shut-off

valve for sealing and displacing water.
2 . s t a r t t h e separator a n d check t h e rpm. Check t h e oil temperature.
3 . T h e operating switch 5 2 ( 5 3 ) must be in t h e "Stop" position.
Switch on t h e operating voltage t o t h e control box by means of

switch Q1. Lamp HI, "Operating voltage", now lights u p . T h e
electro-pneumatic relay Y1 is energized and t h e pneumatic valve
for closing water o p e n s , b u t a s t h e ball valve following it is closed
t h e bowl does not close. Close t h e bowl manually a s described in
t h e instruction manual for t h e s e p a r a t o r a n d , if necessary, a d d
sealing water.
Closing water is now supplied direct to t h e separator via t h e outer

cock. T u r n operating switch S2 ( 5 3 ) to t h e "Man" position, where-
upon t h e pneumatic valve for s e p a r a t o r liquid opens. T h e alarm
a n d rapid stopping of t h e oil supply in e v e n t of "Ceased liquid
flow1', a s well a s other alarm functions, a r e now connected. Shoot-
ing of t h e separator must now be carried out manually as de-
I
scribed in t h e instruction manual for t h e s e p a r a t o r , the operating
switch for t h e automatic control equipment f i r s t being p u t to t h e
"Stop" position and upon completion of shooting, r e t u r n e d to t h e
"Man" position.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
STOPPING ( 1 - 2 s e p a r a t o r s )
T h e automatic control equipment is disengaged by putting the operat-

ing switch 52 ( 8 3 ) to the "Stop" position whereupon t h e pneumatic
valves for separating liquid a r e closed.' Immediately a f t e r t h i s , s w ~ t c h
Ql is p u t t o t h e "0" posit~on whereupon t h e operating voltage to t h e
control box is disconnected. After t h i s each s e p a r a t o r is shot and
stopped a s described in t h e separator operating instrucfions.
DELAYING OF ALARM
For these s e p a r a t o r s , too, external conditions may cause t h e p r e s s u r e

in t h e oil line t o fall for a few seconds a n d an alarm to be initiated
without t h e r e actually being any fault. Each control box is therefore
fitted with a delay relay for blocking of s u c h involuntary alarms. In
t h e event of a broken water seal, blocking is obtained before the oil
supply is stopped and an alarm issued, this blocking being a s long a s
t h e time. s e t on t h e timer. As a r u l e , the time s e t on t h e timer is
sufficient also for blocking in connection with s t a r t i n g .
Upon switching to t h e "Man" position from "Stop", t h e r e w i l l be a

delay of a few seconds before the oil p r e s s u r e h a s risen. This would
result in closing of t h e valve for separating liquid and immediate
issuimg of the alarm a s soon a s this position is connected. T h e pre-
viously mentioned timer prevents t h i s false alarm. A suitable setting
time , f o r t h e timer is about 1 5 seconds. S e e also "Setting t h e alarm
equipment", sheet 1 1 .
MANUAL SHOOTING WITHOUT MONITORING
Before s t a r t i n g , t h e valves should be s e t a s follows:
a) Close t h e oil supply-valve on t h e separator.
b) S h u t t h e cock for sealing and displacing water on top of t h e se-

parator.
c) S h u t t h e two cocks for t h e operating water s u p p l y .
If t h e pneumatically *operated operating-water -valves a r e fitted

with by-pass valves, these by-pass valves should be opened.
d) Screw down and lock the hand-wheel of the pneumatically

I operated 3-way oil valve.
e) Open t h e by-pass valve for t h e pneumatically operated shut-off

valve for sealing and displacing water.
Then ;$art in accordance with the ope-rating instructions for t h e sepa-

rator.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
PROGRAMME U N I T
T h e p r o g r a m m e unit c o n s i s t s o f 6 p n e u m a t i c a u x i l i a r y v a l v e s a n d 3
e l e c t r i c c o n t a c t s a c t u a t e d by cams m o u p t e d o n a s h a f t , w h i c h rotates
w h e n t h e d i f f e r e n t f u n c t i o n s , as i n d i c a t e d b y t h e diagram f o r t h e
p r o g r a m m e unit, a r e t o b e p e r f o r m e d . T h e cam r o l l e r i s d r i v e n b y a
s y n c h r o n o u s m o t o r w h i c h s t a r t s in r e s p o n s e t o a n impulse, f r o m t h e
t i m e r ( 6 1 ) . T h e cam r o l l e r r o t a t e s i n . t h e c l o c k w i s e d i r e c t i o n as
v i e w e d f r o m t h e motor side. It completes o n e r e v o l u t i o n (360 degrees)
i n 180 seconds. With t h e a i d o f t h e scale a t t h e e n d o f t h e cam r o l l e r
t h e p o s i t i o n s o f t h e d i f f e r e n t cams a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e y actuate
e i t h e r t h e pneumatic a u x i l i a r y valves or t h e electric contacts. T h e
scale is g r a d u a t e d in b o t h d e g r e e s a n d seconds.
Each cam c o n s i s t s o f t w o i d e n t c a l plates 180 d e g r e e s recess. Each

r p l a t e h a s a n a d j u s t i n g screw t h a t a c t u a t e s a g e a r wheel. With t h e a i d
o f t h i s s c r e w , t h e p l a t e c a n b e moved on t h e cam s h a f t . One r e v o l u -
t i o n o f t h e a d j u s t i n g screw c o r r e s p o n d s t o 6 d e g r e e s displacement o n
r t h e cam s h a f t .
B y a d j u s t i n g t h e p o s i t i o n s o f b o t h p l a t e s o n a cam, t h e recess in t h a t
cam a n d t h u s t h e cam time c a n be v a r i e d b e t w e e n 0 a n d 180 degrees
a n d also d i s p l a c e d o n t h e cam s h a f t .
I f tH'e cam time i s more t h a n 180 d e g r e e s , t h e f u n c t i o n o f t h e v a l v e o r

c o n t a c t , w h i c h e v e r i s i n v o l v e d , is r e j e c t e d a n d t h e s e a r e allowed t o
b e a c t u a t e d i n s t e a d b y t h e e l e v a t i o n o f t h e cam ( s e t t i n g 180-360
degrees) .
I f t h e p r o g r a m m e s h a f t i s t o b e t u r n e d m a n u a l l y f o r t h e p u r p o s e of
s e t t i n g , it is p o s s i b l e t o d i s c o n n e c t t h e s h a f t f r o m t h e motor. T h i s i s
d o n e b y p r e s s i n g t h e l a r g e g e a r - w h e e l o n t h e s h a f t t o t h e right, -so
t h a t it i s released f r o m t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e small g e a r wheel. T h e
l a r g e g e a r wheel i s t h e n r o t a t e d so t h a t it does n o t g e t p r e s s e d b a c k
o n t o t h e locating p i n s o f t h e d r i v e r .
Example
It i s f o u n d , f o r example, t h a t t h e v a l v e f o r d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r opens
t o o late a n d closes too e a r l y . It c a n b e seen from t h e d i a g r a m f o r t h e
p r o g r a m m e u n i t t h a t cam* 2 a c t u a t e s t h e d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r v a l v e a n d
t h a t it i s set t o o p e n t h e v a l v e a t 20 d e g r e e s a n d t o close it a t 50
degrees.
1
A d j u s t m e n t is c a r r i e d o u t as follows:
Switch o f f t h e operating voltage t o t h e control b o x . Disconnect t h e

p r o g r a m m e r o l l e r so t h a t t h e cam r o l l e r can b e t u r n e d r o u n d manually
-
t o t h e n e w p o s i t i o n a t w h i c h t h e v a l v e s h o u l d open.
I n t h i s case, t h e a u x i l i a r y v a l v e in t h e programme unit is a c t u a t e d b y

t h e right h a n d p l a t e in t h e cam a n d a d j u s t m e n t i s d o n e w i t h t h e c o r -
responding screw. -
ZANDER & INGESTROM
l Z O
Screw t h e a d j u s t i n g screw c o u n t e r - c l o c k w i s e t h e number o f t u r n s

needed. A f t e r t h i s , a d j u s t t h e n e x t s e t t i n g . T u r n t h e cam r o l l e r f o r -
w a r d s t o t h e new p o s i t i o n in w h i c h t h e v a l v e is t o close. It i s f o u n d
t h a t it i s t h e l e f t h a n d p l a t e o f t h e cam t h a t actuates t h e a u x i l i a r y
v a l v e in t h i s p o s i t i o n a n d t h a t t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g screw must be
t u r n e d in t h e c o u n t e r - c l o c k w i s e d i r e c t i o n . H a v i n g completed t h e ad-
j u s t m e n t p r o c e d u r e , r e c o n n e c t t h e cam r o l l e r t o t h e motor w i t h t h e
a i d o f t h e d r i v e r . T h e r o l l e r c a n n o w be in any p o s i t i o n whatsoever
b u t as s'bon as o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e is a g a i n c o n n e c t e d t o t h e c o n t r o l b o x
it w i l l r e v e r t automatically t o i t s s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n a n d s t a r t i n g u p can
t a k e place in t h e o r d i n a r y w a y .
ADJUSTMENTS BEFORE T H E F I R S T S T A R T
S e t t i n g t h e programme unit ( s e e d r a w i n g M-311171)
A special p r o g r a m i s v a l i d f o r each t y p e o f s e p a r a t o r . However,

o w i n g to v a r i a t i o n s in i n s t a l l a t i o n s , w a t e r t a n k p r e s s u r e , etc., it w i l l
a l w a y s b e necessary f o r t h e p r e - p r o g r a m m i n g t o b e a d j u s t e d in
c o n n e c t i o n w i t h p u t t i n g t h e p l a n t i n t o s e r v i c e . T h e adjustments a r e
made in t h e manner d e s c r i b e d b e l o w , e i t h e r b y l e n g t h e n i n g t h e p r e s e t
time ( a d j u s t m e n t w i t h i n t h e d a s h e d area of t h e d i a g r a m ) o r b y s h o r t e -
n i n g it ( a d j u s t m e n t w i t h i n t h e f u l l y d r a w n l i n e s o f t h e diagram).
A . Cam 1 - Oil v a l v e s w i t c h i n g . F i r s t p a r t . S e t a t 0-5 seconds.

Do n o t a d j u s t .
Cam 1 - O i l v a l v e s w i t c h i n g . Second p a r t . O i l t o b e s u p p l i e d as
soon as sealing w a t e r ceases.
B . Cam 2 - Displacing w a t e r . D i s p l a c i n g s h o u l d a l w a y s s t a r t 10 se-

conds a f t e r t h e o p e r a t i n g p o s i t i o n but b e d i s c o n t i n u e d
a f t e r adjustment, p r i m a r y due t o v a r i a t i o n s in w a t e r - t a n k
pressure a n d t o t y p e o f separator.
C. Cam 3 - Sealing w a t e r . T h e s u p p l y s h o u l d a l w a y s have b e e n d i s -

c o n t i n u e d 125 seconds - - a f t e r commencement - o f t h e p r o -
gramme a n d m u s t b e a d j u s t e d in view o f w a t e r - t a n k p r e s -
s u r e a n d s e p a r a t o r size. A d j u s t m e n t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t as
follows, w i t h t h e s e p a r a t o r b e i n g c o n t r o l l e d manually:
1. S t a r t in accordance w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n manual a n d
make s u r e t h a t t h e b o w l is closed.
2 . F u l l y o p e n t h e cock f o r sealing a n d d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r .
Note t h e time it t a k e s f o r w a t e r t o emerge f r o m t h e

water outlet. Take several readings a t d i f f e r e n t water-
t a n k p r e s s u r e s , n o t i n g t h a t it is t h e lowest t a n k p r e s -
s u r e t h a t decides t h e time: S e t t h e measured time o n
t h e cam w i t h o u t a n y a d d i t i o n .
ZANDER & INGESTROW
D. Cam 4 - Water f o r o p e n i n g o f t h e b o w l
A d j u s t m e n t o f t h i s cam may b e n e c e s s a r y i f t h e t a n k f o r
t h e o p e r a t i n g w a t e r is m o u n t e d a b n o r m a l l y h i g h o r ab-
n o r m a l l y low o r i f t h e p i p e s f r o m t h e t a n k t o t h e separa-
t o r a r e l o n g . T h e d u r a t i o n o f t h e i m p u l s e is v e r y s h o r t ,
b e i n g o n l y a couple o f seconds. A d j u s $ o n l y i f absolutely
essential a n d o n t h e e n t r y s i d e o f t h e cam. T h e impulse
s h o u l d t h u s h a v e b e e n d i s c o n t i n u e d a t 50 seconds.
E. Cam 5 - Water f o r c l o s i n g t h e b o w l .
B o t h cam p l a t e s m u s t b e a d j u s t e d so t h a t no impulse i s
emitted, i.e. t h e v a l v e i s p r e s s e d in a l l o f t h e time.
F. Cam 6 - Closing water for keeping the bowl closed.

When t h e impulse i s l o n g e r t h a n 180 d e g r e e s , an impulse
i s e m i t t e d f r o m t h e p r o t r u s i o n o f t h e cam p l a t e s . These
m u s t be a d j u s t e d so t h a t t h e v a l v e i s p r e s s e d in all o f
t h e time a n d so t h a t t h e c l o s i n g w a t e r v a l v e i s k e p t open
continously .
G . Cam 7 - Delay o f alarm. F i r s t p a r t . Set a t 0-5 seconds.

i
Cam 7 - Delay o f alarm. Second p a r t .
A d j u s t m e n t i s d o n e o n t h e b a s i s o f t h e values o b t a i n e d
w h e n measuring t h e time b e t w e e n o p e n i n g o f t h e o i l v a l v e
a n d s w i t c h i n g o f t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n t a c t ( s h o w n by
t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e ) . T h e t i m e measured in t h i s t e s t
s h o u l d b e i n c r e a s e d by 20 seconds a n d t h e sum set o n
t h e cam so t h a t b l o c k i n g ceases u p o n t h e elapse o f t h e
t h u s o b t a i n e d time a f t e r s w i t c h i n g o f t h e oil v a l v e . (See
also below. )
H. Cam 8 - No a d j u s t m e n t p e r m i t t e d .
1
I. Cam 9 - No a d j u s t m e n t p e r m i t t e d .
S E T T I N G THE A L A R M EQUIPMENT ( f i r s t s t a r t )
Settings:
1. Set t h e w a n t e d capacity o n t h e c a p a c i t y c o n t r o l d e v i c e o f t h e se-

parator.
2. F u l l y open t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e a f t e r t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
3. S t a r t t h e s e p a r a t o r , check the rpm a n d temperature and fill u p
with sealing water if the separator is used a s a purifier.
4. Screw t h e hand-wheel of t h e 3-way valve fully open.
5 . Set t h e timer in t h e control a t max. time.
6 . Set t h e upper switching point on t h e p r e s s u r e switch, right scale,

to 1 . 2 b a r a n d t h e lower point, left scale to 0.8 b a r .
Connection 1-3 is made by rising p r e s s u r e a t ' 1 . 2 bar and connec-

tion 1-2 is made when t h e p r e s s u r e falls back to 0.8 b a r .
The difference between upper and lower setpoint should not be too
small. A small difference might result in a n alarm caused by varia-
tions in t h e oil temperature (viscosity).
Check t h e function of t h e p r e s s u r e switch by means of t h e throttle

valve..
7 . Screw up a n d lock t h e hand-wheel of t h e 3-way valve.

(Since t h e
alarm equipment is not connected, the valve closes and the oil
supply to t h e separator ceases, whereupon t h e gauge pressure
falls.)
.,
8 . Set t h e control switch on "Man" and note t h e time it takes from
t h i s moment until p r e s s u r e gauge shows a reading.
9 . Add 10 seconds to t h e recorded time a n d s e t t h e value t h u s ob-

tained on t h e time-delay relay in t h e control box.
i
T h e s e t t i n g s Bf t h e values on p r e s s u r e switch a n d timer a r e depen-
d e n t on t h e separator t y p e a n d on t h e capacity for t h e separator con-
k .
cerned. If the-capacity is altered a n d t h e alteration is of appreciable
magnitude, t h e alarm setting must be adjusted, in which case t h e
procedure described in points 1-9 is utilized.
COMPONENT L I S T .(spare p a r t l i s t )
Pos N o Name a n d t y p e Manufacturer
C o n t r o l s w i t c h t y p e C12 A202E 'Kraus E Naimer

I1 11
" C12 4AZ122600E I, I1 It
Push button Telemekanik

E l e c t r o - p n e u m a t i c p r o g r a m m e unit t y p e
ZhlP 9 , 50 o r 60 H z
T i m e r 0.3 s - 60 h , S Z A 52-5, for
operating delay Schleicher
Relay t y p e CA2DN 1229MA60+LAlD40 Telemekanik
,I ,I ,I ,I 11 ,I
I,
I,
,T i m e r f o r r e l e a s i n g d e l a y 0 , 3 s - 6 0 h - S Z A - 5 2 1 Schleicher
Lamp socket B A 15d Telemekanik
Lamp holder " " yellow ,I
I, ,I I, I, ti I,
,I I, II 0 I,
green
I1 I1 It II I1
red
E l e c t r o - p n e u m a t i c r e l a y t y p e 17030703 Webber
,I 1, 11 t, I,
II
See p o s . 52
I1 I,
K2
11 I/
K3
I1 I1
K4
,I I,
K5
I! I,
K 10
11 I,
H3
11 I,
H4
I I,
Y2
I1 ,I
Y3
ZANDER & INGESTROM
Example o f o r d e r i n q
-
N.B.
When o r d e r i n g o r in c o r r e s p o n d e n c e , please ~ n d i c a t ep r o j e c t No., t y p e
o f automatic e q u i p m e n t , p o s i t i o n No, t y p e d e s c r i p t i o n as well as t h e
name o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r . ( R e g a r d i n g t h e p r o j e c t No, see t h e sign
i n s i d e t h e automatic c a b i n e t . )
"
Example:
F o r separate automatic e q u i p m e n t Z L T V A l 2 0 5 - 6 6 , 32-MI2345 1 pce
electro-pneumatic r e l a y t y p e 17030703, Webber, 220 V, 60 H z .
E X T E R N A L COMPONENTS
Name a n d t y p e Manufacturer
P r e s s u r e r e d u c i n g unit t y p e XFRP 4 w i t h m e t a l
container Sauter
,I
~res;ostate DFC 7 B 59
Pneumatic 2-way v a l v e , complete, v a l v e t y p e

,I
V14R25, w i t h d r i v e AV42PlO

B14R40, w i t h d r i v e A V 42P10 a n d manual
operating device t y p e 2
or

B l 4 R 2 5 w i t h d r i v e A V 42P10 a n d manual o p e r a t i n g
,I
device t y p e 2 -
Manual o p e r a t i n g d e v i c e t y p e 2 Z & l
Pneumatic 2-way v a l v e , complete, t y p e B42B2OI

AVO1 Po Sauter
1
Regarding spare p a r t s a n d packings f o r - t h e valves, see separate
sheet!
N.B.
-
When o r d e r i n g o r in correspondence, please i n d i c a t e t y p e o f automatic
e q u i p m e n t . p r o j e c t No., t y p e d e s c r i p t i o n a s well a s t h e name o f t h e
manufacturer.
1 . F o r automatic e q u i p m e n t Z L T V A l 2 0 5 - 6 0 , 32-MI2345
1 p n e u m a t i c 2-way v a l v e t y p e B42B201AVOlPo
2. F o r automatic e q u i p m e n t Z L T V A l 2 0 5 - 6 0 , 32-MI2345
1 p n e u m a t i c d r i v e AV42P10
SPARE P A R T S I N RESERVE
T h e f o l l o w i n g p a r t s a r e recommended t o be k e p t in s t o c k :
Red bulb 2 off

Green " 2 off
Yellow " 2 off
Lamps 250 V , 7 W , B A 15d 6 off
Pneumatic v a l v e f o r t h e programme unit 1 off
M i c r o s w i t c h 2HBGA 150-5 1 off
A u x i l i a r y r e l a y t y p e CA2DN 1229hlA60+LAlD40 1 off
Electro-pneumatic r e l a y , t y p e 17030703, 220 V AC 1 off
ASSEMBLY
T h e automatic c a b i n e t s h o u l d be m o u n t e d so t h a t h e a t i n g o f t h e
i-
* c a b i n e t i s a v o i d e d . It s h o u l d n o t b e placed above o r a t t h e side o f a
I
steam p i p e o r h e a t e r .
C .
I
PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE
' P
1. T h e p n e u m a t i c v a l v e s in t h e programme unit s h o u l d b e l u b r i c a t e d
a f t e r e v e r y 1.000 h o u r s w i t h a f e w d r o p s o f o i l SAE 30.
2. DFC 7 8 . Regarding periodical maintenance see " I n s t a l l a t i o n a n d

Maintenance I n s t r u c t i o n s " .
3. XFRP. R e g a r d i n g p e r i o d i c a l maintenance see " I n s t a l l a t i o n a n d

( . Maintenance I n s t r u c t i o n s " . T h e c o n d e n s o r s h o u l d b e v e n t e d e v e r y
1
m o n t h t o l e t o u t t h e condensate.
4. E v e r y 1.000 h o u r s t h e f e l t washers f o r t h e s p i n d l e s in t h e valves

should b e lubricated.
TESTS
T e s t i n g o f t h e alarms f o r ceased liquid flow s h o u l d b e done once a

week as follows:
W i t h t h e a u t o m a t i c unit connected
P u s h t h e b u t t o n "Semi-automatic s h o o t i n g " f o r a b o u t 5 seconds. T h i s
w i l l light t h e lamp i n d i c a t i n g "Programme device' o n " . Release t h e
b u t t o n a n d s h o o t i n g w i l l t a k e place. When t h e o i l v a l v e is s h u t a n d
t h e o i l p r e s s u r e has d r o p p e d , s h u t o f f t h e o i l f l o w t o t h e p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h u s i n g t h e cock i n s t a l l e d f o r t h i s p u r p o s e . T h e "Liquid flow
ceased" alarm i s now s w i t c h e d on a f t e r t h e oil h a s b e e n t u r n e d o n ;
t h i s w i l l cause t h e a l a r m t o g o o f f as t h e p r e s s o s t a t e i s n o t g e t t i n g
a n y p r e s s u r e . O p e n t h e cock t o t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . D i s c o n n e c t t h e
alarm by t u r n i n g t h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h t o " S t o p " p o s i t i o n . T h e n turn t h e
control switch to "Aut" position. T h e s e p a r a t o r is now again
c o n n e c t e d t o t h e automatic e q u i p m e n t .
I f t h e a l a r m i s n o t f u n c t i o n i n g during t h e t e s t , c h e c k t h e automatic
unit.
W i t h t h e automatic unit d i s c o n n e c t e d
S h u t o f f t h e c o c k f o r t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . S t a r t up t h e s e p a r a t o r
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i n s t r u c t i o n f o r manual o p e r a t i o n a n d feed t h e o i l in
by turning t h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h t o t h e "Man" p o s i t i o n . A s t h e c o c k f o r
t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h in t h i s case i s s h u t , t h e a l a r m is s t a r t e d . When
t h e p r e s e t time o n t h e t i m e r h a s elapsed ( t o g i v e t h e o i l time t o b u i l d
up t h e p r e s s u r e ) , t h e " L i q u i d f l o w ceased" a l a r m w i l l go o f f .
D i s c o n n e c t t h e alarm by t u r n i n g t h e cock t o t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
Stop t h e separator.
?-
I f t h e a l a r m i s n o t f u n c t i o n i n g during t h e t e s t , c h e c k t h e automatic
L . unit.
HO recirc to
rcfflhp tank
Lub. oil ruirc to

System
.
na a r
.
X) bar
Note 1. The flexible steel horcs must not deviate from the
-:---I ,fhcM k t DiDernULt IlOt dc- centre-to-cant re more t h 12mm (1,'2")

/
8 t h water
'-7
twJc vide from the vertical mom
Erstatn~ngfor Ersta'te: su
VopX 209/210 TOT
I
\
InslALLATlon DjAGnAM ALM-A3-20
A
01 0-1
52 MAN-STOP- A U I MAN-STOP-AUT
SL HALVALIl.QMAIISK SKJUTNING SHOOTING
HI MAN-SPANNING O P E R A T I O N VOLTAGE
VY A - A I 3 0 1 01
--
1,111
A L l l O M A T l K T Y P L L T V A F ~ 1R5 1 S F P A R A T O R
'.*r*lll"."r~raO*l
---
PLACE R I N G S R I I N I N G
r n . r o l d o i ~ % sMt O L Y D R A W I N G
0""I
A V S ~ K R A ST V ~ W L I G M
~ AX.6A MANOVERSP~NNING
MUST B E F U S E S I N B O T H P H A S E S M 4 X . 5 4
I N O I K E R t N G AV AUTO. I N - O C H U R K O P P L I H G
I CENTRAL L A R M A N L ~ G G N ~ N G
I N O I C A T I O N O F b ~ ' - O?R
~ F F ' -PO51 1 I O N COR
A U T O C O N T R O L I N C E N T R A L A L A R M UNIT
TRYCKSTR~MBRYIARE
PRESSOSTAT
H J A L P K O N T A K T I SED4RATORKONTAKTOR
A U X I L I A R Y C O N T A C I IN SEF:CONTACTOR
TILL B E F l N T L l G S I G N A L A N -
SF-MATNII(G F O R EV. STYR-

NlNG AV VARMARE OCH
IERMOSTATER
VOLTAGE SUPPLY FC7 EV.
CONTROL OF HEATEPS ANS
IERMOSTATES
:
Sp UNDER SKJUTNING
V. SUPOLY OURILIG S H W T I N G
S ? N ~ R S E P . A RURKOPPLAO
V.WHENSEP.15 OISCONN.
GEMENSAH
COMMON
f
11
TRYCKREOUCERINGSENHET ma
PRESSUSE R E D U C I N G UNIT
TIP glp&&y/o ST~NGNINGSVATTEN

CLOSING WATE?
v1
IYP V I L R I V ~ V L Z P I O ~ P P N I N G S - O C HS T A N G N I N S V A T . 12j
( F O R MOPX 207 O P E N I N G ~ A N DC L O S I N G W A I E R
TYPBL2B201AVOlPl V2
UNDANTRANGN:~ V ~ T T E N L ~ S V ~ T .
0ISPLACING.AND W4TERSEAL
WATER
v3
IYPBILRLOIAVLZPIO SEPARERING~V~TSKA
IFOR M A P X 2 0 L . M O P X 2 0 5 SEPARATING CICIUIO
1YP B l 6 R 2 5 l A V L 2 P l O ~ v4
r A d j u r l i n q a1 c a m limes
KAM
V ~ X ~ I NAVVEN!!L
G FOR SEP4RERIMGS-
CAM
V A I S U A U N D E R TOMNING
I KAM S H I F I I N G O F V A L V E FOR S E P . - L I O U I D
CAM
DURING D I S C H A R G E
r.0~V A ~ T E N L ~ ~ V ~ ~ J E N
llNDlVlDUELL INSIALLNINGI
3 FOR W A T E R - S E A L W A T E R
IINOlVlOUAL ADJUSIMENII
r 6 ~ P~ P N I N G A V SEPAR~TORKULAN
L F O R O P E N I N G OF SEP. B O W L ~'
5 A N V ~ N D EE ~J
NOT I N U S E
F ~ SR ~ ~ N G N ~ N G S V A I I E N
6 FOR C L O S I N G W A l E R
HALLWONIAVT FOR P R O G R A M Y E R X S -
MOIOR
0 iloldinp conlor! l n r ihr p r o q r o n m ,
~ P V I C . motor
K O H I A K I SOU S L U I E R N ~ R STAR1 DCH

S I O P P AV A U I O U A T I K E N S K E R
9
S T A R 1 O C H STOPP A V A U T O M A T I K
S I A R I AND S l O P DF A U l D M A l I C C O N I R O L
M A P X 20LTGT
y2 ",d yw*O :a:
..ccII..
1111.
D I A G R A M FOR PROGRAMVERK MOpX 20STGT
I I
D I A G R A M FOR PROGRAM D E V I C E M O P X 2 0 9 T G T
or,nMn
I
7 Gosket p a s t e Oichtuncsmittel Tatnin~s~asta Loctite nr7i
6 Nut lock Sicherur~osmittel Lbsninos~o sto L d i t e nrZ2:
5 valve plug c o m p l . V e n t l l k e g e i komPl. V e n t i l k d g l o kornpl.
w i t h spindle mit spindel rned s p i n d c l 293622
.L 0 - r i n ~ 0-rinq ' 10-rinq Z 16230%
3 S t u f f i n q box Stool buchse Pockbox z 2 93-n G
-7 F e l t r i n q Filz rino Filtrino Z 293817
1 Conneciion pin Verbindunosbolzen I
'051 L)ESlGNATIOh
I."",.
GEZEICHNLING EENAMNlNG ITYP NR
hli
a"
Ua1
a" 1 IPneurno t isk t v 6 v q g s v e n t i I V1.L R 2 5 m c d 3 / L - a n s l u t n i n c
AKTILDOUGET P n e u m a t i c t w o w a y s v a l v e V l L R 2 5 w i t h 3/L'conncctlon
ZCII'DZR ~r INGESTEOM R.,m..y,,,,
STOCKHOLM E A.E70.19.99
M-46540
ANSLUTNING FOR
PNEUMATISK LEDNING
JNV G 118"
PNEUMATIC P I P E
INS. 8 5 P 118"
ndr.pr
i
Andr.ert d o t . e xi,-.
~~-b~ll82-1~-24 /* Pneumatisk 3 - v a g s v e ? t i l t y p B l L R L O I A V L 2 P I 0
Pneumatic 3 - w a y valve t y p e B l L R L O l A V L 2 PlO
AKTIEBOMGET
ZANDER & INGESTROM Skala Rlfnlng~nr
STOCKHOLM
M-16451A
.. ..
NW
Size
Nw
Size
] 25
n sakrod med ldsningsmedel
Thread secured w i t h n u t lock
I-
SM 80 - 5 7 3 8 080
( L o c t i t e Nr. 2.41)
STOCKYOLM
139
Sauter pressure switches
ZANDER&INGESTROM ,
ALFA L A V A L G R ~ U P
types DI=O 7 8 . . ., DFC 7 B . . .
Instailation and maintenance
Use its position being disturbed, it is suffi- Special designs

The pressure switches are used to con- cient to tighten the threaded. connec- Certain switches of the DFQ type are
trol p r e y r e s in pipelines or vessels tion firmly. otherwise, the switch must provided with 2 nercury tubes. This
containing liquides, gases or vapours. be screwed to a wall or other support. type of switch isused for spr~nklersys-
Type DFQ employs a mercury tube Where pressure shocks in the system tems and similar applications where
whlle type DFC has metal contacts. may occur, a throttling screw is avail- extra reliabil~tyis required. Details re-
They are provided with a pressure feel- able as an extra to damp the shocks in garding the operation of these
ing body of aluminium and are emplo- the switch. switches will be supplied on request.
yed in the case of media non-aggres-
sive to aluminium, stainless steel and Connection Maintenance
nitril rubber. The highest perm~ssible The switch has three terminals. Circuit Sauter pressure switches require no
temperature for the medium in the bel- of terminals 1 - 2 is broken and 1 - 3 maintenance under ordinary condi-
low is 7 U C ( 1 6 8 Fl. However they made when the pressure exceeds the tions.
can be used for steam or other media set upper switching point (at the right When making enquiries, the data
at higher temperature if an U-tube seal hand of the scale). stamped on the name plate pertaining
with water (or other suitable liquid) is C~rcuitof terminals 1 - 3 is broken and totype designation and serial number
mounted between the pressure switch 1 - 2 made when the pressure falls b e should be stated.
and the line so that the below is not in low the set lower switching point (at
direct contact with the media. the left hand). Approval
An extra protective unit is available so Type DFC is provided with a metal These switches are approved by:
that the switch may be used for con- contact for 10 A up to 380 V AC, (or Lloyd's Register of Shipping
trolling pressures in lines containing 0.1 A up to 2 5 0 V DC).
Bureau Veritas
aggressive substances. Type DFQ has a mbrcury switch for
Germanischer Lloyd
~ m b i e n temperature
t may vary from 2 A / 3 8 0 V AC or 0.5 A1250 V DC.
Polski Rejestr Statkow
- 2 5 ' C (-13'Fl to 7 0 ' C (168'Fl for
Det Norske Veritas.
typeDFQand- 4 0 C(- 4 0 F ) t o 7 0 C Setting
(168' F) for type DFC. For setting the unit remove the sealing
caps. If required, these can be reversed 1 = connection to phase
and used as setting knobs.
Mounting If thesmallest possibleswitching diffe 2 / 3 = connection to load
~hebressureswitches may be located rential 1s required both point must be
in dusty or damp atmospheres. Type set to the same value. With this setting 65003 & = eanhing
DFQ is mounted vertically in a position the switching points are above and be.
free from vibratibns. Note that the c w low the setpoint.
ver must be screwed on firmly while However, the left hand pointer must
this is carried out. Correct alignement never be setted higher than the right
is essential to the operation of the hand pointer. Manufactured by:
pressure switch.
Type DFC may be mountedin any permissible Fr. Sauter A.G., Basel
desired position. Sales and service
The casing and pressure bellows may AB ZANDER & INGESTROM
not be twisted with respect to each
other. Therefore. when connecting the Postal address: Box 12088.
S- 102 2 3 Stockholm
pressure line, only the hexagonal nut
25 Street adress: Gustavslundsvagen 149.
above the threaded connection nipple Alvik
may be used. 40
Telephone: 08/80 9 0 00
If the switch is mounted in a line which 63
1Do
. Telegrams: Maskinzeta. Stockholm
is steady and where there is no risk of Telex: 10074 ZIS S
MR3-0 P3
Edition 1
INSTRUCTION
Aoril 1982 reducing unit type XFRP4

APPLICATION Soiled filters should not be cleaned with water-soluble
Continuous entrainment of oil and water. separation of dust agents such as soda or P3 solutions, but always w ~ t hgrease
and pressure reduction in servo air for pneumatic regulating solvents such as petrol, trichloroethylene or perchloroe-
equipment. thylene. The two last-named are usually preferred for safety
reasons, as they are non-flamable.
INSTALLATION The simplest method is to l d h e filtercylinders stand in the
The reducer should be installed in the direction of flow solvent for aboui 12 hours and then squeeze out most of the
marked from left t o right. If the reverse direction of flow is solvent-oil mixture b y hght pressure and finally dry the
required, the pressure gauge should be screwed into the cylinders.
opposite side of the reducing valve. If flammable solvents are used for cleaning, the cyltnders
must not be blown down with air, as this may cause the
formation of explosive vapour mixtures.
OPERATION The filter must not be in contact with dissolving fluids like
The chilled compressed air, when tt enters the compressed
acetone and nitro thinner. 1
air filter, carries a mixture of grit and dust as well as oil and
water vapour. The capillaries of the filter material divtde the I
stream of air into a large number of very small streams.
As the compressed alr passes through the filter material, the
oil and water vapours are condenced to liquid by a combi-
nation:of r~cocheteffects and'capillary, adhesive and cohes-
ive forces, whtle other tmpurlttes are retained on the sur-
face.
An extraction arrangement drains off the liquid to the
condensate reser;ofr.
SETING b
Slackoff the locking nut and turn theadjusting screw (1I until
the pressure gauge shows the desired outlet pressure.
The pressure reducing .valve permits a pressur reduction
from a maximum of 1MPa t o 2 0 - 170kPa ( 1 0 bar t o
0.2 - 1.7 bar).Type XFRP4 is equipped with a safety valve to
protect the regulating equipment from excessive pressures.
The normal setting is 1 7 0 kPa (1.7 bar).
TO alter this value. slacken the locking nut and adjust nut
(2).
kPa (bar)
1
Outlet pressure
DIRECTIONS FOR I
130 ORDERING 3
In all enquiries, etc.. please quote type and A No
120
110
DIMENSIONS IN M M
100
90
Air flow volume

MA1NTENANCE
The frequencn with which it is necessary to d r a ~ noff
condensate by slackening the drain screw (3) and clean the
filter depends on the amount of din in the compressed
air.
Prolonged stoppages can be avoided if a duplicate reserve
filter is built into the system.
SALES AND SERVICE

Z A N D E R & I f f i ~
ALFA-LAVAL GROUP
Automation Department
View
Postal Box 12088.
address: S-102 23 Stockholm, Sweden
Street Gustavslundsvagen 149.
address: Stockholm/Alvik
Tele~hone: + 4 6 - 8 8 0 9 0 0 0
Telex: 1 0 0 7 4 ZIS S L-la-'
-1 4-1
Zeta discharge equipment
ZANDER & INGESTROM -
type -
ZLTVA W
Data and i/;lstallation instructions
Data
Power supply
Voltage: 220 V,
Fre~uencv:50 or 60 Hz isholld be stated by order~na)-.
use
size.: 2-6 A
Time for one rotation of pcogram device: 180 seconds
Timer: adjustable between 1/2-10 hours
Cam ttmes: valid times adjusted at deiivery. Fine adjust-
ments on place can be needed.
Delay relay for alarm: adjustable between 10-60
seconds.
Max. power consumption (appr values):
for 1 separator
1 for 2 separators
type ZL2TVA 1
1 ZOOVA
I
Air supply
Max. 10 kglcm2 (bar) to pressure reduc~ngunlt. From
pressure reduc~ngunit to control box 1.2 kglcm' (bar).
Air consumption
Appr. 3.5 NL dur~nga rotatton of the control device per
separator
Air pipes
P ~ p ed m : 614 mm copper plpes
El. wires, outer
Cable area 1.5 mm2
Pressostat
Should be connected normally open when no pressure
is on.
Valves
Time of switching: 3--5 seconds.
Installation instructions
Control box
This should be mounted in such a way, that heating of the
box is avoided. It may not be placed above or beside
steam pipes or heaters. (Note the installation instructions
for separator concerning ventilation, if the separator is
placed in a special room.)
Air supply
Control the pressure regulating on the reducing unit be-
fore this is connected to the control box. Control that the
copper pipes are cleaned before they are connected.
Pressostat
For visual control of the pressure, a pressure gauge
should be mounted in connection with the pressostat.
Both the pressostat as well as the pressure gauge should
be provided with cocks. The pressostat should be
mounted on a bulkhead or similar. The impulse pipes
between the pressostat and the outlet onthe 011 pipe.
Manufacturer, sales and service should be as short as possible. If heavy oil is used, the
impulse pipe should be mounted so that heating is ob-
AB ZANDER 8 INGESTRUM tained. In orderto avoid blocking tothe impulse pipe.
Alfa-Lava1 Division caused by cold oil, the pipeshould have an inside dia-
meter of at least 10 mm.
Box 12088. 5-102 23 Stockholm A conical regulating valve should be fitted into the oil
Telephone: +46-822 41 00 pipe after the connection point of the pressostat.
Telex: 10074 zis s See also special drawing for the placement of the diffe-
Cables: maskinzeta. stockholm rent components.
LR1-0 P I
Edition 1
ZZTA AUTOXATIC SHOOTING AND NOUNTING EQUIPYENT
type ZLTVA for 1 separator
" ZL2TVA for 2 separators
for De Lava1 separators ty?e ?WPX 204,
ElOPX 205, 209, 210 and 213
OIERATING AN3 ?L\INTE?JLNCE INSTRUCTIONS
Sneet 1 Equipment anc installation

Sheet 2 Connections
Sheet 3 Function
Automatic shooting
Start-up of one separator
Sheet 6 Measures in the event of ceased liquid flow
Start-up of a second separator (f. 2 separators)
Stopping of a separator
Sheet ' 7 Semi-automatic shooting
Stopping of all engaged separators
Manual shooting with monitoring
Sheet 8 Stopping
Sheet 9 Delaying of alarm
Manual shooting without monitoring
Sheet 10 Programme nit
Example of setting
Sheet 11 Adjustments before the first start
Setting the programe unit
Sheet 13 Setting the alarm for ceased liquid flow
Sheet 15 Component list
1
Sheet 17 External components

Sheet 18 Spare parts
Sheet 19 Tests
ZANDER ~INGESTROM
ZETA automatic shootinq control and monitoring eguipment

ZLTVA and ZL2TV; (204, 205, 209, 210 and 213)
FUNCTIOSAL ?XD O?EF?ATIONU DESCRIPTION
This automatic shooting control and monitoring equipment is

intended for connection to De Laval separators of types
PlAPX 204, YOTX 205, MOPX 209, 210 and 213. It can also be
used together with all earlier types of De Laval self-openins
PX machines for marine applications. As a rule, however, a
minor acjusmenc will then be necessary LO the device which
supplies operacing water to the separator. The automatic
equipaent satisfies the requirements according to Class EO
as specified by the Nor-degian cLassification society Det
Norske Veritas, and to Class UMS by Lloyd's Register of
Shipping.
Similar equipment is available for type MODX 207 and MAPX 30.9.
Equipment and installation (see also the relevant drawings)
1. Control box with switches, control lamps and pushbuttons

for engagement and disengagement of automatic equipment
and for cancelling alarms.
2. A pressure switch for control of oil pressure in the

discharge line for separated oil. For visual checking
of the pressure, a pressure gauge should be mounted by
the switch. Both gauge and switch should be fitted wich
a cock.
The switch should be mounted on a bulkhead or the like,

and impulse lines between the switch and connections on
the oil line should be made as short as possible. If
heavy oil is used, the pipe should be installed so that
it is heated. To avoid blockages in the line due to
thickened oil, the pipe should have an inside Ziameter
I
of at least 10 mm.
After the connection point for the pressure switch, a

throttle valve should be mounted in the oil pipe. This
valve is to be used only for setting the operating Tres-
sure of the switch.
3. A pneumatically operated 3-way valve with handwheel.

This valve is to be connected in such a way that it is
automatically reset to the position "Oil returning to
suction side of feed pump" without compressed air through
the intermediary of a built-in spring.
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
When compressed a i r i s a d m i t t e d , t h e v a l v e s w i t c h e s o v e r
and o i l i s s u p p l i e d t o t h e s e p a r a t o r i n l e t f o r u n s e p a r a -
t e d o i l . T h e r e i s no need f o r a b y - p a s s v a l v e , s i n c e t h e
v a l v e i s p r o v i d e d w i t h a handwheel f o r manual r e s e t t i n g
when t h e c o n t r o l equipment i s n o t b e i n g u s e d . (Valve K O 4)
4. I. p n e m a t l c a l l y o p e r a t e d s h u r - o f f v a l v e f o r t h e suppl::
c f s e a l i n ? and d i s ? l a c i n g k e t e r .('Jalve No 3 )
--
5 . A p n e u r ~ a t i c a l l yo p e r a t e d s h u t - o r ; v a l v e f o r t h e sup?ly
of o p e r z t i n c w a t e r f o r o p e n i n g of t h e s e p . bowl. (Valve 2 )
6 . k pneumatically operated shut-off v a l v e f o r t h e supply

of c l o s i n g w a t e r . d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n . ( V a l v e No 1)
7 . A p r e s s u r e - r e d u c i n ~ g u n i t f o r u s e when d r y a i r a t a
p r e s s u r e of 1 . 2 b s r ( 1 7 p s i ) i s not a v a i l a b l e .
Mp.imum p r i m a r y p r e s s u r e : 1 0 b a r .
8 . A ' c o n s t a n t - f l o w v a l v e f o r s e a l i n g and d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r .
Connections ( s e e s e p a r a t e drawing)
I n t h e c o n t r o l box t h e r e i s a n i p p l e f o r t h e s u p p l y of ope-
r a t i n g a i r a t a p r e s s u r e of 1 , 2 b a r . A s standard, t h i s
n i p p l e i s d e l i v e r e d f o r 6 / 4 mm copper t u b i n g . The box i s
a l s o f u r n i s h e d w i t h two t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r incoming ope-
r a t i n g v o l t a g e o f 2 2 0 V , 50 o r 6 0 H z .
F o r e a c h of t h e c o n n e c t e d s e p a r a t o r s , t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s
of e q u i p e n t a r e mounted i n t h e c o n t r o l box:
4 n i p p l e s f o r operating a i r f o r t h e pneumatically opera-

t e d v a l v e s . N i p p l e s i z e 6 / 4 mm f o r copper t u b i n g .
I
2 terminal blocks f o r connecting t h e pressure switch.
2 t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r c o n n e c t i o n of a u x i l i a r y c o n t a c t i n
separator contactor.
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
Common t e r z i n a l b l o c k s
3 terminal blocks f o r general f a u l t s i g n a l
2 t e r m i n a l b l o c k s f o r c o n n e c t i o n t o a c e n t r a l alarrn p a n e l
The b r e z k i n g c o n t a c t i n t h e box i s u t i l i z e d f o r connec-
t i o n - o f t h e control panel i n t h e ' c e n t r a l ' a l a r m u n i t .
2 t e r m i n ? l b l o c k s f o r c o n n e c t i o n , i f n e c e s s a r y , of o i l
h e a t e r s f o r t h e r e s p e c t i v e s e p a r a t o r s . (Voltage supply
:=on c o n t r o l box, i n t e r r u p t e d upon engagement.)
1 t e r r i n a l block f o r i n d i c a t i o n , i f r e q u i r e d , of shooticg
i n p r o g r e s s ( v o l t a g e broken d u r i n g s h o o t i n g ) .
Function
. .
The equipment i s d e s i g n e d f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s a u t o m a t i c s l u d g e
e m t y i n g , " s h o o t i n g " of o n e o r two s e p a r a t o r s and i s f i t t e d
w i t h c e r t a i n a l a r m d e v i c e s which a r e a c t u a t e d i n t h e e v e n t
of t r o u b l e . K i t h only o p e r a t i n g v o l t a q e connected a11 auto-
m a t i c v a l v e s a r e i n p o s i t i o r ~" S e p a r a t o r o f f " . With t h e ope-
r a t i n p swikches i n t h e "Aut" ~ o s i t i o n ,n o t o n l y c a n
a u t o m a t i c s h o o t i n g be o b t a i n e d b u t a l s o a s i g n a l "Ceased
l i q u i d f l o w " w i t h r a p i d s t o p p i n g of t h e c.1 s u p p l y i f t h e
c a p a c i t y from any s e p a r a t o r i s r e d u c e d c r c e a s e s a l t o g e t h e r ,
a s i g n a l i f t h e s e p a r a t o r contactor has t r i p p e d o r has f a l l e n
owing t o t h e o i l v a l v e . b e i n g c l o s e d and t h u s a n a l a r m f o r
"Ceased l i q u i d f l o w " , and f i n a l l y , a l s o a n a l a r m i f t h e ope-
rating voltage disappears.
I n t h e "Man" p o s i t i o n , d n l y t h e above-mentioned a l a r m s
a r e e n g a q e i , b u t s h o o t i n g w i l l t h e n have t o be performed
manually.
c- AUTOMATIC SHOOTING
S t a r t - u p of one s e p a r a t o r ( F o r a d j u s t m e n t s b e f o r e t h e f i r s t
, s t a r t , s e e page 11)
1. Check t h a t t h e v a l v e s f o r c o n t r o l of t h e s e p a r a t o r which
i s t o be c o u p l e d t o t h e c o n t r o l equipment a r e s e t a s
p r e s c r i b e d below and t h a t t h e s e p a r a t o r i s p r e p a r e d i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n manual.
a ) Open t h e o i l - s u p p l y v a l v e on t h e s e p a r a t o r
contd.
b ) C l o s e t h e by-pass v a l v e of t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y ope-
r a t e d shut-off valve f o r s e a l i n q anddisplacing watsr.
C) Ope2 t h e cock f o r t h e s e a l i n q and Z i s p l a c i n g w a t e r

on t h e t o p of t h e s e p a r a t o r .
d ) Screw ur, and l o c k t h e handwheel of t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y

o p e r a z e d 3-way v a l v e f o r s e p a r a t o r l i q u i d .
e ) A l r e r n a z i v e 1. 3 y - 3 a s s v a l v e s
I f =he ? n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s f o r o p e r a t l n c
w a t e r a r e f i t t e d w l t h by-pass v a l v e s , t h e s e s h o u l c
be s h u t i n t h i s p o s i t l o p . The b a l l c o c k s f o r t h e
operating w a t e r s h o u l d be open.
A l t e r n a t i v e 2 . T-pieces . .
I f T - p i e c e s have been i n s e r t e d between t h e non-
r e t u r n v a l v e and t h e o u t e r b a l l v a l v e and between
t h e c o n n e c t i o n p i e c e and t h e i n n e r b a l l v a l v e , t h e
b a l l v a l v e s s h o u l d be s h u t i n t h i s p o s i t i o n .
2. S t a r t =he s e p a r a t o r and check t h e rpm. Check t h e o i l

temperatcre.
3. S e t t h e x a n t e d s h o o t i n g i n t e r v a l on t h e t i m e r i n t h e
c o n t r o l box.
4. The o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h e s S2 and S3 must be i n t h e "Stop"

p o s i t i o n . Switch on t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e t o t h e c o n t r o l
box by means o f s w i t c h Ql.I n t h e "0" p o s i t i o n , both
p h a s e s o f t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e a r e d i s c o n n e c t e d . Con-
n e c t i o n o f t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e i s i n d i c a t e d by lamp H 1 ,
" O p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e " b e i n g l i t . The s w i t c h S 2 (S3) i s
t h u s i n t h e " S t o p " p o s i t i o n . The programme u n i t now ad-
v a n c e s t o t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n , which i s a l s o t h e ope-
r a t i n g p o s i t i o n , a s soon a s t h e a u t o m a t i c equipment i s
I s w i t c h e d on. When t h e programme u n i t i s c o n n e c t e d , l m p
H 2 " C o n t r o l d e v i c e o n " l i g h t s up. T h i s lamp d o e s n o t
l i g h t up i n t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n and d u r i n g normal ope-
r a t i o n . The e l e c t r o - p n e u m a t i c r e l a y Y1 r e c e i v e s c u r r e n t
and t h e pneumatic v a l v e f o r c l o s i n g w a t e r o p e n s .
F u r t h e r , t h e time-delay r e l a y K10 ( K 1 1 ) f o r i n d i c a t i n g
of "Ceased l i q u i d flow" i s a c t u a t e 2 v i a r e l a y K2 ( K 6 )
and r e l a y K 4 (K8) p u l l s and p r e v e n t s t h e a l a r m from
being given.
contd
T u r n t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h 5 2 ( S 3 ) t c t h e "Aut" posi-
t i o n , whereupon t h e ?rogra,nme u n i t s t z r t s a n d i n t h e p o s i -
t i o n " S t a r t and s t o p of automatic c c n t r o l t a k i n g p l a c e "
a c c o r d i n g t o d i a g r a m M-311171 t h e a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l r e l a y
K 2 (K6) i s c o x n e c t e d by means o f c o n t a c t 9 i n t h e program7e
u n i t ?11.. F o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s , t h i s i s e o n e v i a a n a u x i l i a r y
r e l a y K g . I n t h i s c a s e r e l a y K 4 (K8) a l s o p u l l s a n d f u n c t i o n s
a s a k e e p e r . The v o l t a o e s u p p l y v i a t h i s relay t o t i m e - d e l a y
r e l a y K10 ( K 1 1 ) ( a l a r m r e l a y f o r c e a s e d l i q u i l f l o w ) i s
i n t e r r u p t e d b u t t h i s r e l a y now r e c e i v e s v o l t a p e v i a r e l a y K 5
whit+. p u l l s when c o n t a c t 7 i n t h e procramme u n i t i s c l o s e d .
( Z l o c k i n g of a l a r m f o r c e a s e d l i q u i ? f l o w . )
The p n e u m a t i c v a l v e s o p e n a c c o r d i n g t o t h e programme s e t
o n t h e cams. The lamp 113 ( H 5 ) " A u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l on" l i g h t s
up .
A f t e r a c e r t a i n i n t e r v a l when t h e v a l v e f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r
l i q u i d h a s been r e s e t - a n d t h e c o r r e c t p r e s s u r e h a s been
a t t a i n e d , a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h DFC 7B59 f o r
c e a s e d l i q u i d f l o w , t h e alarm u n i t l o r "Ceased l i q u i d flow"
i s s w i t c h e d o n by c o n t a c t 7 i n t h e prooramme u n i t b r e a k i n g
and r e l a y K5 t r i p p i n g . The a l a r m r e l a y K 3 (K7) now r e c e i v e s
v o l t a g e o n l y o v e r t h e c l o s i n g c o n t a c t of t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
v i a t h e time-delay r e l a y K 1 0 ( K 1 1 ) .
The p r o g r a m e u n i t s t o p s i n t h e o p e r a t i n g p o s i t i o n by means
o f c o n t a c t E and t i m e r K 1 f o r s e t t i n g t h e s h o o t i n g i n t e r v a l
o f o r 5 - 1 2 h o u r s , i s e n e r g i z e d . When t h e t i m e s e t o n t i m e r K 1
h a s e l a p s e d , t h e programme u n i t s t a r t s a n d s h o o t i n g t a k e s
p l a c e f o r t h e c o n n e c t e d s e p a r a t o r s a s shown i n t h e a f o r e s a i d
d i a g r a m . The programme s h a f t c o m p l e t e s a r e v o l u t i o n and t i m e r
K1 i s a g a i n connected f o r t h e n e x t shooting i n t e r v a l .
contd .
ZANDER & INGESTROM
Measures i n che e v e n t of c e a s e d l i q u i d flow
I f t h e o i l f l o w from any s e p x r a t o r i s r e d u c e d o r c e a s e s
a l t o g e t h e r , :he c o n t a c t i n t h e p r e s s a y e s w i t c h w i l l b r e a k .
Tiie ti71er *lo 311) then stL'ts ad ~ i x zthe preset time has elansed,
t h e c i n e r s k - i t c h e s . Therupon r e l a y !:3 ( ; ; 7 ) d r o p s an2 a n
a l a r m i s e7iizted t o t h e c e n t r a l a l a r m u n i t a t t h e same time
a s t h e ?ne'xzi.tic v a l v e f o r s e p r a t i n g l i q u i s c l o s e s and t h e
r e d 1 2 ~ 2i i t ;E6) "Ceased l i q - i d flow" l i g h t s up. The a u t o -
m a t i c c o 2 t r c l r e l a y K 2 ( K 5 ) Zrops and t h e g r e e n l a z p 33 ( 3 5 )
"hutc:ztic c z ? t r o l on" Goes o u t . S t a r t i n s o f t h e a u t o m a t i c
e q u i p e n : i s p r e v e n t e d by t h e d r o p p i n g of r e l a y K 4 ( K 6 ) .
Turn t h e o ? e r a t i n g s w i t c h S 2 ( S 3 ) t o t h e " S t o p " p o s i t i o n ,
w h e r e u p ~ nt h e r e d lamp i s e x t i n q u i s h e d and t h e a l a r m t o t n e
c e n t r a l slam u n i t i s c a n c e l l e d .
Xemedy t h e c a u s e of t h e a l a r m .
Then t c r n zhe o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h back t o t h e "Aut" posl-

t i o n , whereu?on t h e a f f e c t e d s e p a r e t o r i s o n c e a g a i n connec-
t e d t o t h e a z t o m a t i c c o n t r o l equipment i n t h e manner p r e v i -
ously Zescrijed.
~ t a r t - z ao f 2 second s e p a r a t o r ( f o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s )
I f a second s e p a r a t o r i s t o be c o n n e c t e d t o t h e c o n t r o l e q u i p -
ment, t h e manually o p e r a t e d v a l v e s f o r t h i s s e p a r a t o r a r e t o
b e s e t a s d e s c r i b e d under t h e h e a d i n g " S t a r t - u p o f o n e s e p a r a -
t o r " , p o i n t 1 above, a f t e r which t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h f o r t h e
sepa,rator which i s now t o b e s t a r t e d i s p u t t o t h e "Automatic"
p o s i t i o n . The programme u n i t s t a r t s and t h e p r e v i o u s l y connec-
t e d s e p a r a t o r s h o o t s , a f t e r .which t h e now-connected s e p a r a t o r
i s c o u p l e d t o t h e a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l equipment.
S t o p p i n q 05 a s e p a r a t o r ( f o r 2 s e p a r a t o r s )
When b o t h s e p a r a t o r s a r e engaged and o n e of them i s t o be

d i s c o n n e c t e d , s e t t h e o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r con-
c e r n e d t o t h e "Stop" p o s i t i o n . The programme u n i t t h e n s t a r t s
and s h o o t i n g of t h e s e p a r a t o r s t a k e s p l a c e , whereupon t h e sepa-
r a t o r c o n c e r n e d i s d i s e n g a g e d a s soon a s t h e programme u n i t
p a s s e s t h e p s i t i o n " S t a r t an2 s t o p c a n t a k e p l a c e " . As soon
a s t h e yellow lamp H 2 " C o n t r o l d e v i c e on" g o e s o u t t h e s e p z r a -
t o r i s d i s c o n n e c t e d from t h e a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l e q u i p n e n t , b u t
t h e v a l v e s f o r make-up w a t e r , s e a l i n g w a t e r and s h o o t i n g w a t e r
a r e s t i l l open and t h e w a t e r s u p p l y v i a t h e s e must be s h u t o f f
manually by neans of t h e s t o p c o c k r ,
contd.
ZANDER &INGESTROM
Sexi-lutornatic shootinc
S h o o t i n 2 a t s h o r t e r i n t e r v a l s t h a n t h o s e s e t on t h e t i m e r
c a n be done by s e m i - a u t o m a t i c s h o o t i n s , which i s c a r r i e d
o c t a s foilows:
? r e s s b.atkon S 4 , "Semi-automatic s h o o t i n g " , fo'r a b o u t 5

s e c o n e s , whereupon t h e lamp " C o n t r o l d e v i c e o n " w i l l l i g h t
up. x e l e a s e :he b u t t o n and s h o o t i n g w i l l t a k e p l a c e i n t h e
s&qe way a s i n f u l l y a u t o m a t i c s h o o t i n g .
.,
,ate:
-
The t i x e r t h e n r e t u r n s t o t h e s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n and
shoot in^ o c c x s a g a i n upon t h e e l a p s e o f t h e t i m e s e t on
t h e timer.
: S t o o p i n g o f a l l engaged s e p a r a t o r s
A _
Disensagemect o f t h e a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l equipment i s a c h i e v e d
by p u t t i n g t h e o p e r a t i o n s w i t c h S2 ( 5 3 ) t o t h e "Sto?" p o s i -
The p r o g r a n n e u n i t M l s t . a r t s , whereupon a u t o m a t i c
shooting takes place. when c o n t a c t 9 i n t h e programme
u n i t i~ a c t u a t e d t h e proc;rarrzne u n i t i d l e s t o t h e s t a r t i n g
p c s i t i o n . The lamp " C o ~ t r o iiievice on" g o e s o u t , a f t e r i;hich
o p e r z t i n g s w i t c h Qli s p u t t o t h e "0" p o s i t i o n .
r..
L ~ L >Sl i - X S TTLTAT NO MAVUEIL RESZTTING O F THE VALVES I S
-7
:iZCZSSX?Y ON THE SEPA.KP.TORS WHEN THEY A F S STOPPED I N THIS

WAY.
W U k L SHOOTING W I T H MONITORING
c . 1. Before s t a r t i n g , t h e v a l v e s should be s e t a s follows:
a ) Open t h e o i l s u p p l y v a l v e on t h e s e 7 a r a t o r .
I
b) C l o s e t h e cock f o r t h e s e a l i n g and d i s p l a c i n g w a t e r
on t h e t o p o f t h e s e p a r a t o r .
C) h l t e r n z t i v e 1. Bv-pass v a l v e s
I f t h e pneumatically operated valves f o r Operating

w a t e r a r e f i t t e d w i t h by-pass v a l v e s , t h e s e s h o u l d
be open i n t h i s p o s i t i o n . The b a l l c o c k s f o r t h e ope-
r a t i n g w a t e r s h o u l d be c l o s e d .
contd
I f T - ? i e c e s have been i n s e r t e d between t h e n o n - r e t u r n
v a l v e and t h e o u t e r b a l l v a l v e and between t h e connec-
t i o n ? i e c e and t h e i n n e r b a l l v a l v e , t h e b a l l v a l v e s
s h o u l d be s h u t i n t h i s p o s i t i o n .
dl Screw up and l o c k t h e handwheel o f t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y

o ? e r a z e d 3-way v a l v e .
e ) Open ~ h by-passe valve f o r t h e pneumatically operated

s h u t - o f f v a l v e f o r s e a l i n g and d i s D l a c i n g w a i e r .
2. S t a r t t h e s e p a r a - t o r and check t h e rpm. Check t h e o i l tem-

perature. . .
3. The o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h S2 ( 5 3 ) must be i n t h e " S t o p " p o s i -
tion.
S w i t c h on t h e operating v o l t a g e t o t h e c o n t r o l box by
means of s w i t c h Q l .Lamp H 1 , " O p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e " now
l i g h t s up. The e l e c t r o - p n e u m a t i c r e l a y Y 1 i s e n e r g i z e ?
and t h e pneumatic v a l v e f o r c l o s i n g w a t e r o p e n s , b u t a s
t h e b a l l v a l v e f o l l o w i n g i t i s c l o s e d t h e bowl d o e s n o t
c l o s e . C l o s e t h e bowl manually a s d e s c r i b e d i n t h e i n s -
t r u c t i o n manual f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r a n d , i f n e c e s s a r y , add
sealing water.
C l o s i n g w a t e r i s now s u p p l i e d d i r e c t t o t h e s e p a r a t o r
C
P
v i a t h e o u t e r cock. Turn o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h S2
t h e "Man"
Cs3)to
p o s i t i o n , whereupon t h e pneumatic v a l v e f o r
s e p a r a t o r l i q u i d o p e n s . The a l a r n and r a p i d s t o p p i n g of
t h e o i l s u p p l y i n e v e n t of " c e a s e d l i q u i d f l o w " , a s w e l l
a s o t h e r a l a r m f u n c t i o n s , a r e now c o n n e c t e d . S h o o t i n g of
c- t h e s e p z r a t o r must now be c a r r i e d o u t manually a s d e s c r i -
bed i n t h e i n s t r u c t i o n manual f o r t h e s e p a r a t o r , t h e ope-
r a t i n g s w i t c h f o r t h e a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l equipment f i r s t
b e i n g p u t t o t h e " S t o p " p o s i t i o n and upon c o m p l e t i o n of
I s h o o t i n g , r e t u r n e d t o t h e "Mann position.
S t o p p i n s (1-2 s e p a r a t o r s )
The a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l equipment i s d i s e n g a g e d by p u t t i n g t h e
o p e r a t i n g s w i t c h S 2 (S3) t o t h e " S t o p " p ~ s i t i o nwhereupon
t h e pneuinatic v a l v e s f o r s e p a r a t i n g l i q u i d a r e c l o s e d . Inme-
d i a t e l y a f t e r t h i s , s w i t c h Q1i s p u t t o t h e "0" position
whereupon t h e o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e t o t h e c o n t r o l box i s d i s -
c o n n e c t e d . A f t e r t h i s each s e p a r a t o r i s s h o t and s t o 2 p e d a s
described i n the separator operating i n s t r u c t i o n s .
contd
Delaving o f a l a r m
F o r t h e s e s e p a r a t o r s , t o o , e x t e r n a l c o n d i t i o n s may c a u s e
' t h e p r e s s u r e i n t h e o i l l i n e t o f a l l f o r a few s e c o n d s and
an a l a r m - t o be i n i t i a t e l w i t h o u t t h e r e a c t u a l l y b e i n g any
f a u l t . Zach c o n t r o l box i s t h e r e f o r e f i c t e d w i t h a d e l a y
r e l a y f o r b l o c k i n g of such i n v o l u n t a q - a l a r m s . I n t h e e v e n t
of a broken w a t e r sea:, blocking i s obtained before t h e o i l
s u p ? l y i s s ~ o p p e da n l an a l a r n i s s u e d , t h i s b l o c k i n g h e i n g
a s l o n c a s t h e time s e t on t h e t i m e r . As a r c l e , t h e t i m e
s e t on r h e r i m e r i s s u f f i c i e n t a l s o f o r b l o c k i n g i n connec-
t i o n with s t a r t i n g .
Upon s w i t c h i n g t o t h e "Man" p o s i t i o n from " S t o p " , t h e r e

w i l l b e a d e l a y o f a few s e c o n d s b e f o r e t h e o i l p r e s s u r e has
r i s e n . T h i s wocld r e s u l t i n c l o s i n g of t h e v a l v e f o r s e p a r a - . .
t i n s l i q u i d an6 immediate i s s u i n g of t h e a l a r m a s soon a s
t h i s p o s i t i o n i s c o n n e c t e d . The a f o r e s a i d t i m e r p r e v e n t s
t h i s f a l s e alarm. A s u i t a b l e s e t t i n g time f o r t h e timer i s
a b o u t 1 5 s e c o n d s . See a l s o " S e t t i n g t h e a l a r m e q u i p m e n t " ,
page 13.
YLWUAL SIiOOTING WITHOUT >IONITO?.ING
Before s t a r t i n q , t h e v a l v e s s h o u l d be s e t a s f o l l o w s :
a) C l o s e t h e o i l s u p p l y v a l v e on t h e s e p a r a t o r .
b) S h u t t h e cock f o r s e a l i n g and disp1acii.g w a t e r on t o p

, of the separator.
C) S h u t t h e two cocks f o r t h e o p e r a t i n g w a t e r s u p p l y .
c I f t h e p n e m a t i c a l l y operated operatinc-water valves
a r e f i t t e d w i t h by-pass v a l v e s , t h e s e by-pass v a l v e s
s h o u l d be opened.
d) Screw down and l o c k t h e handwheel o f t h e p n e u m a t i c a l l y

o p e r a t e d 3-way o i l v a l v e .
e) Open t h e by-?ass v a l v e f o r t h e 3 n e u r n a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d
s h u t - o f f v a l v e f o r s e a l i n g and displacing w a t e r .
Then s t a r t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e o p e r a t i n ? i n s t r u c t i o n s
for the se?arator.
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
Programme - n i t
The p r o g r a x z e u n i t conc:sts of 6 pneumatic a u x i l i a r y v a l v e s

an2 3 e l e c t r i c c o n t a c t : z c t u a t e d by cams mounted on a s h a f t ,
w h i c h r o t a t e s when t h e < : f i e r e n t f u n c t i o n s , a s i n d i c a t e d by
t h e fiiaqrar;~f o r t h e prcTramne u n i t , a r e t o be performed.
The c a n rol1e"r i s d r i v e r by a synchronous motor which s t a r t s
i n r e s p o n s e t o a n imp3;le from t h e t i m e r ( K l ) . The cam r o l l e r
r o t a t e s i n t h e c l o c k v i s ? d i r e c t i o n a s v i e w e l from t h e motcr
s i d e . I t c o q l e t e s one r z v o l u t i o n (360') i n 180 s e c o n l s . K i t h
t h e a i d o f t h e s c a l e 2: =he end of t h e c s n r o l l e r t h e 20s:-
t i o n s of t h e d i f f e r e n t :ins a r e i n d i c a t e d when t h e y a c t u a t e
e i t h e r t h e s n e u z a t i c a - ~ ~ i l i a vr ayl v e s o r t h e e l e c t r i c c o n t a c t s .
The s c a l e i s c r a d u a t e Z 1- b o t h d e g r e e s and s e c o n d s .
0
Each cam c o n s i s t s o f i d e n t i c a l p l a t e s 180 r e c e s s . Each
C - W ~
b l a t e h a s a n a d j u s t i p c screw t h a t a c t u a t e s a g e a r w h e e l . Wlth
t h e a i d 0 5 t h i s s c r e w , :he p l a t e c a n b e moved on t h e cam-
s h a f t . One r e v o l u t i o n zi t h e a d j u s t i n g screw c o r r e s p o n d s t o
0 ..
6 a l s p l a c e n e n t on t h e z a m s h a f t .
By a d j u s t i n q t h e p o s i t r z n s of b o t h p l a t e s on a cam, t h e r e c e s s
i n t h a t c + i and t h u s tLe c a n t i m e can be v a r i e d between 0' and
180° and a l s o fiisplac.;. on t h e c a m s h a f t .
0
I f t h e cam t i n e i s more t h a n 180 , t h e f u n c t i o n o f t h e v a l v e
o r c o n t a c t , w h i c h e v e r 1s i n v o l v e d , i s r e j e c t e d and t h e s e a r e
a l l o w e d t o be a c t u a t e 6 l n s t e a d by t h e e l e v a t i o n o f t h e cam.
L ( S e t t i n g 130-3600).
I f t h e programme s h a f t i s t o b e t u r n e d manually f o r t h e pur-

. C
pose o f s e t t i n g , i t i s 2 o s s i b l e t o d i s c o n n e c t t h e s h a f t from
t h e m o t o r . T h i s i s d o r e by p r e s s i n g t h e l a r o e g e a r w h e e l or, t h e
s h a f t t o t h e r i g h t , so = h a t it i s r e l e a s e d from t h e d r i v e r and
t h e s m a l l g e a r w h e e l . Tke l a r g e g e a r w h e e l i s t h e n r o t a t e d so
-- t h a t i t d o e s n o t g e t ~ r e s s e dback on t o t h e l o c a t i n g p i n s of
- the driver.
I t i s f o u n d , f o r e x a m ~ l e , t h a t t h e v a l v e f o r d i s p l a c i n ~w a t e r
opens t o o l a t e and c l c s e s t o o e a r l y . I t c a n be s e e n from t h e
diagram f o r t h e p r o g r a e u n i t t h a t cam 2 a c t u a t e s t h e d i s -
p l a y i n g w a t e r v a l v e a:.? t h a t it i s s e t t o open t h e v a l v e a t
20° and t o c l o s e i t a t 50°.
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM /.S 3 11.
Adjustment i s c a r r i e d OLE as follows:
Switch o f f t h e o p e r a t i n ; v o l t a g e t o t h e c o n t r o l box. Dis-

c o n n e c t t h e programme r o l l e r s o t h a t t h e cam r o l l e r c a n be
t u r n e d round manually t o t h e new p o s i t i o n a t , w h i c h t h e v a l v e
s h o u l d open.
I n t h i s c a s e , t h e a u x i l i a r y v a l v e i n t h e programme u n i t i s
a c t u a t e d by t h e r i g h t h z n e p l a t e i n t h e cam and a 2 j c s t n e n t
i s done with t h e c o r x e s ? o n d i n g s c r e w .
Screw t h e a c i j u s t i n g screw c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e t h e number of t u r n s

needed. A f t e r t h i s , z d j a s r t h e n e x t s e t t i n g . Turn t h e can
r o l l e r f o r w a r d s t o t h e new p o s i t i o n i n which t h e v a l v e i s t o
c l o s e . I t i s found t n a t i t i s t h e l e f t h a n d p l a t e o f t h e cam
t h a t a c t u a t e s t h e a u x i l i a r y v a l v e i n t h i s p o s i t i o n and t n a t
t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g screw must b e t u r n e d i n t h e c o u n t e r c l o c k -
w i s e d i r e c t i o n . Havinq-completed t h e a d j u s t m e n t p r o c e d u r e ,
r e c o n n e c t t h e c a n r o l l e r t o t h e motor w i t h t h e a i d of t h e
d r i v e r . The r o l l e r c a n now be i n any p o s i t i o n w h a t s o e v e r b u t
a s soon a s o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e i s a g a i n c o n n e c t e d t o t h e c o n t r o l
box i t w i l l r e v e r t a u t o a a t i c a l l y t o i t s s t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n and
s t a r t i n g up c a n t a k e p l a c e i n t h e o r d i n a r y way.
Adjustments b e f o r e t h e r- .l r s t s t a r t
1. S e t t i n g s - Programne u n i t ( s e e drawing M-311171)
A special rogram i s v d l i d f o r each t y p e of s e p a r a t o r .

.However, owing t o v a r i a t i o n s i n i n s t a l l a t i o n s , w a t e r
t a n k p r e s s u r e , e t c . , it w i l l always b e n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e
programme s e t i n advance t o be a d j u s t e d i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h p u t t i n g t h e p l a n t i n t o s e r v i c e . The a d j u s t m e n t s a r e
made i n t h e manner d e s c r i b e d below, e i t h e r by l e n g t h e n i n g
t h e p r e s e t t i m e ( a d j u s t m e n t w i t h i n t h e dashed a r e a o f t h e
d i a o r a m ) o r by s h o r t e n i n g i t ( a d j u s t m e n t w i t h i n t h e f c l l y -
drawn l i n e s of t h e d i a g r a m ) .
1
A. Cam 1 - O i l valve switching. F i r s t p a r t . Set at

0-5 seconds.
Cam 1 - O i l v a l v e s w i t c h i n g . Second p a r t . O i l t o be
s u p p l i e d a s soon a s s e a l i n g w a t e r c e a s e s .
Do n o t a d j u s t
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
B. Cam 2 - D l s ? l a c i n g w a t e r . Diqlacing s h o u l d always

s t a r t 1 0 seconds a f t e r t h e operating p o s i -
t i o n b u t be d i s c o n t i n u e d a f t e r a d j u s ' m e n t ,
primary due t o v a r i a t i o n s i n w a t e r - t a n k
p r e s s u r e and t o t y p e o f s e p a r a t o r .
C. Cam 3 - S e a l i n g w a t e r . The s u p p l y s h o u l d always

have been d i s c o n t i n u e d 125 s e c o n d s af:er
coxmencenent of t h e programne and must be
a d j u s t e d i n view of w a t e r - t a n k p r e s s u r e an2
s e p a r a t o r s i z e . Adjustments a r e c a r r i e d GC:
as follows, with the separator beinp contrcl-
l e d manually:
1. ~ t a G ti n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n
manual and make s u r e t h a t t h e bowl i s
closes.
2 . F u l l y open t h e cock f o r s e a l i n g and

displacing water.
Note t h e t i n e i t t a k e s f o r w a t e r t o
eiierge from t h e w a t e r o u t l e t . Take
several readings a t d i f f e r e n t water-
tank p r e s s u r e s , noting t h a t it i s t h e
lowest tank p r e s s u r e t h a t decides t h e
t i m e . S e t t h e measured t i m e on t h e cam
w i t h o u t any a d d i t i o n .
D. Cam 4 - Water f o r opening of t h e bowl.
Adjustment of t h i s cam may be n e c e s s a r y i f

t h e t a n k f o r t h e o p e r a t i n g w a t e r i s mounted
abnormally h i g h o r a b n o r m a l l y low o r i f t h e
p i p e s from t h e t a n k t o t h e s e p a r a t o r a r e l o n g .
The d u r a t i o n of t h e impulse i s v e r y s h o r t ,
b e i n g o n l y a c o u p l e of s e c o n d s . A d j u s t o n l y
i f a b s o l u t e l y e s s e n t i a l and on t h e e n t r y s i d e
of t h e cam. The i m p u l s e s h o u l d t h u s have been
discontinued a t 50 seconds.
E . Cam 5 - Water f o r c l o s i n g t h e bowl.
Both cam p l a t e s must be a d j u s t e d s o t h a t no

impulse i s e m i t t e d , i . e . t h e v a l v e i s p r e s s e d
i n a l l of t h e t i m e .
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
F. Cam 6 - C l o s i n g w a t e r f o r k e e p i n g t h e b o w l c l o s e d .
0
When t h e impulse i s l o n g e r t h a n 180 , a n
impulse i s e m i t t e d from t h e p r o t r u s i o n of
t h e cam p l a t e s . These n u s t be a d j u s t e d so
t h a t t h e v a l v e i s p r e s i e d i n a l ' l of t h e
t i m e and s o t h a t t h e c l o s i n q w a t e r v a l v e i s
k e p t opsn c o n t i n u o u s l y .
G . CET 7 - Delay of a l a r m . F i r s t p a r t . S e t a t 0 - 5 s e c .
G . Cam 7 - Delay of a l a r m . Second p a r t .
Adjustinent i s done on t h e b a s i s of t h e
v a l u e s o b t a i n e d when mnasuring t h e t i m e . ,
between o p e n i n g of t h e o i l v a l v e and s w i t -
c h i n g of t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n t a c t (shown
by t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e ) . The t i m e measured
i n t h i s t e s t s h o u l d be i n c r e a s e d by 2 0 s e c .
and t h e sum s e t on t h e cam s o t h a t b l o c k i n g
c e a s e s upon t h e e l a p s e o f t h e t h u s o b t a i n e d
time a f t e r s w i t c h i n g of t h e o i l v a l v e .
(See a l s o below.)
H. Cam 6 - No a d j u s t m e n t p e r m i t t e d .
I. C a m 9 - No a d j u s t v e n t p e r m i t t e d .
.4 S e t t i n g t h e a l a r m equipment ( f i r s t s t a r t )
Settings :
C-
1. S e t t h e wanted c a p a c i t y on t h e c a p a c i t y c o n t r o l d e v i c e
of t h e s e p a r a t o r .
2. F u l l y open t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e a f t e r t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
3. S t a r t t h e s e p a r a t o r , check t h e rpm and t e m p e r a t u r e and

f i l l up w i t h s e a l i n g w a t e r i f t h e s e p a r a t o r i s used a s
a purifier.
4. Screw t h e handwheel of t h e 3-way v a l v e f u l l y open.
contd.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
5. Set the timer in the control at max. tine.
6. Set the upper switching point oc the pressure switch,

right scale, to 1,2 bar and the lower point, left scale
to 0,8 bar.
Connection 1-3 is made by rising pressure at 1,2 bar and

conncetion 1-2 is made when the 2ressure falls Sack to
0,8 Sar.
The difference between upper and lower setpoint should

not be too small. A small difference mljht result in
an alarm caused by variations in the oil temperature
(viscosity).
Check the function of the pressure switch by means of
the throttle valve-.
7. Screw up and lock the handwheel of the 3-way valve.

(Since the alarm equipment is not connected, the valve
closes and the oil supply to the separator ceases,
whereupon the gauge pressure falls.)
8. Set the control switch on "Man" and note the time it

takes from this moment until the pressure gauge shows
a reading.
9. Add 10 seconds to the recorded time and set the value

thus obtained on the time-delay relay in the control
box.
The settings of the values on pressure switch and timer are

c- dependent on the separator type and on the capacity for the
separator concerned. If the capacity is altered and the alte-
ration is of appreciable magnitude, the alarm setting must
- be adjusted, in which case the procedure described in points
J-9 is utilized.
COMPONENT LIST (Spare part list)
Pos No Name Manufacturer
Control switch type C12 A202E Kraus d Naimer
Push button
Electro-pneumatic programme unit

type ZV9 9, 50 or 60 Hz
Timer 0.5-12 h, DZ12SG
for operating delay Schleicher
Relay type CA2M'I 1 229MA60+LAl D4O Telemekanik
K10 Timer for releasing delay Schleicher

5-100 s KZT 110
H Lamp socket BA 15d
H1 Lamp holder BA 15d yellow
H2 ,I I,
yellow
H3 I, ,, green
H4 I, 1,
red
Electro-pneumatic relay
type 17030701
See pos. 52
" K2
" X3
" K4
" K5
" K10
" H3
" H4
" Y2
" Y3
ZANDER & INGESTROM
E x a r n ~ l eo f o r d e r i n g
.nnen
-. crderinq o r i n correspondence, please i n d i c a t e Project
xo, t y 2 e o f a u k o n a t i c e q u i p m e n t , p o s i t i o n No, t y p e d e s c r i p -
t i c n a s w e l l a s t h e name o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r .
-.
( R e c a r z ~ n gt h e 3 r o j e c t No, s e e t h e s i g n i n s i d e t h e a u t o n a -
t i c cabine.?!.
. .
1 3 c e r l e c t r c - p n e . u n a ~ i c r e l a y t y p e 170307C1, Webber,
2 2 0 V , 6 0 Hz.
External components
Name Manufacturer
Pressure reciucinq unit t p e XFW 4

with metal container Sauter
'ressoscat DFC 7B 5 9
Pneumacic 2-way valve, complele, valve

type V14R25, with drive AV42P10
Pneumatic 3-way valve, complete, valve

type Bl43.40, with drive AV 42P10 and
manual operatin? device type 2
Pneumacic 3-way valve, complete, valve

type BiiR25 with drive AV 42P10 and
manual operating device type 2
L
Manual operating device type 2 Z & I
Pneumatic 2-way valve, complete, type
c
'F.
B4 2B20/AVOlPo Sauter
Regarding spare parts and padkings for the valves,

see separate sheet!
c-
Note!
When ordering or in correspondence, please indicate type of

automatic equipment, project No., type description as well as
the name of the manufacturer.
1. For automatic equipment ZLTVA/205-60, 32-M12345

1 complete pneumatic motor a n 2
1 pneuiiatic 2-way valve type B42B20/AVOlPo
2. For separate automatic ZLTVA/205-60, 32-M12345
1 pneumatic drive AV42D10.
ZANDER & INGESTROM
The fcllowinq parts are recommended, however, as stock:
Red bulb 2 off

Green bulb' 2 off
ello ow b A b 2 off
Lamps 2 5 C V, 7I W , Bal5d 6 off
Pneamacic valve for the procramme unit 1 off
Micro switc?. 2Y3GA 150-5 1 055
Auxiliary relay ty?? CA2DN12 1 off
Eleczro-?nematic relay, type 17030701,
220 V AC 1 off
Assemblv
The automatic cabinet Should be mounted so that heating
of the cabine t is avoided. It should not be placed above
or at"the side of a steam pipe or heater.
Periodical mlntenance
The pneunatic valves in the programme unit should be
lubricatel after every 3000 hours with a few drops of
oil S>.E 30.
DFC 7 3 . Regarding periodical maintenance see "Installation
and Xaintenance Instrucrions".
.XFRP. Regarding periodical maintenance see "Installation
and Maintenance Instructions". The condensor should be
vented every month to let out the condensate.
Every 1000 hours the felt washers for the spindles in
the valves should be lubricated.
ZANDER & INGESTROW
Tests
T e s t i n g of t h e a l a r n s f o r ceased l i q c i e flow should be

d o n e o n c e a week a s f o l l o w s :
Kith t i e automatic u n i t connected
? u s h t h e S ~ r t o n" S e n i - a u t o 3 a t i c S h o o t i n 2 " f o r a b o u t 5
s e c o n c s . ":.is w i l l l i q h t t h e lamp i n e i c a c i n q " P r o g r a m e
d e v i c e ori". X e l e a s e t h e j u t t o n a n d s h o o t i n g w i l l t a k e
c place.i<hen cne o i l v a l v e i s s h u t and t h e o i l p r e s s u r e h a s
dropped, s h u t o f f t h e o i l flow t o t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
u s i n g t h e c o c k i n s t a l l e d f o r t h i s p u r p o s e . The " l i q u i d
f l o w c e a s e ? " a l a r m i s now s w i t c h e d o n a f c e r t h e o i l h a s
P been t u r n e d on; t h i s w i l l cause t h e alarm t o go o f f a s t h e
C ,
p r e s s o s t a t i s n o t g e t t i n g a n y p r e s s u r e . Open t h e c o c k t o . .
t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l a m . by t u r n i n g t h e
c o n t r o l s w i t c h t o "Stop" position.Then t u r n t h e c o n t r o l
switch t o " ~ u t " p o s i t i o n . The s e p a r a t o r i s now a g a i n
connested t o t h e automatic equipment.
I f t h e a l a r x i s n o t f u n c t i o n i n g d u r i n g t h e t e s t , check t h e
automatic u n i t .
i with the automatic u n i t disconnected
. S h u t o f f t h e cock f o r t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . S t a r t up t h e
s e p a r a t o r a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i n s t r u c t i o n f o r manual o p e r a t i o n
and f e e d t h e o i l i n by t u r n i n g t h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h t o t h e
"Mw" p o s i t i o n . A s t h e cock f o r t h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h i n
t h i s c a s e i s s h u t , t h e a l a r m i s s t a r t e d . When t h e p r e s e t
t i m e on t h e t i m e r has elapsed ( t o g i v e t h e o i l t i m e t o b u i l d
up t h e p r e s s u r e ) , t h e " L i q u i d f l o w c e a s e d " a l a r m w i l l g o o f f .
c- D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l a r m by t u r n i n o t h e c o c k t o t h e p r e s s u r e
switch. Stop t h e separator.
I f t h e alarm i s n o t f u n c t i o n i n g d u r i n g t h e t e s t , c h e c k t h e
automatic u n i t .
A 0 1 0-1 $0-1 A
52 Y A N - S l O P - A U l YAN-STOP-AUI
I4 W Y A U l A I l S K S K J U l N I N G S E M I - A U I O M A I . S H 0 0 1 1 N G
H I YAN-SPENING O R R A l l O N VOLlAGE
n t r ~ o ~ n ~ u v trwawr o r r ~ ~ rCONIROL D E V I S E ON
N 1 A U I O Y A l l Y N I N K 0 PLAD A U I O Y A l I C CONTROL ON
t ~ ur r ~ ~ b Va%r T S K ~ F L ~ O E C E A S E D LIOUIO F L O W
. J -.-
r s ~ N
. I P P L A R FOR HOPPARR~V
N I P P L E S FOR 6 1 1 ~ nP I~W S or COPPER
v1 A-A
4QJ-
30 -
0
L
h 11,s 0000 21€0
9
.r
"
00000' N O
i
I N O I U E R t N G A V AUTO I N - M H U R K U C r L l N G
I C E N l R A l LAIYANLAGGNING
I N O l C A T l O N Or brio* brr'- POS1110N FOA
A U T O CONTROL I N C E N T R A L A L A R M UNIT
TRVCKSTROYDRYIARE
rRE~SOS1Al
L--J
YJ~LCIONI~X~ I SEPARAlORKONlAKlDR
AUXILIARY C O N l A C I 1 N SE?CONIAClOR .
'ILL8 E F I W T L t G
S1GN4L4N 'AagFISLACE NORMAL1 OPPFI
OADNING
1 R 4 L . A L L M 4 H F E LL S
A IRGMNC
AEL N - W O R K I N G POS1110N N 0 R M . O P E N
lo ALARM
V I L O L I G E NORMAL1 S I A N G l
SOuETH'NG WPOqG
, P O S I T I O N OF R E P O S E WORM C L O S E 0
~ ~ ~ N G N ~ W G S V A I I E N
CLCSIYC HATER
vI
I
b l l
**I
ALIIOMAIINE U INKOPPLAD
4 U I C O N I R O L ON
UPPHOR1 V ~ I S K E F L O O L
CCASEO L I O U I D FLOW
PNEUYAIISKA VENIILER
I PROG~AUVER~
P N f U Y A l l C VALVES I N
CONlROL UEVICf
I I I
7 IGnsl:et p a s t e Dichlunasm ittel [Tatn i n q s o a s t a I l o c t i t e nr7(
6 lNut lock Sicherur~osrnittel ILbsninosoasta ILort ite n r Z l
5 Valve p l u g c o m p l . Ventlikegei kompl. ( V e n t i l k o g l a kompl. 253622
l w i t h spindle mit spindel med soindel I
4 10-rin~ 10-rinq 10-rinq IZ 1 6 2 3 0 4
3 l S t u l t ~ n ab o x I S t o ~ bf u c h s e IPcckhox (22 3 2 6 .
-7 I F e l t r i n q IFilzrino IFiltrino IZ 2 9 3 8 1 7
1 I C o n n e c i i o n pin IVerb~ndunosbolzen 1 1
'051 DES1GtiAiIOt.I 1 6EZEICHt.ICItiG I BEh' A M N I N G I T Y PNR-
N,,
>"
Uli J."OI.
3v 1 I ~ n e u r n a t i s kt v b v a g s v e n t i l Y14 R 2 5 r n c d 3 1 4 - a n s l u t n i n g
AKTIEOOLAGET
z p : D L : R CI I K G E S T R O M
STOCKHOLM
tP n e u m o t i c t ~ o w c y svo l v e V 1 4 R 2 5 w i t h 3 l L ' c o n n e c t l o n
RCf nr
EA-~~o.I~.~G
R.,n<ng,t14
M-46540
AnsUning 6 r pneumctisk
Ledning 1nv.G 1/8"
Pneurnoiic Pipe 'lns.BSP 1/8"
AKTIEBOUGET
ZANDER & INGESTROM
STOCKHOLM
NW
5 ize
NW
Size
] 25
NW 125
Size
I I
9. l ~ u l to c k Sicherunasmittel L6sninqspasta Loctite nrZtlLatitenr221
E
7
10-rino
IGakket paste
0-rinq
Dichtunqsmittel
0-rino
Tbtninaspcsta
- IZ 2 9 3 7 0 4
Loctitenr'iOLoc!ite n r x
6 I L o w e r art o f v a l v e V e n t i l u n t e r t e i l Ven t i l u n d e r d e l 2293632 1 12 9 3 6 3 2
5 V a l v e p l u g c o m p l . Ven t i l k e g e l k o m p l . V e n t i i k a g i a kompl.
/ w i t h spindle mit spindel med spindel Z 293646 2293650
L 10-rina 0-r inq 0-rina Z16230L12152305
3 IStuffino rino S t o ~ bf u c h s e P a c k box 2293628 12293629
2 IFeitrina Filzrino Filtrina 2293817 IZ 293818
1 IConnection p i n IVerb~ndunqsblzen 2293614 1 -
'09 DESIGNATION 1 BEZEICHNUNG B E N C M N I N; T Y P P l 4 R 2 5 W P l L R 4;
r .
2. I I :PW' I :'":
P n e u m o t i s k trevijgsven:il typBlLR25.Bl4RLO
P n e u m a t i c t h r e e w a y s v a l v e t y p e 8 1 4 R25, B 1 4R4O
AKTIEBOLAGET
ZANDER & I N G E S T R O M R
,I.lII.:.II1
STOCKHOLM E A 672.22.99 M-46542

s a k r o 1 med I E s n i n ~ s m e d e l
S M 8 0 - 5 738 0 8 0
securec' w i t h n u t lock
( L o c t i t e Nr. 2 4 1 )
i Spindel Spindle 1Z 2 3 6 4 2 5
, 0-rino 0-r~nq ! Z 16 2 3 13
] Membran Diaphroqrn 2296L21
! Teflonfolie Teflon foil Z 296419
Spindel ISplndIe
B t N A M N I t!G I DESI SNCTION TZ Y2P9 6 4NR.
26
ilr,
Pneumatisic motor t y p AV 1.2 P I O Reservdelslish
AKTIEBOUGET
Pneumatic drive type AVL2 p i 0 List of spare p r
ZANDER & INGESTROM '.. IS . , ,.,., ..
STOCKHOLM
I I M-46539
. Sauter pressure switches'
73
LANDER & INGESTROM types DFQ 7B..., DFC 7 B . . .
-LC- L- --CRC.
lnstallatton and matntenance
Use its position betng disturbed, it is suffi- Special designs

The pressureswitches are used to con- cient to tighten the threaded connec- Certa~nswitches of the DFQ type are
tro! pressures in p~pel~nes or vessels tion firmly. Ctherwtse, the swttch must provided with 2 mercury tubes. This
contaiqing liquides. gases or vapours. be screwed to a wall or other support. type of switch is used for sprinkler sys-
Where pressure shocks in the system tems and similar applications where
Type DFO employs a mercury tube
while type DFC has metal contacts. may occur, a throttling screw is avail-
able as an extra to damp the shocks in
extra reliability is required. Details re-
garding the operation of these
.
They are provided with a pressure feel-
ing body of aluminium and are emplo- the switch. switches will be supplied on request.
yed in the case of media non-aggres-
sive to aluminium. stamless steel and Connection Maintenance
nirril rubber. The highe5 permissible The switch has three terminals. Circuit Sauter pressure switches require no
temperature for the medium in the bel- of terminals 1 - 2 is broken and 1 - 3 maintenance under ordinary condi-
low is 7 0 C 1168' Fl. However they made when the pressure exceeds the tions
can be used for steam o i other media set upper switching polnt (at the right When making enquiries, the data
at higher temperature i i an U-tube seal hand o i the scale). stamped on the name plate pertaining
with water (or other suirable liqutd' is Circuit of terminals 1 - 3 is broken and to type des~gnationand ser~alnumber
mounted between the pessure switch 1 - 2 made when the pressure falls be- should be stated
and the line so that the below is not in low the set lower switching point la1
direct contact with the media. the left hand). Approval
An extra protective unit is available so Type DFC is provided with a metal
These switches are approved by:
.that the switch may be used for con- contact for 10 A up to 380 V AC, lor
Lloyd's Register of Shipping
trolling pressures in lines containing 0.1 A up to 250 V DCi.
Bureau Veritas
aggressive substances. Type DFQ has a mercury switch for
Germanischer Lloyd
s. Ambient temperature may vary from

25'C I-13'F) to J O ' C 1168°F) for
-typeDFQand- 4W C l - 4 0 F I t o 7 0 C
1168' F) for type DFC.
2 A1380 V AC or 0.5 Ai'250 V DC.
Setting
For setting the unit remove the sealing
Polski Rejestr Statkow
Det Norske Veritas.
caps. If required, these can be reversed 1 = connection to phase

and used as setting knobs.
Mounting If thesmallest possible switching diffe 2 / 3 = connection to load
Thp pressure switches may be located rentiai is required both point must be
in dusty or damp atmospheres. Type set to thesame value. With this setting 65003 f = earthing
DFQ is mounted venically in a position the switching points are aboveand be-
free from vibrqions. Note that the c o low the setpoint.
ver must be screwed on firmly while However, the left hand pointer must
this is carried out. Correct alignement never be setted higher than the right
is essential to the operation of the hand pointer. Manufactured by:
pressure switch.
Type DFC may be mounted in any
Type
I1 permissible
pressure bar
Fr. Sauter A.G.. Basel
desred position. Sales and service
The casing and pressure bellows may AB ZANDER & INGESTROM
not be twisted with respect to each
other. Therefore. when connecting the Postal address: Box 12088.
5- 102 23 Stockholm
pressure line, only the hexagonal nut
Street adress: Gustavslundsvagen 149.
above the threaded connection nipple ..
,Alvxk
may be used. Telephone: 08!80 90 00
If the switch is mounted in a l~ne
which Telegrams: Maskinzeta. Stockholm
is steady and where there is no risk of Telex: 10074 ZIS S
VUU L C ,
pressure reducing unit 7 7-

ZANDER & INGESTROM Type XFRP4
n L UL A V A L G X Q U P .--
Installation and maintenance
Maintenance
The frequency w i t h w h c h it is necessary t o drain off conden-
sale b y slackeriino the drain screw 131 and clean tne iiltet de-
pends on the amount of d r t in the compressed air.
Prolonged sToppays can be avoided i f a dupllcaie reserve fil-
ter is buiit into the system.
Soiled filters should not be cleaned w i t h water-soluble agents
( Installation suchas soda or P 3 solutions, but always w i t h grease solvents
T ? e redicer s i ~ o d l dbe instalied in ;t,e d>re::ton of f l q w rnar- s u c h a s petrol, tr~chloroethyleneor perchloroethylene. The
, ;o right. If the reverse direction of flow 1s requl-
i e C f : ~ :eft t w o last-named are usually preferred for safety reasons, as
re?. :hqaresssre gauge snould b e s;re\ved into the opposne they are non-flamable.
:8
:. of ;he re2uclng i d v e . The simplest method is t o let the filter cylinders stand in the
solvent for about 12 hours and :hen squeeze out most of the
solvent-oil mlxture by light pressure and f~nallydry the cylin-
ders.
- Operation
--e cn$i:ec!conoressed a:, when it enters :he compressed air
if flammable solvents are used f o r cleaning. the cylinders
must not be b l o w n d o w n w i t h air, as this may cause the for-
I
,
f~.~:, c-crr!es a nix:ureof g r ~and
t dust as well as oil and water mation o f explosive vapour mixtures.
vqou:. The capllla:~es of the filter material divide the stream The filter must n o t be in contact w ~ t dissolv~ng
h fluids like ace-
c f ai: i-ro 2 iarce nurnbet of very smell streams. tone and nltro thinner.
k.s :he com9:essed a;r passes throu?h :he f ~ l t e rmaterial, the
0,; a% ,i;.z:er \,apours are condence? t o I I ~ Sb J y aI ~
combma-
t o n o f ricochet 5ffects and capillary. adhes~veand cohesive
'
icrces. wh$le other impurities are retamed on the surface.
r-
A r extrac:;on arrangement erains off the i ~ q u i dt o the conden-
s?:t reservoir. Directions for ordering
I n all enquiries, etc., please quote type and A No.
Setting
S!ack off tne lockingnut and turn the adjusting screw( 11 until
the pressure gadge shows the deslred outiet pressure
Typ* XFR? 4 is equipped i w h a sefery vaive t o protect the

r e g ~ l a t l n gequipment f r o m excessive pressures. The normal
-setvns :s17Ll kPa ( i , i bar).
, o a ! t ~ :this value, slacken the lockmg nut and adjust nut (21.
k?a (bar) Outlet pressure

A
1G3 1.0
GO 0.9 I i
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Air f l o w volume
Dimensions in irrm
6
J / --.A. >! -1/ ,

!
o2&j, . I .- View ,
-,--->. * 6
,
-::-
.-
Clcsed'
Manufactuier
3
i r . Sauter A.G., Basel
I
Sale9 and servite

A 8 Z A N D E R K INGESTROM
I ? s ; r ~ m % ~Department
t
Fos!adress Box 12088: 102 23 Stockholm
Geiua2ress Gusiavflundsvagen 149. Alvik
-
Telefon
I e!ej r a m
08-e0 9 0 00
Maskinzeta
Te!ex 10074 ZIS S
FLEXOTRON PI-CONTROLLER
COi4'lISSIO:~INC AX2 ADJUSTING:
"
1. C o n t r o l w i r i n g a c c o r d i n g t o d i a g r a m SA-171861/1.
2 . S e t Xp t o Z e r o .
3. Nove t h e d e s i r e d v a l u e a d j u s t e r b a c k and for:lar5s.

T h e . r e l a y s m u s t b e h e a r d s w i t c h i n g and t h e 1m;
d i o d e s on t h e f r o n t s h o u l d i l l u m i n a t e a c c o r d i n g l y .
4. Check t h a t t h e v a l v e i s w o r k i n g c o r r e c t l y . By s e t t i n g
a h i g h e r d e s i r e d v a l u e t h e v a l v e m u s t open.
5. S e t d e s i r e d t e m p e r a t u r e v a l u e .
A d j u s t P - r a n g e Xp a n d t i m e a d j u s t e r Tn t o maximum
values.
6,. Xp i s s e t b a c k s t e p by s t e p t i l l t h e c o n t r o l l e r g e t s
u n s t a b l e , i . e . t i l l i t makes c o n s t a n t o s c i l l a t i o n s .
This value Xpcrit correspnds t o t h e s t a b i l i t y l i m i t
of t h e controller.
M e a s u r e t h e t i m e T k f o r one o s c i l l a t i o n .
S e t Xp t o 2 x X p c r i t
S e t Tn t o 0 , 8 5 x Tk
I
7. Under n o r m a l w o r k i n g c o n d i t i o n s t h e c o n t r o l l e r
w i l l n e e d no m a i n t e n a n c e .
M o r e o v e r s e e e n c l o s e d MVE 83118a.
MASKINA S ZETA
The c o n t r o l l e r i s d e l i v e r e d i n i t s own e n c l o s u r e ,
( P o l y e a r b o p a t e I P 6 5 / I E C 5 2 9 , w x h x d = 280 x 1" x
2E0 nm).
When m o u n t i n g on a w a l l , p r o c e e d a s f o l l o w s :
1. Remove t h e f r o n t c o v e r .
2 . Remove t h e t h r e e d i s t a n c e f r a m e s .
j. Loosen t n e two l o c k i r i g s c r e w s o f t h e c o n t r c l l e r a n d
p u l l i t o u t o f t h e rack<.
4. Loosen t h e h e x a g o n a l s c r e w s on e a c h s i d e o f t h e r a c k
and p u l l t h e r a c k f r o m t h e b o t t o m p l a t e .
5. F a s t e n t h e l o w e r p a r t o f t h e e n c l o s u r e t o t h e w a l l a n d
make t h e e l e c t r i c a l w i r i n g a c c o r d i n g t o d i a g r a m
SA-1718hl/l.
6 . Push t h e r a c k b a c k a n d s e c u r e t h e h e x a g o n a l s c r e w s .
b
7. Push t h e c o n t r o l l e r i n t o t h e r a c k a n d t i g h t e n t h e
secured screws i n f r o n t .
8 . Moun'o t h e t h r e e d i s t a n c e f r a m e s one by o n e .
9. Replace t h e f r o n t cover.
F o r a d j u s t i n g o f c o n t r o l l e r s e e MVE 8 3 1 1 8 a .
I
-
i
ERAS 15
PI-Set Value Contrcller 46.810/1
w ~ t hsmtc&ng output
-
,
L
-
-
A -!
- 0 -
-
Order-no . Type Diagrm
Installation Weight
Instructions kg
8 345 901 001 E M 15 F 001 S 171861 Fm 83118 095
Supply voltage 220. ..240 V 50 Hz tlE $ Spbol
P:wer consumption approx.

P~-~izzible
p5-:
b Ow
contact rating
e e n temperature
6 VA
2 (0,5) A 253 V-
0.. .55 'C
2 - -
4 5 , ~ 6.1 -*
PS~T...stcragt aria transport temp. -25...70 7:
pA~2
t-
cc-*.
~lonclass IP 0i
Ardication I I
irsed in connec5on with a corresponding detector Ni 200, a
potentiometric transmitter Pot 200 or a current unit signal I d , -160- rdc
L--',6 )---(rn~----J
as an universal PI~setvalue controller with switching output.
The set value range can be changed with a plug-in measuring
rmge card. Set value indication by the direct connection of
an indicator.
-4"m. a
Function 1
.The actual value is measured with detector 1 ( ~ i200 or Pot 200)

and is transmitted to bridge 3. The bridge 3 is integrated
together with the network 4, matching the setpoint signal xs
in the measuring range card 2. The set value range is fixed by
the type of the measuring range card and the set values are Plug unit, riodel F, to
DIN 41612
alternatively set on the internal or external set value
pctentiometer xs. The output signals of the measuring range H 7G6240
card (xi, xs) ar'e compared with the value of the current unit
signal I ~ Ain summarizing point 11. The mplified resulting
control deviation + and the feedback signal of the integrator 8
( 12) is converted into the corresponding switching comands
for relays 7 by the comparator 6. The contacts of relays 7 are
connected with the regulating unit 9. The actual value xi and *m --.
the control deviation xw are available as voltage signals
-6.2 ~v/"c. Moreover the actual value xi is converted into a
1
current signal (0...l mA according to the selected set value
range) for direct indication on an indicating unit.
Description
Phg-in Euro-card 100 x 160 mm toDIN 41494. Connection
through indirect connector to DIN 41612, construction F,
32-way. Card handles made of themoplast for fixation on the
rack transparent, sealable cover of the front plate.
- -
Fr. Sauter S. A,, Building Service Division, 401 6 Basle, Switzerland, Phone 061 32 44 65, Telex 62 260
::-Set Value Controller ERAS 15
l;,:i i switching output
Heasuring range card for setting razge of the set value xs

23Shl -20... 40 'C
- , ~
i:s802 C... 40 T
2>5803
-
23924
L; - .S,.;,K
. ,.
0.. .I00 'C also suitable for: 0.. .lo0 $
3,>..
7r .. . .-
.:
f
/
$ I . . alc-c,suitable for 23.. .X$
2.. .22 g/kg / -10.
Leasure6 with
Detector Fotentionetric
IJi 200 transmitter
Pot 200
h
- Actual value Temperature relative humidity any physical

or absolute or any physical variable
humidity variable
- Set value or disturbance from ERBS 20,
variable EXR 40, 50, 51
or 56
- Remote setting of the possible possible possible
sei value
Set value range xs -20.. . 40 T 20...80 '$ O...lOO %
(~easurin~ range card) O... 40 'C (of the measuring (of the measuring
0.. .loo 3C range) range)
30.. .I80% 35 ...85 $ r.h.
Proportional band 22 0.. .25 '$/miin 0...4O $/min

Ty
.- (of the measuring (of the measuring
S P ~ ) span)
Switching range XSh ...
0,7 1,5 % O,5.. .Z,5 %
1
(of the neasuring (of the measuring
span) span)
1r:eeral time 1
', (settable)
- -~::~gulatingunit voltage free contacts

- .'.ctualvalue xi Voltage signal -6,Z m ~ l ~ , > 100 W
load
Current signal Id 0.. .1 mA, load ( 1,8 162
- ?sntrol deviation x, Voltage signal -6,2 ~ V / O C , load 2 56
I PI - Controller ERAS 15
~-
MVE 83118 a
APPLICATION
- The PI-step c o n t r o l l e r E M 15 i s used i n conjunction with a motor drive, a r e g d a t i r a
u n i t and a s e r s o r a s a fixed value c o n t r o l l e r . The c o n t r o l l e r works only with an i n ~ r t e d
m a s u r i n g range card. With a current u n i t signal is a follower control a l s o possible.
Additionally, with the h e l p of a i n d i c a t i n g u n i t (EXM.. .) the a c t u a l value can be shorn.
OPERATING AND FUNCTION EIEMENT ( a l s o see mounted ad2usting information).
- Xp = P-range-ad j u s t e r
x~/T~. .. 0.. .40 OC/min with Nickle Eensor
.
0. .25 $/min the pot. t r a n s m i t t e r range (pot. 200)
0.. .40 $/min the current u n i t s i g n a l
Ty = rurriicg time of regulating drive.
- xs = Desired value-a&$ster
I
-20.. .
40 O C 35.. .85 % r.F.
.
0.. 40 OC 2.. .22 &kg Ad j u s t i r g range accordire
.
0. ,100 OC .
-lo.. 25 OC TP t o b u i l t - i n measuring range card
30.. .180 O C modulas xs ( a l s o see MV 83120)
20.. 80 $.
0.. .loo $
External desired value adjusting is possible. The wire loop
xs e x t . is t o be c u t . I n doing so i s the d e s i r e d value a d j u s t e r
i n e f f e c t i v e . To re-set the a d j u s t e r xs hold the knob and
t u r n the scale cover with a s u i t a b l e pointed tool.
'- Tn = r e - s e t t i n g time-adjuster 1.. .20 min
- XSh = switching range-adjuster (R 10)
adjusting range: O,5 ... 2,5 OC with Nickel sensor
L 0 1 , $ the pot. t r a n s m i t t e r
Index scale:
0.5.. .2.5 $ the current u n i t signal
-R 109 Current reducer O...lOO $
f o r the' current u n i t s i g n a l 0.. .1 mA resp. 0.. .20 mA
- S 1= Short-circuit plug
Used f o r range s e l e c t i o n of current u n i t s i g n a l "0.. .1 mAw (factory adjusted)
o r "0.. .20 IDA".
R 11.1 = Bridge balancing
.Factory balanced with a wire length of 25 m ( 2 x 1 , 5 mm2)
- The plug-in u n i t i s s u i t a b l e f o r f i t t i n g i n any rack u n i t s b u i l t t o D I N 41494, Europez

s i z e (100 x 160 ma). E l e c t r i c a l connections a r e through an i n d i r e c t plug t o D I N 41612
p a t t e r n F. By means of two secured M 2,5 screws, a c c e s s i b l e from the f r o n t , the u n i t
i s f i t t e d i n the rack.
- The plug-in u n i t can be used i n a dry location and a t ambient temperatures between
0.. .55 O c .
If a more exacting protection c l a s s is required, the corresponding rack u n i t i s t o be :is&.
- Check t h a t the c o n t r o l l e r has the required measuring range card b u i l t - i n . ( ~ o d u l a sxs).
Important: The coor.trcller i s i n e f f e c t i v e xithout .the n e a s w i n g r a r e card ( b d u l a s xs).
- X% ( R 107). R 101 an$ S 1 a r e t o be i n the desired p o s i t i o n .
- Cor.tro1 wiring of rack u n i t .
- Remove transparent f r o r t cover by turning the locking s c r e w s .
- Controller i s f i t t e d i n t o the rack unit and corrected.
- Operation control.
a ) S e t XP t o zero. By d o i r s so i s the c o n t r o l l e r a pure 3-point switch.
b ) Move the desired value a d j u s t e r back-and f o n e r d s t o t t e s c t u a l value. Tne r e l a y s
mist be heard switching and the lamp diodes on the f r o n t p l a t e should accordingly
illwinate.
c ) Check c o r r e c t a c t i o c of r e c l a t i n g u n i t
A c k a l .ia?uc > desired value: Diodev l i g k t s . ~ e r m i kb 24 i s l i v e
Actual value c desired value: D i o d t ~l i g h t s . Terminal b 26 i s l i v e
Wher. necessery and with the mit d:.scor=ecte~. from the mains, interchar.* wires
from t 24 a n 4 b 26.
d) Adjust xs t o desired value and with R 111 o r by a d j u s t i n g the desired value s c a l e ,
i t i s balanced.
- Adjuster Xp and Tn a r e s e t t o the u n i t s pbrmeters.
- Tighter, locking scretis a r d push h o ~ ef r o n t cover.
Fr. Sauter SA CH-4016 Basle (Switzerland)

Tel. 061 / 32 44 55 Telex 62260
- h. '. 1.
legler a. d.
Iigulateur Flexotron 1000 ERAS 15 - 'a. b.
~ r
1 h r w ~s. +Jcr c4
:ontroller --E.C (L. 1 8 3 . 7 8 Hitchall J-.:
1 z-nr.
UTE^
m
I SA-171861
AVR 32 W
Valve Kotor Drive
T w Running Fixed Adjustable Diagram

time stroke stroke
mm
min mm min. max.
AVR 32 W 02 approx. 2 14 - -
AVR 32 W 12 approx. 2 - 4
02
-
S 170616
Pcs:cr c o r s m p t i o n zf the motor, apprcx.

starting 12 Vh
rdiny 9 W
Pe-ssible ambient temperature -5.. .45 7:
Supply voltage 220.. .240 V, 50/60 Hz
Thrust i n end position, max.
a t 14 mm s t r o k e 1300 N
a t 25 mm s t r o k e ,. 1500 N
a t 40 mm s t r o k e 1000 N
Thrust i n mid-position, max.
a t 14 mm stroke 803 N
a t 25 mm s t r o k e 550 14
a t 40 mm s t r o k e 350 N
Protection c l a s s I P 54
Weight AVR 32 W 02 2.4 kg AVR 32 W 02 M 294382
AVR 32 W 12 7.6 k e
Application
Used f o r the continuous o r on/off control of valves. I t can be
mounted i n a n y q o s i t i o n i n dry o r temporarily damp l o c a t i o n s .
Operation
By making t h e c i r c u i t through terminals 1 and 2 o r 1 and 3
t h e s h a f t can be driven t o any intermediate position. When t h e
drive is connected t o terminals 1 and 2 the shaft w i l l be
r e t r a c t e d , when t h e d r i v e is connected t o terminals 1 and 3 t h e
s h a f t ~ lbe lextended. The r e v e r s i b l e motor i s stopped i n each
end p o s i t i o n by l i m i t switches.
Description
Motor and gear box a r e housed i n a dust proof l i g h t a l l o y casing
f i t t e d with a s t e e l sheet cover. Normally no maintenance i s
required due t o the permanent l u b r i c a t i o n .
provided i n the motor
and gear box. ~ a n u aoperation.
l
AVR 32 W 12 M 294235
@SAUTER
Fr. Sauter S. A,, Building Sewice Division, 401 6 Basle, Switzerland, Phone 061 - 32 44 55, Telex 62 260
Versims
5 2 Su;ply voltage 110...120 V, 50 60 Hz ...
S 3 Supply voltage 24 V, 50...60 Hz
H 1 1 a u x i l i a r y c/o switch HA
H2 1 a u x i l i a r y c/o switch IE
I! 12 2 a u x i l i ~ ~c/o y switches HA + HE
X 2 i t i o n d i n i o m ~ t i o ron 9 1 , H 2 resp.
. p--,e m i s s i b l e
r a t i n g 2 A , 250 '1-
. . = operating j u s t befare the end p ~ s i t i o nlinen
s h a f t i s extended (terminals 1 and 7 ) .
HE = operating j u s t before the end p o s i t i o n when
s h a f t i s r e t r a c t e d (terminals 1 and 2).
Relay f o r s i n g l e wire control (on/off c o n t r o l ) o r ,
i n case of 2 wire control f o r automatic r e s e t ,
S 170599
R 1 f o r supply voltage 220...240 V, 50 Hz
R 2 f o r supply voltage 110. ..I20 V, 50 Hz
R 3 f o r supply voltage 24 V, 50 Hz
!- Feedback potentiometer
W 1 100 2 , 4 w Relay
energlred
single-wire control
valve open valve closed
W 2 130 12, 4 W
W 3 140 R, 4 W
w4 2000 9, 4 W
Feedbackaand t r a n s m i t t e r potentiometer
W 5 130/140 R, 4 W stay ae- %wire control wth autom. reset
energmed valve Closed valve open
Optional e x t r a s
25~278/012 Galvvlised cover, o l i v e green t o RAL 1020 f o r
, supply voltage 110...240 V-
251119/012 Galvarxised cover, o l i v e green t o RAL 1020 f o r
supply voltage 24 V-
Permanent heating element
151569/057 220.. .240 V-, 5 W
/045 110. ..I20 V-, 5 W
1022 24 V-, 5 W
115&51 1 cable clamping sleeve Pg 11 (max. 2 )
Specify when ordering type, versior,, optional e x t r a s

F r e e r no-c mm ~ n i f e r n e i '
der Schutzhaube
Espore fibre pour enfever
le cop01 d e prolecfian ?
Allow fhrs S P O C ~tor taking"
01 prolectirg cover
-
DN AVR 32 W 02 AVR 32 W 02 I PN 16
Nonnweite
Or,frcc nornhd
110...2Zw
AVF 32 W2
AVD32WO2
-...
24 v
1 I I Flanschen Schroubm
I I I Brides Bodons
Size 220 v Screws
AnZohl z011
,
Nombre P o u c a 1
Inches N u m b e r , Inches
Motorised valvo
Fr. S a u t e i S.A. Basle ( S w i k e r l a n d l Building S e r v ~ c eDivislon
Stem Type Detector EGT 34 B ..

for temperature range d0 180 - C
lor mounlina with Docket fixlna flanaa or bracket
EGT 34 B 22
EGT 34 B 23
EGT 34 a 25
1 -60 +I80 1::: 225 S>2875OiM253lWMV825
iE
/04 I
I
l o r direct mountfng w ~ t hscrew in nipple (P = max 12 bar) I
-
Maximum permissible temperature

EGT 34 B instrument head 80 C
Maximum permlsslbie temperature
sensor 200 C [lor brlef pertods,
Mammum p e r m l s s b l e voltage 24 V =
-
R e s p o i s e cnarac!erlst cs
Deau llm6 tor EGT 34 B 12 25 +. 'nodl p c c ~ e ' ,
in static water 3 s
in circulating water (> 0,l m i s ) 2.5 s
~nstatic air 14 s
in circulating air 7.5 s
Time constant T tor EGT 34 B 12 ... 25 (without pocket)
in static water 40 s
i n circulating water (> 0.1 m/s) 30 s
.
D e a d time tor EGT 34 B 12 ... 15 .(with o o c k e t l
i n static water 7 s
in circulating water (> 0.1 m / s ) 5 s
Time constant T tor EGT 34 B 12 ... 15 (wilh pocket)
in static water 70 s
i n circulating water (> 0.1 m/s) 60 s
Resistance value Type A1 100 Q at OCC
Resistance value Type A2 200 Q at 0°C
Protection class I P 54
Optlon.1 extras
for typer EGT 34 B 12.. 15 only
109 Steel fixing flange Z No. 186613
557 Steel lixing bracket Z No. 186612
1581 Nickel plated copper pocket, screwed ,I,' ESP maximum temperature = 150 ;C
pressure = 12 bar .
Length 01 pockets: 120 mm Z No 199740 225 mm 2. No. 159423: 4% mm Z No. 1997%
1583 Stainless steel oo~kst.Screwed '1," ESP maximum temoerature = 150 'C. orerrure
= 12 bar
Length of pockets 120 mm Z No. 199745: pS mm Z No. 185899; 4x1mm Z No.
1584 Nickel plated copper pocket wth steel weld-on-boos maximum temperature = 2W -C.
pressure = 12 bar
Length of pockets: 120 mm Z No. 199757; 225 mm Z No. 1SM44: 450 mm Z No 199755
1585 Steel pocket with steel weld-on-boss maxlmum temperature = 2W 'C. pre3ruie = 25 t a r
Length ol pockets: 120 mm Z No. 231285; 225 mm Z No. 231298; 450 mm Z No. 23128L
1598 Stainless steel pocket with staintess steel weld-on-boss maximum temperature = Xn :C
pressure = 25 bar
Length ot pockets: 120 mm Z No. 199974; 225 mm Z No. 186617: 450 mm Z No. 1869;E
M 163159
Characteristics of t h e nickel element according t o DIN-Sheet 43760
A rerp B = lmmersmn stem length Appllcation In canjunct~onwrth an electron,^ controller lor sensmg the tempera:ufe c' ilgu 9s
accordtnq to type,C - actlve length 80 mm
Optional extras
Opemtlon The rerislance ol the nickel element changes according to temperature The reslstarce
increases on rming temperature and decreases on falling temperature.
Con'lructlon Casing of corrosive repislant aluminium, sensing stem is nickel plated copper. CX!e
entry bush Pg 11. Reoistance wire of pure nickel. Active length tor all typer is 83 mrn
Specily when ordering Type a n d A No., application, optional extras.

Workrrrg pressure steam wee 13 kg /cw?
Test pressure strom wde 2 6 k g / c w7.
F l a n g e s according to DIN 2633
* ~ t k . n g pressure upto kP/cJ
'f lunges h h n s c&rcl+ Number of holes O ~ o m d e r of

and d~mens~on bolts
1/7"
3/&"
1
65
75
I
4
-. el5
a15
I
12 mm.
12 mm.
I
i--
1" 85 4 = a15 12mm
i
1
11 I
100
110 L -
4 = el8
018
16mm
16 rnm
2 " I 125 L s el6 16 mm

. 21/2" 145 L = 018 16 mm
,
1 Sofety valve M " - 1 / 2 tO bar

2 Monometec 0.X) bor
3 Thermometer 0 - W ' C
L Aw volw 1/2'
kt0 'Koratr.lTegnet Godkjent Mblertokk

3/,, -'
6
fl
Dimension sketch for

Erstatning for:
I~~~~~~~~ 8.1
oil heater
HD Mark 11 112 - 12 mZ
A
4enn.ning
-&QkLmLl ht.9fwl
f 3 I 2
Bulletin No.
TIB-705-ElJanuary '83
Conoflow Europa B.V.
Supplements:
TIB-709-E
Vierlinghstraat 24, 3316 EL Dordrecht Telephone 078 - 183100 Supersedes:

P.O. Box 40, 3300 AA Dordrecht, Holland Telex 29280 TIB-705-ElJune '82
TECHNICAL MANUAL
VISCOSITY CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Your Order No.

Your Ref./ Yard No.
O u r Order No.
Viscotherm SIN*
Date
* Always quote when contacting the factory.
OPERATING, MAINTENANCE A N D
TROUBLE SHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
TECHNICAL MANUAL
.z
VISCOSITY CONTROL
SYSTEMS
OPERATING, MAINTENANCE A N D
TROUBLE SHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O Box 40 3300 AA Oordrarhf Holland INTRODUCTION
Tcl 078 183100 Tn1u 29280
This Manual contains the technical information necessary for operation and maintenance of the VAF-
VISCOTHERMm and associated equipment as supplied by I T T VAF-Instruments. It should be used in
conjunction with the Installation instructions, Technical Information Bulletin No. TIB-709.
"
The design of this viscosity control system makes it possible to replace worn or damaged parts with a
minimum of down time. Contact your nearest VAF-instruments distributor o r service representative for
parts replacement, as they are equipped and have well informed, trained personnel to perform
maintenance and repair. Standard replacement parts kits are available for easy field service.
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY
1. The Supplier warrants against defects in workmanship or materials as well as for the correct operation
of the goods supplied by him, if and insofar as this operation would be insufficient as a consequence
of these defects.
2. $his guarantee implies'that thk Supplier shall remedy these defects, or shall take hack, in full or in
part, the goods supplied and replace the defective parts by a new delivery, exclusively at the discretion
of the Supplier. T o this effect, the Purchaser shall return to Supplier the goods a n d / o r parts involved,
without being entitled to charge any of the costs arising from the return to the Supplier. Repair under
guarantee in the Supplier's factories is at no charge. Goods are returned free of charge to nearest
shipping port.
3. If the guarantee work cannot be carried out in Supplier's factories, Purchaser shall allow the Supplier
to perform this work, or have it performed elsewhere, without being entitled to charge any of the
cost arising therefrom to the Supplier. If necessary. Purchaser shall in time put at Supplier's disposal
all necessary auxiliary labourers, auxiliary tools and equipment, aids and appliances (fuels, oils, water,
electricity, compressed air, etc.), at the correct place and without charging any of the cost arising
therefrom to the Supplier. Any cost arising from non-fulfilment, or late fulfilment of any of the above
provisions shall be for Purchaser's account. The costs arising from making the goods available for
repair, as well as the repair hours, the travelling hours and travel and lodging expenses, shall at all
time he for Purchaser's account.
4. If, in fulfilment of the obligations under guarantee Supplier replaces any parts, the parts replaced shall
become the property of the Supplier.
5. The goods supplied are guaranteed during a period of. 12 months. The guarantee period sets in at the
moment the goods supplied are put into use, provided this point of time is not later than 6 months
after the date of delivery of the goods.
6. The Supplier reserves the right t o have guarantee work carried out by third parties.
7. Supplier's guarantee shall not apply if the defects are the consequence of injudicious putting into
operation, or injudicious use, incorporating installation o r storage by the Purchaser or the Owner, nor
. if after consultation with the Purchaser used materials or special materials are furnished by the
Supplier, the application of which he is not familiar with.
8. Supplier's guarantee shall also not apply, if a product or part is ordered without giving written
i&ormation concerning the application.
9. No gualantee shall be granted by the Supplier for damages to goods supplied arising within the terms
referred to under section 5 of this present article, if these damages are the consequence of corrosion,
caused by:
a. liquids, the material execution agreed upon with the Purchaser is not resistant against and the use
of which by the Purchaser or the Owner was not known to the Supplier at the time of acceptance
of the order.
b. liquids, the harmful action of which on the material execution agreed upon with the Purchaser was
not known to the Supplier at the time of acceptance of the order, and of which it would not be
demanded in reason that Supplier would have been able to know.
10. Supplier's liability under this guarantee shall cease to exist, if during the guarantee period the
Purchaser or the Owner of the goods furnished by the Supplier carries out repairs a n d / o r
modifications to the goods supplied on his own initiative, or has them carried out without Supplier's
knowledge and his express consent.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C ~ n o l l o wEuropa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrechl Holland TABLE OF CONTENTS
a Tel 078 183100 Telex 29280
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page:
Introduction ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '2
Viscotherm System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

System D e s c r. ~ p. t ~ o.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Operating Principles for System Elements
MANUAL CONTROL AND START-UP

Initial Start-up with Diesel Oil or Gas Oil . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. 30
koutine Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Start-up with Heavy Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
System Shut-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
MAINTENANCE ,,
Maintenance Schedule . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 38
General Maintenance Check Sheets.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Maintenance Details for System Elements
TROUBLE SHOOTING
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. ...
. General Trouble-shooting Tables
Trouble-shooting for System Elements
54
-
PARTS LISTS
Mounting Kits .......................................... 64
Recommended Spare Parts Kits.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Parts Lists and Drawings for System Elements
Viscotherm Housing Assembly ... . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . ..
' Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cantrol Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control1Valve, I" for Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Valves. 1%" & 2". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch Cabinet. Electric Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airfilter-Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recorder ...............................................
Remote Viscosity Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Viscosity lndicator.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Publication No. TIB-709
3
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europe B V BASIC VISCOTHERM SYSTEM
P 0 80" 4 0 3300 A A Oordreihl Holland
T ~ I018 1 8 3 1 00 T ~ I C X 29280 CONFIGURATIONS
Viscotherm@ viscosity control systems can be supplied in three basic configurations:

I. Local or Remote Viscosity Indicator.
2. Automatic Viscosity Controller for use with steam o r thermal oil operated fuel pre-heaters.
3. Automatic Viscosity Controller for use with electrical fuel pre-heaters.
Control Mode:
I Main Components:
Local Viscosity a. Viscotherm Housing Assembly

Indication b. Viscosity Indicator
(Fig. I)*
Remote Viscosity a. Viscotherm Housing Assembly

Indication b. Pneumatic Differential Pressure Transmitter
(Fig. 2)* c. Viscosity Indicator with or without alarm contacts
d. Airfilter-Regulator
Automatic Viscosity a. Viscotherm Housing Assembly

Control: b. Pneumatic Differential Pressure Transmitter
(Steam o r Thermal c. Pneumatic Control Station
Oil Fuel Heater) d. Control Valve for Steam o r Thermal Oil
(Fig. 3)* e. Airfilter-Regulator
Automatic Viscosity a. Viscotherm Housing Assembly

Control: b. Pneumatic Differential Pressure Transmitter
(Electrical Fuel c. Pneumatic Control Station
Heater) d. Heater Control Cabinet
(Fig. 4)* e. Airfilter-Regulator
Vismtherm@ Automatic Viscosity Control Systems can also be furnished with the following auxiliary
functions gs optional extras:
Standard Options f. Viscosity Recorder

g. Non-Indicating Viscosity Alarm Switch
h. Remote Viscosity lndicator
i. Remote Viscosity lndicator with Highi Low Alarm Contacts
*) Please note that the system arrangement drawings, Fig's I t o 4, are not t o be used as installation
diagrams.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V VISCOTHERM SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT
P O Box 40 3300 A A Oordrerhl Holland
TPI 018 183100 TP~P. 29280 Indicating Models
Viscotherm I I
hensine lines I
man ieng;h
\"
I *
heater
Fig. 1 Visu~rhernlwirh local indicoriot~.
I fuel oil to
I. - -
boiler or
diesel engine
differential
pressure
transmitter
from heater
remore indfcorion.
W F INSTRUMENTB
Conoflow Euro a V
P O . Box 40, 3 3 0 g ~ Abardrecht. Holland
-
Tel: 078 183100 Telex 29280
VISCOTHERM SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT
Automatic Control Steam or
Thermal Oil Heaters
-
1
differential
pressure
transmitter
with manifold
------
airpak
filterlregulator
viscosity
indicator
air suppl)
heater
steam inlet A
1
w
condensate
fuel oil
from storage tank
Fig. 3 Automatic Viscosiry <Control S w e m - Steam or Thermal Oil Heater.
6
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa B V VISCOTHERM SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordreihf Holland
lsl 018 1831 00 Telex 29280 Automatic Control -
Electric Heaters
sensing lines
I
viscosity
indicator
Fig. 4 Automatic Viscosily Control System - Electrical Fuel Heater.
7
1
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Eumpa B V. VISCOTHERM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
P 0 Box 1 0 3300 A A Oordrerhl Holland
TSI 018 1831 00 TPISX 28280 H.F.0.-burning Motorships
WHY A VISCOTHERM?
With the considerable price differential between heavy and light fuels, hiih-viscosity oiis are commonly
used for marine diesel engines, power stations and other large fuel-consuming installations. In order to
optimize the burning efficiency of marine engines and to minimize corrective maintenance costs resulting
from burnt pistons and exhaust valves, the fuel must be injected at the correct viscosity.
The Viscotherm@ automatic viscosity control system measures and controls the viscosity of the fuel oil on
a continuous basis by regulating the amount of steam, thermal oil or electric power t o the fuel pre-heater.
Another Viscotherm application is to regulate the viscosity of H.F.O. by continuous blending with M.F.O.
GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Stea$ or thermal oil heaters (Fig. 3)
The VISCOTHERM HOUSING ASSEMBLY must be installed in the fuel line, between the injectors and
the fuel heater. An electric gear pump continuously extracts a small quantity of fuel oil from the main line
and forces this through a capillary tube assembly. As the flow through the capillary tube assembly is
laminar, the pressure differential across the capillary is directly proportional t o the dynamic fuel viscosity.
A DIFFERENTIAL-PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (DPT) converts the differential pressure from the
Viscotherm Housing Assembly into a proportional 0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 psi; 20-100 kPa) air signal.
In the PNEUMATICXONTROL STATION this signal is compared with the desired value (set point) of
the viscosity. Any deviation between the actual viscosity and the desired value results in a corrective air
signal to a CONTROL VALVE to bring the measured value to the set point.
The CONTROL VALVE regulates the flow of steam or thermal oil t o the fuel heater.
The AIRFILTER-REGULATOR provides a clean, regulated air supply to the differential pressure
transmitter, the control station and the remote mounted viscosity indicator with alarm contacts (if this
L option has been supplied).
VISCOSITY RECORDER, REMOTE VISCOSITY INDICATOR and NON-INDICATING ALARM
SWITCH are standard options providing auxiliary functions. They are furnished only when specifically
ordered. a
Electrical Fuel Heaters (Fig. 4)

The working principle for a Viscotherm system for use with electrical fuel heaters is basically the same as
described above, except that the control valve is replaced by a CONTROL CABINET. The output signal
from the control station is then used to operate the various electric heating elements. See Fig. 4.
1
Recommended Viscotherm System Installation
The recommended Viscotherm system installation (Fig. 42, page 60) uses a mixing tank and a circulating
fuel system with return line. For best control the distance between fuel heater and Viscotherm housing
assembly should be as short as possible. Maximum recommended length: 4 metres ( I 3 ft.). Long fuel lines
will introduce a time lag in viscosity measurement and regulation.
For additional information refer to the Installation instructions Manual, Publication No. TIB-709
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C~nollowEuropa B V OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 1 0 3300 A A Ordrerht Holland
la1 078 1 8 3 1 0 0 TII~. 29280 Viscotherm Housing Assembly
6 . Electric
Motor
7. Reduction
Gear box
Fig. 5
.
Viscorherm Housing Assemb,v-secrionol view
Viscotherm Housing Assemblg

The Viscotherm consists of a housing (3) in which is mounted a capillary tube assembly (2.4) as the
measuring element, together with a gear pump (9). An electric motor with reduction gear (7) drives the
.pump in such a way that the volume of oil flowing through the capillary tubes is constant. As the flow
through the capillary assembly is laminar, the pressure differential across the capillary is directly
p r o ~ o r t i o n a tl o the viscosity of the fuel oil.
Each capiliary tube assembly consists of a glass measuring capillary in a resilient stainless steel housing (2)
and a stainless steel damping capillary (4) to compensate for undue pressure waves in the fuel lines. The
use of a glass capillary reduces the possibility of clogging by cold heavy fuel oil.
A thermometer ( I ) indicates the actual fuel temperature
Two pressure taps (5) are provided to connect the differential pressure developed across the capillaries to
the differential pressure transmitter. The "+"tap is connected to the measuring capillary and the " " tap
to the damping capillary.
A magnetic coupling (8) between Viscotherm motor and gear pump provides a leakfree power
transmission and prevents overload of the electric motor.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o l l o v Europe 8 V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Dordierht Halland
TOI 018 1831 00 TOIP. 29280
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Differential Pressure Transmitter
I
Differential Pressure Transmitter (DPT)
The pneumatic Differential Pressure Transmitter

operates on the force balance principle. It converts
the process pressure from the Viscotherm Housing
Assembly into a proportional 0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 psi)
signal.
A diagrammatic representation of the DPT, showing
the operating principle, is shown in Fig. 7.
The process pressures are applied t o the high
pressure (7) and low pressure (13) sides, which are
separated by the diaphragm assembly (12).
Any'pressure difference between the two sides of the
diaphragm assembly changes the position of the
diaphragms, which exerts a force on the lower end of
the force bar (5) via flexure (8).
Fig. 6 Diffrrential Pressure Transmilrer u,irh Manifold
This force is balanced through a simple lever system consisting of force bar (5) with its fulcrum on
separation diaphragm (6) and range rod (10) with its fulcrum on range adjustment ring (9). Force bar and
range rod are connected by an adjustable bridge (4).
, The force exerted by the diaphragm assembly (12) is opposed through this lever system, via feed-back
bellows (I I), and controlled by the flapper-nozzle assembly (2 & 3) by means of pneumatic relay (I).
The resulting force of the pressure differential between + a n d - side at the Viscotherm housing assembly
produces a m i n q e displacement of the flapper (2) with respect to the nozzle (3), causing a change in air
pressure upstream of the nozzle. This pressure variation is amplified by the relay ( I ) and simultaneously
changes the pressure on the feed-back bellows and on the transmitter outlet, thus establishing the new
force-balance.
The feedback bellows pressure is continuously adjusted by means of the flexure-nozzle group and the
rplay, maintaining a state of equilibrium between the bellows (11) and the diaphragm assembly (12).
The diaphragm assembly (12) is filled with silicone oil to protect it against one-sided overload and to
assure an oscillation-free pneumatic output signal.
I
Manifold
The manifold valve block, built onto the differential pressure transmitter, has three (3) shut-off valves. The
two outer valves are for blocking off the process lines from the Viscotherm housing assembly. The center
valve serves as equalizing valve t o balance the pressures at both sides of the differential pressure
transmitter.
Caution
D o not open the manifold valves prior t o installation of the transmitter and d o not unscrew any of its
pipe plugs, as the manifold is filled with glycerine at the factory t o prevent fuel oil penetrating the
actuating unit.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europe B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordiethl Holland
T o 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Differential Pressure Transmitter
1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply
0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 psi) '

control air signal
9. Range Adjustment Ring
I I . Feedback bellows
12. Diaphragm Ass'y
7. High Pressure
13. Low Pressure Side
8. Flexure
Fig. 7 Operating schematic of DPT

C
Note:
The DPT was calibrated at the factory together with the Viscotherm Housing Assembly and the control
station. The calibration data are marked on a label inside the transmitter cover (Fig. 8). It is essential to
check that the serial numbers of the installed DPT and control station are stamped on the identification
plate on the main flange of the Viscotherm Housing Assembly (Fig. 9).
If this information is missing or incorrect, contact the factory or nearest VAF-Instruments distributor
'immediately. A performance problem will occur when non-matching instruments are used.
Fig. 8 Tvpical example of calibrarion data inside Fig. 9 Tvpical example of idenrificarion plate on
rransmirler cover Viscotherm Housing
II
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conollow Europa B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
PO Bax 40 3300 A A Dordredl Holland
Tel 078 183100 Telex 29280 Control Station
Control Station
The output signal from thqDifferential Pressure Transmitter, which is proportional to the viscosity of the
fuel oil, enters through the "process" connection and actuates a metal diaphragm pressure element (I).
Element motion is also carried to the black indicating pointer (3) and the flapper asse,mbly (10) by
mechanical linkages. The black pointer (3) indicates the actual viscosity of the fuel oil. The desired
viscosity is set by the set point knob (9). The value of the setting is shown by the red set pointer (2) on the
direct reading viscosity scale.
8. Output Gaugc
4. Supply Gauge
9. Set Point Knob
5 . Regulator
.Adjusting
Knob
I I. Transfer Switch
6 . Relay Arrcrnbl:
12. Reset Time

Adiustment
7. P-Band Adjustment 13. Balance ~ r e s s u r eIndicator
Fig. 10 Control Station - lnsrde View
Contrhl action
1
The control action for Viscotherm installations using steam or thermal oil operated fuel heaters is such
that a n increase in viscosity (fuel oil becoming thicker) will result in a decreasing pneumatic output signal
of the controller, opening the control valve t o add more steam or thermal oil. (Reverse acting control
mode).
In the case of electrical fuel heaters the control action will be direct, i.e. an increase in viscosity will result
in electrical heater elements being switched on.
Fig. I I shows the controller operation in a simplified manner. The operation is shown and described for
the reverse acting control mode.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Eumpa 8 V. OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 AP Oordrsrhl Holland
r T ~ I 0 1 8 1 8 3 1 00 Telex 2 9 2 8 0 Control Station
Relay
The low bleed relay is i n ~ q u i l i b r i u m(neither feeding nor exhausting air) as long as tlie process is not
changing. At equilibrium the force exerted by the nozzle diaphragm equals the force exerted by the output
diaphragm.
A change in the process causes a variation in the flapper-nozzle gap thus producing a change of nozzle
back pressure (PI). The force exerted by the nozzle diaphragm is then not equal to the force exerted by
the output diaphragm. This causes the pilot valve to either open the inlet port, allowing supply air to enter
the output, o r to open the exhaust port, exhausting output air (P2). Either of these changes continues
until the force developed by the output diaphragm balances the force of the nozzle diaphragm and
equilibrium is restored.
Reset action
The function of the reset action is to eliminate the proportional offset between the measuring process and
the setpoint and to accomplish this in the shortest possible time, without creating instability in the
proportional control action. The controller output pressure (P2) is also applied to the feedback capsule.
When the reset valve is shut, the controller operates as a proportional instrument. When the reset valve is
set to a particular restriction, pressure P2 is fed directly into the feedback bellows and flows more slowly
into the reset chamber via the reset valve. This creates a differential pressure across the bellows which at
first delays the balance across the capsule, but within a well-defined time period produces equilibrium and
restores the process to the set point.
The reset valve is provided with a time scale of 0.1-5 minutes. The position of point F (Fig. I I) determines
the magnitude of the feedback of pressure P2 t o the flapper. The higher the feedback, the lower the gain
of the controller and the higher the proportional band of the controller. The proportional band is
indicated in % and can be adjusted with screw S.
. Two-position bypass control

The two-position bypass provides a means for manual positioning of the control valve o r the switch
cabinet when (a) the viscosity of the fuel must be carefutly raised to the automatic control point, as in
process start-ups; (b) when process upsets require manual re-balancing and (c) when the controller must be
temporarily taken out of service.
A three-way valve in the nozzle line between the restrictor and the relay nozzle diaphragm permits
operation of controller output either automatically (nozzle-flapper system) o r manually, by using a
pressure regulator mounted on top of the relay.
'Smooth changeover is facilitated by a differential pressure indicator which responds to very low pressure
diffejentials. This makes it possible to closely match regulator pressure to nozzle pressure.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordcerhf Holland
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
T ~ I 078 1831 00 T~I.I 29280 Control Station
I
I
d / p transmitter
r---- -desired
- - -viscosity
- - - -indicator
- --1
-----
0.2-1 bar (3-15 psi)

Fig. I 1 Operation schematic of control station
L
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
PO Box 40 3300 412 Oordreihl Holland
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
T ~ I018 183100 M.X 29280 Control Station
Proportional + reset controller (Fig. 11)

With a decrease in the measured actual viscosity value (the fuel becoming thinner) the following occurs:
I. The output pressure of the differential pressure transmitter also decreases, causing the measuring
diaphragm of the control station to collapse.
2. Process pointer (black) rotates counter clockwise.
3. Flapper I moves toward the nozzle as a result of the downward motion of link assembly ABC,
causing flapper to restrict nozzle flow, increasing nozzle back pressure (PI).
4. Air supply pressure feeding through restrictor expands nozzle diaphragm.
5. Relay inlet port opens, exhaust port closes.
6. Output pressure P2 increases (indicated on output gauge).
7. Feedback capsule expands, moving link J L to the right.
8.; Proportional link FG pivoting about F causes link GD t o move upward.
91 Lever assembly E also moves upward turning flapper I away from the nozzle.
10. At the same time the pressure inside the reset chamber, feeding through the reset valve, slowly
increases, moving link J L t o the left (reset action).
This brings the pressure in feedback bellows and reset chamber to a new equilibrium and restores the
process to the set point.
I I . The increasing,output pressure P2 (step 6) is sent t o the control valve or the electric heater switch
cabinet, resulting in less steam or thermal oil supplied to the heater (normal valve action is air-to-
close), or switching off of electrical heater elements to increase the viscosity of the fuel oil.
J
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollaw Europa B V OPERATING PRINCIPLE
PO Box 40 3300 A A Oordrarhf Holland
l a 1 078 183100 lplell 29280 Control Valves
Fig. 12 Series BV-SO0

Thermal Oil Valve
with 'hormalising bonnet" Fig. 140 Series 0105
cooling extension. I" steam valve.
Chamber
Fig. 13 Series BV-SO2 Steam Valve Fig. 14 Series 010s Steam Valve
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Ooidrerhl Holland
k T s 018 1831 00 Telex 29280 Control Valves
Control Valves
The standard control valves for steam or thermal oil are straight-through valves with pneumatic spring
and diaphragm actuator. Standard valve action is "air-to-close, air failure opens" to ensure heating
medium being supplied to the heater in case of control air failure.
The size of valve and matching actuator depends on the quantity of fluid to be controlled, the inlet
pressure and pressure drop across the valve, liquid specific gravity or steam properties. Specification of a
suitable valve is performed by VAF-Instruments.
Standard control valves are:
8 Series 0105 : l"(25 mm) steam valve
Serles BV-502: 1" (25 mm) thermal oil valve
8 Series BV-500: I '/,"and 2" (40 & 50 mm) valves for steam o r thermal oil
Normalising bonnet
For protection of valve packing at line temperatures above 230°C, valves for thermal oil are furnished
with a "normalising bonnet" between body and actuator (See Fig. 12).
Series 0105 valve operation (Fig. 14)

In the "normal" (no air pressure on the diaphragm) the valve stem (4) is held in a fully retracted
position by means of the spring (I). An increase in air pressure in the upper diaphragm chamber (2)
thrusts the valve stem assembly (4) downwards and extends the spring. Decreasing the air pressure allows
the spring to return the stem & diaphragm assembly back to its normal position.
The control action of the valve plug (5) is "push-stem-to-close", which means that the actuator closes the
valve upon increasing air pressure in the upper diaphragm chamber (2).
C
Series BV-500 & BV-502 valve operation (Fig. 13)

The operation pf the Series BV-500 and BV-502 valves is identical to Series 0105 valve operation, except
that the Model A40 actuator spring is installed in the lower diaphragm chamber (3). An increase in air
pressure in the upper diaphragm chamber compresses the spring and thrusts the valve stem assembly
downward.
.Optional valve actuators

If a control valve with "air-to-open, airfailure closes" action is supplied, the valve trim and actuator spring
action is opposite to that described above.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conoflow Europa B V.
P O Box 40 3300 A A Oordrerhl Holland
To1 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Electric Heater Control Cabinet
1
I
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Ooidrsrhi Holland
Electric Heater Control Cabinet
C l e i 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Control Cabinet
The control cabinet is usgd for the step control of fuel oil pre-heaters with electric heating elements. The
system meets the requirements of the Ships' Classification Authorities and is illustrated here as a typical
example for a system with a pre-heater with 6 elements.
The cabinet contains the following components:
Fzg. IS
Re/. No.
A Three (3) dual pressure switches with contacts B l l to 816;
B Transformer F I ;
C Fuses E l to E9;
D : Main power switch A l ;
E Terminal strip;
F Six (6) contactors C I to C6, for on/off switchmg of heater elements;
G Auxihary relay D l , for optional external viscosity alarm switch;
H Contactor C7, with thermal overload E l I, for control of the Viscotherm motor.
On the front panel of the cabinet are mounted:
Fig. 16
Ref No.
1 Mains indicator light H I ;
K Element indicator lights HZ to H7, which correspond to the heater elements;
L Running light H 8 for the Viscotherm motor;
M Pushbuttons BI and 8 2 for controlling the ~ i s c o t h e r hmotor, and running light H8;
N Switch handle of main power contactor A l .
Principle of operation
The pneumaticbutput of the control station is fed into the control cabinet, where the 3 dual pressure
switches are set to operate at 6 different settings. The operating levels of the pressure switches (BI I to
B16) are factory preset at 4. 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14 psi respectively.
A change in the measured viscosity of the fuel oil will result in a n increase o r decrease in the output signal
.
from the control station. This alteration in pressure will then cause the pressure switches to operate, to
.
e ~ t h e rincrease or decrease the number of heating elements in use. The pressure switches in the control
cabipet operate the main contactors (CI to C6) in sequence to control the current to the heater elements.
1
Overheat protection
Connecting the contactor action to the fuel heater thermostat will disconnect the electrical power to the
heating elements and switch off the electric motor of the Viscotherm Housing Assembly when overheating
of the heater occurs.
Viscosity alarm
Whcn the (optional) viscosity alarm switch is supplied. this can be electrically connected t o the ship's
engine room alarm system through the switch cabinet.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V Electric Heater Control Cabinet
P 0 80" 40 3300 A A Oordrarht Holland
lei 018 1831 00 Telex 29280 Circuit Diagram
-hrown yellow
.r
. ,
I
purple
-
red 1 n m
w
- 0 0 ; = '
brown
rn
U
I
purple n
-. * - m
--I -
-I I1
m- -
dbi
U
--I
-----I L
optional pressure switch
m
N
m &&L-+ r)
- .
ship's alarm panel
nualion
2 n from pre-
u > ceding
w .
, ee)
fig. 176 Control current section
I 21
VAF INSTRUMENTS
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrsihl Holland
TPI 078 183100 Telex 29280 Airfilter-Regulator
"Airpak" Filter-Regulatol
The "Airpak" is a high-capacity reducing-relief type airfilter and regulator combination; lt is used to
provide a clean, regulated Lir supply t o the differential pressure transmitter, control station and the
optional remote viscosity indicator (if furnished).
screw
Relief port
Inlet supply valve
Drain valve
Fig. 18 Air/;lter;Regulolor - sectional u i e ~ ,
This self-contained pressure-reducing regulator is a simple automatic device which controls the
downstream pressure by balancing the force set by a spring against the force produced by the desired
o h p u t pressure acting on a diaphragm.
When the spring force is greater than the output pressure force, the diaphragm assembly moves downward
and the inlet supply valve opens, permitting the controlled pressure to increase.
1
When the regulated pressure force is greater than the force set by the spring, the diaphragm assembly
moves upward, closing the pilot valve and uncovering the relief port.
The air then escapes to atmosphere through the relief opening in the bonnet until the spring and pressure
forces are balanced.
The required output pressure is set by turning the range adjust screw and is indicated on the pressure
gauge.
A spring loaded drain valve is used for periodic draining of the liquid which collects in the bowl.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa 8 V OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P O Box 40 3300 A A Dordrecht H ~ l l a n d
lsl 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280 Recorder
Recorder
The (optional) recorder is used for continuous registration of the actual'fuel oil viscosity.
The instrument is pneumatically connected t o the 0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 psi) output control signal of the
differential pressure transmitter.
The air signal enters through the inlet fitting, which has a pulsation damping screw, and actuates a triple
bourdontube pressure element.
Element motion is carried to the chart roll by means of a pen arm with felt pen. The pen a r m is provided
with a correction device.
Chart rolls have a direct reading scale in viscosity units and are actuated by a n 7-day spring-wound
c l o ~ k w o r kmechanism.
Air inlet
fittine
* Some recorder versions have the winding k c y stored in

the lower section of the case.
F . 9 V i s c o s i ~Recorder
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 40 3300 PA Oordreihl Halland
7.1 018 183100 ialex 29280 Remote Viscosity Indicator
raring Gauge with Alarm Conracts
Principle of Operation
.z
The PNEUMATIC INDICATOR, Part No. 0653-0023, is used to provide viscosity indication at a
location remote f r o m t h e point of actual viscosity measurement, e.g. in the control room.
The PNEUMATIC INDICATOR WITH ALARM CONTACTS, Part No. 0653-0024. offers additional
operation of electrical switches when the fuel viscosity deviates beyond preset limits. Such alarm devices
are obligatory for ships navigating with unmanned engine room. All signals can he connected to existing
alarm systems in the engine room, control room or on the bridge.
The instruments are pneumatically connected to the 0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 psi) output signal from the
differential pressure transmitter. The gauges have a direct reading scale in viscosity units.
Principle of alarm feature (Fig. 21)

The scanning device consists of a flapper connected to the indicating pointer, and of a nozzle combination
fixed to each set point arm. A supply of air at a constant pressure of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is required, which is
throttled down t o 0.04 bar upstream of the discharge nozzle. The air, taken up by the receiving nozzle at a
- pressure of 300 mm WC is led to integral pneumatic-electric contact modules.
Principle oflP/E contact modules

The 300 mm WC output pulse from the control unit acts on a diaphragm, which in turn actuates a
microswitch. The microswitch is constructed as a snap acting S P D T contact (single pole double throw).
VAF INSTRUMENTS OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Conoflow Europa B V
P O 80" 40 3300 AA o ~ Holland
~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ Remote
~ Viscosity Indicating
Tel 018 183100 Telex 29280
Alarm Gauge
Viscosity indicating Min, alarm

pointer switch point
a d j w screw
--
M a r alarm Min. alarm

set pmnt a r m set m i n t a r m
-
-
r
e '
Flapper
Min. alarm
M a x , alarm dkcharge &
discharge & receiving
receiving nowle
noz7le
Bourdonluhe
measurine
..-
P / E
conlac1
- m s ' i - ~ . ~
I
Process atr
I
Supph
from D f f e r e n l u l atr
.-
modules
F
h Pressure
VAF INSTRUMENTS
-
ConoHow Europa B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 40 3300 PA Oordlethl Holland
1.1 078 1831 00 T~~~~ 29280 Local Viscosity Indicator
Local Viscosity Indicator

The Local Viscosity Indicator, Part No. 03994135, is direct
coupled to the Viscotherm Housing Assembly via short
pressure lines (reference Fig. I).
The system is designed to provide fuel viscosity indication in
installations where viscosity indication or signal calibration
only is required a n d / o r where regulation of the fuel viscosity
is being controlled by other means, e.g. manually.
Fig. 22 0399-0135 Local Viscosity Indicator with Manfuld.
Principle of operation
The Differential Pressure (D.P.) Indicator is actuated by a dual, rupture-proof, liquid-filled bellows with
integral temperature compensation.
The bellows within the differential pressure unit (D.P.U.) (reference Fig. 23) move in response to changes
in the differential pressure monitored a t the high and low pressure sides of the Viscotherm Housing
Assembly. The D.P.U. bellows movement is mechanically transferred t o a hermetically sealed torque tube.
The torque tube shaft moves in response to the rotation of the torque tube.
The movement of the torque tube shaft is transmitted through the movement follower a r m and the
associated mechanism, to set the indicating pointer on the indicator scale relative t o the actual fuel oil
viscosity sensed by the Viscotherm.
I
The movement of the D.P. indicator has micrometer screws for zero and span adjustments. These
adjustments may be performed without removing the scale plate o r the indicating pointer.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
P 0 801 40 3300 A A Oordrethl Holland
TeI 018 183100 Telex 29280 Local Viscosity Indicator
Overrange valve High pressure

O-ring seal eon nee ti on^
I.ow pressure.
c~nnections
h i
"
L.P. housing
Range spring
Low pressure
bellows
- T
Torq,,c ,/& \ am
Center plate
\
Range spmg
Drive arm
ball bearing
Fig. 23 Differential Pressure Unit
\ Movemcnt follower arm
Linearity adjust
pint
rMovement
Calibration scale
L Pointer zero adjust
Pointer Pointer stop
Torque tube shaft
rotation 8 degrees
Fig. 24 Indicaror Case and Mechanism

VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o l l o ~Europa B v OPERATING PRINCIPLE
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 AA Oordrarhl Holland
Tal 0 1 8 1 8 3 1 on Tale, 2 9 2 8 0 Pressure Switch
Pressure Switch
The non-indicating pressure switch is pneumatically connected to the viscosity measuring signal from the
differential pressure transmitter.
The instrument automatically senses a change in viscosity and opens a n electrical switching element when
predetermined high and low pressure points are reached.
Circuit No. I , low contact

P
\ , Circuit No 2, hagh contacl
Fig. 25 Location of range a&usrment screws
Additional alarm functions

The alarm switch will also automatically provide a n alarm signal if any of the following occurs:
The Viscotherm motor malfunctions
The differential pressure transmitter malfunctions
The supply air fails
1 The supply current fails
0 The transformer of the electrical control cabinet fails
Overheating of the electrical fuel oil heater occurs
Adjustment
Turn adjustment screw clockwise to lower actuation point (switch setting)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 PA Oordrerhl Holland
To1 078 183100 Telex 29280
MANUAL CONTROL AND START-UP

VAF INSTRUMENTS INITIAL START-UP
'Conallow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrsrht Holland WITH DIESEL OIL
Tel 078 183100 Tslez 29280
OR GAS OIL
After mounting and installation of the complete system in accordance with the procedures given in the
Viscotherm Installation Manual, Bulletin No. TIB-709, the following start-up procedures should be
followed.
a. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING SYSTEM - STEAM OR THERMAL OIL FUEL HEATER (Fig. 3)

I. Open equalizing valve (F) at the Differential Pressure Transmitter (DPT).
2. Allow diesel oil or gas oil to flow through the Viscotherm housing assembly by closing bypass valve (L)
and opening block valves (K)and (M).
3. Vent measuring tubes between Viscotherm and DPT:
a. Close block valves (D). and (E).
b. Carefully slacken tube connections at the DPT valve manifold.
c. Start Viscotherm motor and check that motor rotates in the direction as indicated by the arrow on
the motor housing. Correct if necessary.
d. Observe fuel flowing out of the measuring tubing until all air has escaped. This may take several
minutes. Then stop the Viscotherm motor.
e. Re-assemble tubipg connections and check for leaks.
f. Open valves (D) and (E).
4. Turn on supply air 40 the DPT, control station (and to the indicator with alarm contacts, if this option
has been supplied).
a. Slowly open compressed air supply to Airpak filter-regulator.
b. Adjust regulator output pressure to 1.4 bar (20 psi).
c. Drain dripwell of Airpak by pushing on drain valve (Fig. 39, page 50)
5. Observe reading of the black indicating pointer at the control station.
If the DPT output pressure is correct (0.2 bar; 3 psi) the black pointer will read zero. If it does not,
slide away cover on the side of the DPT and adjust output signal by turning zero set screw (Fig. 27)
6. Set transfer switch knob of control station (6, Fig. 26) t q MANUAL and turn regulator adjusting knob
(7) until output pressure on output gauge (3) reads:
a. 0 psi, if the cbntrol action of the steam or thermal oil control valve is air-to-open; or
b. 15 psi, if the control valve action is air-to-close.
-
7. Check action of the control station using table below. (The action is normallv set bv the factory if the
desired valve action is specified on the purchase order).
If a n
then and the
increase in
pressure ' and the
action of
action of the nozzle and the green pointer
controller position must be in zone
(viscosity) the valve is
must be must be
must
close valve air to close

direct B-black
open valve air to open Q>
close valve air to open
reverse A-white
open valve air to close
Conoflow Europa 8 V
P O Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 AA Oordrerhl Holland WITH DIESEL OIL
T ~ I0 1 8 1 8 3 1 00 Tatax 2 9 2 8 0
OR GAS OIL
When these adjustments have been satisfactorily completed, continue with Step 8 (page 32). If it should be
necessary to reverse the controller action, then (reference Fig. 26): .
a. Turn on supply air tdcontroller.
b. Loosen nozzle screw (4) one half turn and rotate nozzle (1 1) as shown in the table until it is pointing
squarely at the opposite flapper blade (12). Tighten screw (4).
c. Note position of green pointer (10) on proportional dial (9). Turn screw (8) to move dial t o same value
on opposite quadrant.
Note: If output gauge (3) does not show full supply pressure when flapper is held against nozzle, readjust
nozzle.
Fig. 26 Control Station - Inside vieu

Conollov Eumpa B V
P o BOX 40 3300 P A oordrerh~ H O I I ~ WITH DIESEL OIL
TII 018 1 8 3 1 00 T.IPX 29280
OR GAS OIL
I
I . Range
Ring
2. Zero
Adjust
Screw
Fig. 27 Location of range and zero oaust points at the DPT.
8. Check control valve action.
. With the supply air to the control station "on" and the M a n / A u t o switch (6) to MANUAL the
controller bypass unit is loading the valve actuator.
Using regulator knob (7) and output gauge (3) check whether readings between 3 and 15 psi on gauge
cokespond with open-closed (or closed-open) positions of valve.
1
9. Set the control station to give the desired viscosity value as specified by the engine manufacturer.
Control point setting is accomplished by turning set point knob (5) and is shown by red set pointer
(1).
10. Start the Viscotherm motor and close bypass valve (F) on the DPT.
The black pointer of the control station will now show the actual viscosity of the diesel oil or gas oil.
This completes the initial start-up of the automatic viscosity control system. Refer t o "Routine start-up"
section, page 35, for daily operating procedures and switching over to heavy fuel.
I
Conollov Europa B V
P O Bor 40 3300 PA Oordrscht Holland WITH DIESEL OIL
Tel 018 183100 Telex 29280
OR GAS OIL
b. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL FUEL HEATER (Fig. 4)

I . Follow steps 1 - 5 of start-up procedures for steam or thermal oil heated control system.
2. Set transfer switch knob of control station (6, Fig. 26) to MANUAL and turn regulator adjusting knob
(7) until output pressure reads 0 (zero) psi on output gauge (3).
3. Check operation of control cabinet (See page 18).
a. Check that Viscotherm motor is switched off.
h. Remove heater fuses (El to E6, Fig. 28) from the cabinet.
c. Turn on cabinet main switch ( A l ) and start the Viscotherm motor. Indicator lights H I and H8
should now be lighted. Switch off the Viscotherm motor.
d. With the supply air to the control station "on"and the M & A U ~ O switch to MANUAL turn
: regulator adjusting'knob to vary controller output gradually from 3 t o 15 psi. Indicator lights H2 to
H7 should now light in succession as contactors C1 to C6 are energised at 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14 psi
respectively.
e. Reset controller output to zero psi.
f. Switch off main contactor (Al). Replace fuses El through E6
Fig. 28 Location of fuses, swifches and

conractors in switch cabinet
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 802 40 3300 PA Doidrarhl Holland
WITH DIESEL OIL
. 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
1
1
OR GAS OIL
c. LOCAL INDICATING SYSTEM (Fig. I)

"
I. Open equalising valve ( F ) at the indicator manifold.
2. Allow diesel oil o r gas oil t o flow through the Viscotherm by closing bypass valve.(L) and opening
block valves ( K ) and (M).
3. Vent measuring tubes between Viscotherm and indicator:
a. Close block valves ( D ) and (E).
b. Carefully slacken tube connections a t the manifold.
c. Start Viscotherm motor and check that motor rotates in the direction of the arrow on the motor
housing.
d. Observe fuel flowing out of the measuring tubing until all air has escaped. Then stop the Viscotherm
motor.
e.'Re-assemble tubing connections and check for leaks.
f. Open block valves ( D ) and (El.
4. The indicator pointer should read zero. If it docs not, remove bezel assembly and turn zero screw until
pointer reads zero. Replace bezel assembly.
5. Start Viscotherm motor and slowly close valve (F). The indicator will now show the actual viscosity of
the diesel oil o r gas oil.
Refer t o "Routine stwt-up" section. page 35, for daily operating procedures and switching over t o heavy
fuel
Detach here to vent

measuring tubes
L Equalising valve (F)
Pointer zero
adjust screw
Fig. 29 Local Viscosily Indicator

Conollow Europa 8 V
P 0 Box 40 3300 44 Oordreihl Holland WITH DIESEL OIL
b i e l 018 183100 Telex 29280
OR GAS OIL
d. REMOTE INDICATING SYSTEM (Fig. 2)
I . Follow steps 1, 2 and "3 of the steam o r thermal oil heated system start-up procedures
2. Turn on supply air to the Differential Pressure Transmitter (DPT) (and to the viscosity indicator if
furnished with alarm feature):
a. Slowly open air supply to the Airpak filter-regulator.
b. Adjust regulator output pressure to 1.4 bar (20 psi).
c. Drain dripwell of Airpak by pushing on drain valve (page 50).
3. Loosen the red locking screw located in the back part of the indicator. D o not remove screw
4. Observe reading of the viscosity indicator. If the output pressure from the D P T is correct (0.2 bar; 3
psi) the indicator will read zero. If it does not, slide away cover on the side of the D P T and adjust
output signal by turning zero set screw (Fig. 26).
5. h a r t the Viscotherm motor and close bypass valve ( F ) on the DPT. The viscos~tyindicator will now
show the actual viscosity of the diesel oil or gas oil.
When necessary to switch over to heavy fuel follow instructions in section "Routine start-up", below.
ROUTINE START-UP
For routine operation the start-up with diesel oil o r gas oil and changing over to heavy fuel is a s follows:
a. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING SYSTEMS (Figs. 3 & 4)
I. Open equalizing valve (F) and check that block valves (D) and (E) are open.
2. Switch on the fuel circulating pump and allow diesel oil o r gas oil to flow through the Viscotherm.
c Note: Do NOT switch on Viscotherm motor a t this stage.

3. Turn on supply air and steam, thermal oil o r electric heating supply
4. Set red set pointer of control station to the desired operating viscosity. Set switch knob of control
station to MANUAL and manipulate regulator adjusting knob to close the steam o r thermal oil valve.
When an electrical fuel heater is used: turn on main contactor of switch cabinet and manipulate
regulator adjusting knob to de-energize all heating elements.
5. Gradually open the control valve o r energize one o r two electric heating elements to bring the
temperature of the diesel fuel up to the operating temperature of approx. 40 to 60°C.
Notes: The correct pre-heat temperature depends on the type of fuel used and the viscosity
rec0mmended.b~the main engine manufacturer.
Great chre must be taken s o as not to overheat the diesel o r gas oil and "gas lock" the fuel system.
6. Start the Viscotherm motor and close equalising valve ( F ) of the D P T valve manifold.
CAUTION: NEVER reverse procedures given in steps 5 and 6, a s the D P T will be badly damaged
when cold heavy oil penetrates the instrument if the equalising valve is closed and the Viscotherm
motor is switched on.
7. Change over to heavy fuel oil.
8. An increase in viscosity indication will result from heavy fuel entering the Viscotherm. Compensate this
by further manual positioning of the control valve o r switching on more electric heating elements.
9. Switch over to AUTO whcn the desired viscosity value is nearly steady a t the red setting pointer of the
control station. The process is then under automatic control.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conollow Europa B V
P 0 801 40 3300 b b Oordrethf Holland ROUTINE START-UP
Tsi 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
b. LOCAL AND REMOTE INDICATING SYSTEMS

"
I. Open equalizing valve (F) and block valves (D) and (E). (Fig's I & 2)
2. Switch on the fuel circulating pump and allow diesel oil or gas oil to flow through the Viscotherm
Note: Do NOT switch on Viscotherm motor at this stage.
3. Switch on steam, thermal oil or electric heating supply.
4. In the case of a remote indicating system: turn on supply air to the DPT (and to the viscosity indicator
if this instrument is furnished with alarm feature).
5. Gradually increase the diesel fuel temperature up to the operating temperature of approximately 40 to
604C.
Notes: The correct pre-heat temperature depends on the type of fuel used and the viscosity
recommended by the main engine manufacturer.
Great care must be taken so as not to overheat the diesel oil or gas oil and "gas lock" the fuel system.
6. Start the Viscotherm motor and close equalizing valve (F).
. 2
CAUTION: NEVER reverse procedures given in steps 5 and 6 as this could cause failure of the
differential pressure unit.
7. Change over to heavy fuel
8. Continue adding heating energy as the heavy fuel enters the system and bring the viscosity to the
desired value by manual regulation and visual monitoring.
START-UP WITH HEAVY FUEL

L
When the diesel engine is operated on heavy fuel only, procedures are basically the same as when light
fuel is used for starting up the viscosity control system. Reference preceding paragraphs. In short:
I. Switch on steam tracing or electric heating of sensing lines between Viscotherm housing assembly and
DPT, when f u a oil viscosity is 500 mPa.s (2200 sec. Redw. I) or greater.
2. With the control station on MANUAL supply heat to the valve or control cabinet and heat-up heavy
fuel to the temperature required for the desired viscosity value.
3. Switch on the Viscotherm motor and close equalising valve (F).
4. Operate valve or control cabinet by hand until actual viscosity indication equals set point value.
5.,Switch over to AUTO.
TUNING TQ PROCESS
If the process is not steady on the control point, increase (widen) proportional band adjustment with a
screwdriver in steps until just stable. Decreasing the proportional band will result in faster but less stable
control.
Increasing the proportional band effects a slower, but more stable, control.
If the control operation continues to 'hunt", set the proportional band adjustment back to its initial value
and decrease the reset time.
When continued adjustment fails to bring the process into control it is best to look for erratic behaviour
of the process or other system components. Also refer to the TROUBLE SHOOTING section of this
handbook.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o l l o ~Europa B V
P o 80" 40 3300 A A oordrerht Holland SHUT DOWN
Tel 018 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
Switching from automatic to manual

Assume process is stableand being controlled by the control station. .
1. Adjust the regulator knob of the control station until the end of the differential pressure indicator
bellows is aligned with the indicator line (See figure 30).
2. Flip the transfer switch knob to the MANUAL position; the process is now being controlled manually.
Output can be increased by turning the regulator adjust knob clockwise, o r decreased by turning
counterclockwise.
Shut down, switching from heavy fuel t o light fuel

Assume process is stable and being controlled by the control station.
I. Switch over from heavy fuel to diesel oil. As the fuel lines are now being filled with less viscous oil the
tontrol valve will consequently close, or the number of electric heating elements in operation will
automatically decrease.
2. When the system is filled with diesel oil switch off the Viscotherm motor and open equalizing valve (F)
Shut down on heavy fuel

Assume process is stable and being controlled by the control station.
1. Switch control station hack from AUTO t o MANUAL as described above. Maintain fuel oil
temperature.
2. Open equalising valve (F) and switch off the Viscotherm motor.
3. Auxiliary supplies (air, steam, electric power) may now be shut off.
Transfer toggle switch

7
Differentisl pressure
indicator bellows
Fig. 30 Bypass swirch

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O Bar 40 3 3 0 0 A A Oordrerhf Holland MAINTENANCE
TPI 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Teler 2 9 2 8 0
Maintenance operations
Under normal condition;the Viscotherm system requires only a minimum of maintenince. "Normal"
conditions mean:
a. Clean operating environment.
b. Dry and filtered air supply, free from oil, moisture and dirt.
c. Viscotherm system components installed in such a way that heavy vibrations or shocks will not cause
performance problems.
d. Viscosity control operation is in accordance with the instructions given in this publication and in any
other relevant information issued by ITT VAF-Instruments.
T o ensure many years of trouble-free and dependable operation, the Viscotherm system requires periodic
maintenance. Preventive maintenance is the easiest and least expensive type of maintenance because the
work can be done at a convenient time.
I Maintenance schedule
A suggested schedule basis is given as follows:
I
"A" Maintenance check: Operator's daily or periodic maintenance.
"9" Maintenance check: Bi-annual field maintenance by official VAF-Instruments service engineer,
"C" Maintenance check: Complete overhaul every 4 to 6 years (as recommended by VAF-
Instruments). This overhaul will be performed aboard ship or in
Supplier's nearest service shop, as required.
All maintenance and repair to be carried out under VAF-Instruments' Guarantee Conditions. Refer to
page 2.
L
The maintenance schedule should be established using the check sheet as a guide. A detailed list of
component checks is provided in this chapter. The maintenance record form on the next page is for your
convenience.
b
% -
~2.4
a VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Eurapa 6 V
Po BOX 40 3300 A A oordrerhc n o a n d MAINTENANCE
I T o 078 1 8 3 1 00 Telex 29280
Maintenance Performance Record

To prove that the Viscotherm system has been properly maintained, retain records such as work orders
and receipts, showing that scheduled maintenance has been performed. The form on this page should be
kept and updated.
MAINTENANCE PERFORMANCE RECORD
Interval
Authorized
Check* Date Remarks
Signature
Hours Months
ABC
ABC
ABC
I
I
I
I
ABC
ABC I I
ABC I I
* Check each operation as performed.
39
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P o BOX 40 3300 A A oordrarht H O I I ~ ~ ~
MAINTENANCE CHECK SHEET
Tal 078 I83100 Telex 29280
-
"A" MAINTENANCE CHECKS
The following m a i n t e n h c e checks may be performed by engine room personnel
Details
Interval Operation on page
Daily Drain bowl of airfilter-regulator

Observe pressure gauge of airfilter-regulator and input pressure gauge of
control station to check that instrument air supply is 1.4 bar (20 psi)
Check mounting bolts and connections inside and outside instruments for
tightness
Push nozzle orifice cleaner button in the side of the relay of the control
station
Check packing box of control valve for leaks (steam o r thermal oil
heater) o r
Check operating lights of control cabinet (electrical fuel heater)
Wind-up recorder clockwork
Check recorder writing pen
Monthly Perform zero check of differential pressure transmitter

Observe operation of steam o r thermal oil control valve (steam heater),
o r observe operation of control cabinet (electric heater)
Replace chart roll of recorder
Annually Clean airfilter-regulator

Clean differential pressure transmittel
Clean control station
1000 hrs Check carbon brushes of D C motor of Viscotherm

8,000 to
10,000 hrs Clean and lubricate bearings of Viscotherm electric motor
Clean Viscotherm reduction gearbox and refill
1
--
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrechf Holland
MAINTENANCE CHECK SHEET
Tel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
"B" MAINTENANCE CHECKS
Bi-annual field check by official ITT VAF-Instruments service engineer.

Any service replacement parts required for the "B" maintenance check can be provided by the engineer
performing the service. The tests include:
Control station Inspection of key parts

Verification of process pointer calibration, range and span
Performance test
Differential Pressure
Transmitter Range and zero adjustments
Inspection of pneumatic relay
Control valve or
control cabinet Performance test and adjustments
Alarm pressure iauge

or pressure switch Performance test and adjustments
Complete system Running test to determine if the system may be operated for another
service period.
Instruction and advice to Viscotherm operators.
L
Further disassembly, inspection and repair of the Viscotherm with associated instruments will only be
.
carried out if, in the opinion of our service engineer, the, maintenance work and running trials have
indicated a failure.
Note:
"9" maintenance checks may also he performed by other qualified instrument engineers. The required
'service replacement parts as well as their installation instructions are available from the factory. ITT VAF-
Instruments will not assume responsibility for service operations carried out by third parties.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrechf Holland MAINTENANCE CHECK SHEET
Tsl 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
4
"C" MAINTENANCE CHECKS

A full system overhaul is-recommended every 4 to 6 years. This overhaul must be carried out by an
official VAF-instruments service engineer; or by another qualified instrument technician provided that the
required replacement parts are correctly ordered from VAF-Instruments. However, VAF-Instruments shall
not assume responsibility for service operations carried out by a third party.
"C" maintenance checks include:

the relevant "A" and "B" checks;
17 complete inspection and cleaning of all instruments;
17 replacement of worn and defective parts;
rd-calibration of ~ i s c o i h e r mHousing Assembly at the factory;
re-installation of rebuilt instruments, and performance test runs to determine if the system may be
operated for another service period.
The service work will be done on site as far as possible. However, calibration of the Viscotherm Housing
Assembly must be done at the factory's calibration stand. If field repair is not possible our service
engineer may advise that this a n d / o r other system components are reconditioned in the factory or nearest
approved repair facility.
For service operations aboard ship our service engineer must he provided with all necessary auxiliary
labourers, tools and equipment, aids and appliances (fuels, oils, electricity, compressed air, etc.) at the
correct place and time.
VAF-Instruments' guarantee conditions shall apply t o all service work performed by their official service
engineers.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Ooidrerhl Holland
T ~ I 078 1831 00 Telex 29280 "A" CHECKS
VISCOTHERM HOUSING ASSEMBLY

The Viscotherm needs n o maintenance other than the components mentioned below. '
Thermometer
When it is necessary to replace a thermometer use one with the same insertion depth, as a longer insert
will damage the capillary tube assembly.
D o NOT forget to install the packing ring supplied underneath the thermometer mounting nut.
Electric motor (Fig. 31)

The motor bearings are adequately filled with grease. Under normal operating conditions n o maintenance
is required. However, bearing life can be substantially extended by cleaning the bearings after 8,000 to
IO,P00 operating hours, using the following procedure:
I. Disconnect electric power to the motor.
2. Remove motor from reduction gear box.
3. Unscrew four screws (31) and remove fan cover (18).
4. Loosen two socket head screws (19) and remove fan (17) from shaft.
5. Remove four hexagonal nuts ( I I) and threaded bolts (28).
6. Lightly tap on end of shaft (4) marked "A" with a plastic o r rubber hammer. This will detach hearing
shield (14) from the centering device of stator (12). Remove bearing shield and shaft.
7. Detach bearing shield (9) at end marked "A" from the centering device by tapping lightly with a
hammer handle through the bore of stator (12).
8. Clean bearing shields and ball bearings with clean petrol or paraffin. Blow dry with air and fill bearings
with a suitable grease (refer to table on page 44).
9. Use a suitable bearing pulling tool if it is necessary to replace bearings.
Required service tools for dismantling motor

Bearing puller Medium screw driver
Allen wrench S A E No. 4 Spanner M4
Mallet
Fig. 3 1 Secrional View of AC-motor Series SF00 F D arid F E

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B.V.
'P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrerht Holland
T ~ I078 1 8 3 1 00 T~I.X 2 ~ 2 8 0
MAINTENANCE DETAILS
"A" CHECKS
1
Recommended bearing grease
The following lubricants o ~ t h e i equivalents
r are recommended:
Manufacturer Type of Grease
Aral Aralub H L 3
BP BP Energrease LS 3
Calypsol Calypsol H 443
Esso Beacon 3
Mobil Mohilux 3
Shell Shell Alvania Grease 3
Texaco Multifak 30
Checking carbon brushes and commutator of DC motors

Brush wear rate is approximately 4 mm (0.15 inch) per 1000 operating hours at rated hp and rpm.
Unfavourable working conditions will shorten brush life. It is therefore recommended t o check the electric
motor at 1000 hour intervals and to replace brushes when worn down to 5 mm (0.2inch).
To replace carbon b r a h e s :
1. Remove fan cover by unscrewing mounting screws.
2. Remove cover plates of bearing shield.
3. Loosen brush connecting cable and take out brushes. Blow away metal filings and other abrasive
particles as these may damage the motor interior. Replace brushes if necessary.
4. New brushes must be ground to commutator radius:
a. Place a piece of fine emery cloth around the commutator (length 200 to 300mm, width as
commutator).
b. Install new brushes and check that the clamping pressure is equal on both brushes.
c. Grind brushes by a n alternating motion of the commutator until brushes fully seat on commutator
radius.
d. Remove emery cloth and blow away filings.
Notes:
The spacing between commutator outside diameter and brush holder under-surface should not exceed
3 mm ('/,"). When it is necessary t o replace the brush rocker, the rocker seat must be accurately marked or
.
measured to ensure correct dimensions.
Cleaning the,Reduction Gearbox

The Viscotherm Reduction Gearbox is filled with 'Tivela Compound A" grease in the factory. Under
normal operating conditions the gearbox requires no maintenance, except that the grease compound must
be renewed after 8000 hours or after 3 years of operation.
1. Remove reduction gearbox and electric motor from Viscotherm Housing Assembly.
2. Remove electric motor from gearbox.
3. Remove gear box side cover by unscrewing four socket head capscrews.
4. Clean gear box with a solvent. Blow off with dry, clean air.
5. Install side cover and fill gear box with approx. 150 cm' Shell Tivela Compound A or equivalent
(reference table on page 45) through the filling hole.
I
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o ~ l l o wEurope 8 V MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrstht Holland
T ~ I078 183100 islex 29280 "A" CHECKS
Notes:
When installing gear box to Viscotherm Housing, coat mounting bolts and nuts with Loctite Nutlock
242 sealant, or equivalent.
0 Recommended gear compounds: B P Energol G R S 450-EP
BP Energrease HT EPOO
BP Energrease G S F
Esso PEN-0-LED EP-3
Mobil Glycoyle 30
Mobil Gargoyle 1200 W
Mobil R R 103 B
Shell Tivela Compound A
Shell Tivela 75 or 82
CAUTION:D o not intermix synthetic and mineral oil based lubricants in the gear box.
Further dismantling of the Viscotherm Housing Assembly other than by factory service engineers or
qualified instrument technicians is not recommended.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

The pneumatic diffirential pressure transmitter (DPT) normally requires very little maintenance.
Monthly servicing
T o perform zero check:
1. Note: The Viscotherm system must be in operation and all auxiliary air and electric energy must be on
C
when this check is made.
2. Switch to manual control as described under "Switching from automatic t o manual", page 37.
3. Open equalizing valve (F) on the D P T manifold and switch off the Viscotherm electric motor.
4. If the output pressure from the D P T is correct, the black indicating pointer of the control station will
read zero. If it does not, move the slide on the side of the D P T upward and adjust black pointer by
turning zero set screw (see Fig. 26, page 32).
Note: Do not try to adjust by shifting the black pointer.
5. Start the Viscotherm motor and close the equalizing valve (F).
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Europa
Con~flo
P0
~ BV
Box 40 3300 AP Dordrsrhl Holland
lei 018 183100 T D I ~ X 29280
MAINTENANCE DETAILS
"A" CHECKS
1
Annual servicing
To clean nozzle assembly?
An accumulation of dirt at the flapper nozzle may cause a zero shift
unscrew nozzle nut. Do not let Clean nozzle with 0.6 mm (0.030") dia wire.compressed
soldered nut on opposite side of air, or suitable solvent.
casting turn. Wipe t o p of flapper clcan.
Ease nozzle out of casting.
Loosen clamp screw and rotate Before replacing. apply a thin film
S-clamp. of Vaselineor similar lubricant to
Withdraw nozzle 0-Ring O-ring. Replace n o n l e assembly in
connection with twisting reverse order. Check zero
motion. Do not bend tubing.
N o n l e 0-Ring Feedback 0-Ring

Connection Connection
Fig. 32 Relav block and nozzle assemhli~
To clean the dynamic rewicrion

L A plugged reducing tube will cause low output pressure.
Clean by inscrtinga0.17 mm (0.007")dia wire

through orifice. I
Beforr replacing apply a thin lilm of Vaselinc

or simllar lubricant l o O-rings.
Unscrew reatrictur
tube from casting.
Fig. 33 Re1a.v block and dvnamir resrriction
CAUTION: Always close block valves when DPT is removed from service, o r loss of glycerine sealing
liquid will result.
46
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conorlow Europa B v MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3300 P A Oordrethl Holland
Tal 070 1831 00 Telex 29280 "A" CHECKS
CONTROL STATION
"
Daily servicing
Push nozzle orifice cleaner button in the side of the relay
(Fig. 34).
Verify viscosity indication and temperature of the fuel.
Check connections inside and outside instrument and
mounting bolts for tightness, especially under vibration
conditions.
Annual servicing
Pujh- Button Orifire (Fig. 34)
Remove from the relay block using 13 mm (0.50")
open end wrench.
Accumulations of grease, dirt and oil may be removed
by soaking in a suitable solvent. When reinstalling,
tighten just enough to insure no leakage around metal
seat at tip end. Whtn the relay is assembled to the
instrument, check by opening and closing the nozzle Fig. 34 Pushing orifice
manually. Output should go t o full supply value and cleaner button
to zero.
Filter fittings
Cap screu
A gradual drop in supply pressure is usually caused by Gasket /
filters being gradually blocked with oil and dirt. This will Filter element
cause slower controller response which may cause process
hunting. Therefore it is advisable to clean the filters
periodically.
The filter elemtnt in the supply filter assembly can be
cleaned without disconnecting the piping, by removing the
capscrew (Fig. 35). Remove filter element and clean with
solvent. Reassemble in reverse order.
Supply filter fitting
asscmbly
Output filter fitting

assembly
Fig. 35 Filterfittings
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europs B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A4 Oordrcrhl Holland
T ~ I 078 183100 T~I.X 29280
MAINTENANCE DETAILS
"A" CHECKS 1
To replace reset valve andflter (Fig. 36)
Valw screw (2)
Loosen two valve screws (4turns without removing). Pull
up and rotate clockwise until tabs on valve are clear of the
screw heads. Remove old fitting. New part is replaced by
reversing above sequence.
To clean flapper
Air from the nozzle will deposit a gummy residue on the
flapper after extended service. This may be removed with a
dry cloth or a cotton swabsoaked in solvent.
Adjusting link
Fig. 36 Reset assembly
To clean valve andfilrer (Fig. 37)

Remove valve pin by disengaging tension spring from
slotted end of pin. Clean seat and pin with suitable
solvent. To remove filter, first remove bottom 'W
.
ring. (Do not cut "0" ring on tension spring). Remove
filter and clean with solvent.
CAUTION:
Do not change setting of reset valve when removing.
Filter -
Spring -
Fig. 37 Reset valve

VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o l l o ~Europa B V MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Ooidrerhf Holland
i e l 018 183100 l e l e x 29280 "A" CHECKS
CONTROL VALVE
The steam or thermal oilvalve requires a minimum of maintenance. A few drops of oil should be placed
on all bearing points periodically. Check all mounting bolts and the air connection t o see that there is no
leakage.
Monthly servicing
a. Check control valve operation
This should be done when the viscosity control system is out of operation, or interference with the
viscosity control will result.
I. Turn on air to control station and differential pressure transmitter.
2. Switch over to M A N U A L . The bypass unit of the control station is now loading the valve actuator.
3. Using regulator knob (7, Fig. 26, page 31) and output gauge (3), check whether readings between 3
and 15 psi on gauge correspond with open-closed (or closed-open) position of control valve.
Note: When the valve action is air-to-close the valve must be open a t 3 psi and closed at 15 psi air
signal. When the valve action is air-to-open the valve must be closed at 3 psi and open at 15 psi air
signal.
b. Packing adjustment
Tighten the packing box flange nuts evenly. Finger tightening is sufficient to prevent any leakage.
Excessive tightening will bind the valve stem and prevent sensitive response.
CONTROL CABINET
The electric heater control cabinet requires no maintenance. Periodically check operation of pilot lights;
replace bulbs when necessary.
.
Monthly servicing:
Check operation of switches and contactors as described in Step 3 of the Start-up Procedures. page 33.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europ. B V
P O Box 1 0 3300 An Oordrechl Holland
To1 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
MAINTENANCE DETAILS
"A" CHECKS I
~-
AIRFILTER-REGULATOR
Daily servicing
Clear bowl of Airpak by pushing on drain valve (Fig. 39) while the instrument is in line under pressure
Check connections for tightness.
Excessive air leakage past the relief opening in the regulator bonnet indicates diaphragm failure. If
excessive air leakage is experienced refer to the Trouble Shooting Section.
Yearly servicing
I. The range adjust screw (I) should be kept lubricated with anti-seize compound
2. To clean filter element:
a,: Remove bolt (15)andslide off bowl sub-assembly (12).
b. Remove filter element (13) and clean by rinsing in a solvent.
c. Blow dry air stream directly onto inside of filter element.
3. Re-assemble Airpak in reverse order.
I = Range adjust screw

2 = ~bcknut
3 = Panel mtg. nut
4 = Spring plate
5 = Range spring
6 = Bonnet
7 = Pan head screw
8 = Diaphragm sub-ass'y
9 = Diaphragm plate
10 = Body sub-ass'y
Il = 'U" ring
I2 = Bowl
13 = Filter element
I4 = 'U" ring
I5 = Bolt
16 = Drain valve
Fig. 38 Airpak parts

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Dordi~rhl Holland
TPI 018 1 8 3 1 00 TDIDX 29280 "A" CHECKS
VISCOSITY RECORDER
Daily servicing
The recorder has a7-day spring-wound clockwork mechanism. It is recommended that it be wound more
frequently, e.g. as part of the daily maintenance routine.
Monthly servicing
Replacemenr of charr roll (Fig. 40 & 41)
I. Pull the pen arm ( I ) into the longitudinal direction and turn to the right. The pen is now free from the
chart table.
2. Fold back left and right-hand chart guides (4).
3. Push left and right-hand lower catches (7) downwards and pull out chart carrier (8). Remove the used
chart roll from the lower carrier (8).
4. Push left and right-hand upper catches (3) downwards. The chart table can now be turned forward (as
Fig. 41 shows).
5. Remove the end of the used chart roll and install a new roll in the upper chart carrier (9). Snap chart
table back in its operating position.
6. Insert the beginning of the new chart roll under the clip of the lower chart carrier (8) and replace
carrier in its holder.
7. Tighten the roll 6y turning black knob (2) and adjust chart position to the correct local time.
8. Fold down chart guides (4) and place pen (10) on the chart.
/ ! I . Pen arm
2. Tension knob
Direction of chart movement
7. Lower catch 7. Lower catch

8. lower chart
Fig. 40 Recorder Charr Table

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conotlow Europa B v
PO 801 40 3300 A A Oordrerhf Holland
Tal 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
MAINTENANCE DETAILS
"A" CHECKS 1
Fig. 41 Tilted chart table for installation of new chart roll or adjustment
L of char1 speed.
As required
Replacement of writing pen
1. Pull pen to remove.
2. Install new felt pen by just sliding in; remove pen protecting cap
Chart spePd adjustment

I. Pull the pen arm ( I ) into the longitudinal direction and turn it to the right.
2. Push left- and right-hand upper catches (3) downwards and turn chart table forward
3. Adjust chart speed by sliding ''arrow" towards "f"or "-" position as required.
4. Reinstall chart table and pen arm.
2 $-I
t
.r VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Eumpa B V MAINTENANCE DETAILS
P 0 Box 40 3 3 0 0 A A Oordiechf Holland
b To1 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0 "A" CHECKS
REMOTE VISCOSITY INDICATOR

The edge scale viscosity indicator with or without alarm contacts normally requires no maintenance. For
units used in automatic controlling Viscotherm systems it is advisable to compare from time to time the
indicator readings with the readings of the black indicating pointer of the control station.
These should be identical. An excessive deviation indicates air piping or instrument failure. Check and
correct.
For remote indicators in indicating Viscotherm systems a monthly zero check with the differential pressure
transmitter should be performed. Refer to "Initial Start-up" procedures for Remote Indicating System,
Page 35.
L ~ C A LVISCOSITY INDICATOR
When it is expected that fuel oil may accumulate inside the pressure housings, periodic inspection and
cleaning will be required.
CAUTION - D o not loosen the two plugs located on the centre plate of the differential pressure unit
when removing thqmounting bracket. If either plug is loosened, the filling liquid in the bellows will be
lost.
I. Close the indicator block valves and remove the instrument from service
2. Holding the instrument upside down, open block valves and drain glycerine sealing liquid from the
pressure lines.
3. Dismantle H P and L P pressure housings from the bellows unit assembly (Fig. 23).
CAUTION - If the accumulation of material inside the housing is extensive, rapid removal of the
housing may damage the bellows convolutions.
4. Carefully remove the accumulation from between the bellows convolutions and from the inside of the
housings. Use a solvent if possible. D o NOT use a sharp instrument to clean between the convolutions.
5. Check for w r n out O-rings. Replace if necessary.
6. Assemble housings. Set the pressure housing bolts to a torque of 12 to 14 ft-lb. Torque should be
applied in 3 or 4 steps. Tighten uniformly.
7. Refill instrument and pressure lines with glycerine.
Refer to the 'Trouble-shooting" section if the instrument is not working properly.
PRESSURE SWITCH
The non-indicating alarm pressure switch requires no maintenance
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollou Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AP Oordrochf Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
Tel 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
When it appears that the instruments which make up the Viscotherm system are malfunctioning, a
systematic check procedure is recommended. Due to the multiplicity of symptoms and causes of trouble, a
tabular arrangement for trouble shooting in the instruments will facilitate checking.
When continued adjustment does not bring the process into control and all equipment'behaves properly,
the malfunctions may be in the installation. T o correct this a number of recommendations are given.
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING -

A N D REMOTE INDICATING SYSTEMS
Table 1
Possible
Problem Probable Csusr Corrective Action
Source
Low viscosity Vtscotherm Internal leakages Contact factory*

indication Housing
Assembly
Differential Piping from Visco- Repair leaks

Pressure t h e m to D P T lcaks
Transmitter high pressure side
A i r entrapped in Vent piping 30.

sensing lines after Step 3
system or instrument
rebuild
Wrong zero setting Re-adjust zero

point of I)Pr
D P T does not match Check s / n given on

Viscotherm Housing Viscothcrm Housing
Aascmbl~ identfication plate.
Consult factory i f
s / n of installed D P T
i s other than s i n
stamp~.d on identi-
fication plate
Control Air piping betwuen Repair leaks

Smlion "proccsa" connecrion
of control station
and I)PT "outpul"
connccrion leaks.
* Repairs to bc carried out by faclory hcrvicc englnccr.
54
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa 8 V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordretht Hollmd TROUBLE SHOOTING
I Tel 018 183100 Telex 29280
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING -

"
A N D REMOTE INDICATING SYSTEMS
Table 1 (Cont'd)
Problem
I Possible
Source
( Probable Cause Corrective Action
Detail~
on Paee
High viscosity
indication
Viscotherm
Housing
Assembly
Capillary fouled
--
Consult factory*
Differential
Pressure
Transmitter
Piping from Visco-
t h e m t o D P T leaks,
low pressure side
Repair leaks
I
Re-adjust zero
m i n t of DPT I 30.
Steo 5
Check s / n given on
Viscotherm Hsg. Ass'y Viscotherm main
flange. Consult
factory if s l n of
installed D P T is
other than s / n
stamped on identi-
fication plate
Output pressure Control Wrong set painter

from control Station setting desired viscosity
station to
control valve Nozi.1~clogged Clean nozzle 1
or control
cabinet remains
high
Orifice assembly
loose
Tighten orifice
mounting nut I
Flapper jammed Check flapper
dosine, nozzle
Viscosity Fuel Oil Fuel too cold Pre-heat fuel and

indication sensing lines between
remains a t Vise. Hsg. Ass'y and
maximum value D P T before starling
Viscotherm motor
Differential Dynamic re~triction Clean dynamic

Pressure clogged restri~tion
Transmitter
---I-
No viscosity Viscotherm Motor not running Check mains supply.
indication Electric Has motor correct
Motor voltage?
(no or n&ative
movement of AC motor rotates Reverse both outer
black pointer in wrong direction leads a t terminal
of control strip of motor
station or
pointer of Differential Sensing line(s)
local or remote Pressure between Vincotherm
vis~mity Transmitter Hsg. Ass'y and
indicator) DPT leaking
* Repairs t o be carried out by factory service engineer. (Cont'd)
55
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conotlow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Dordrerht Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
iel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING A N D -

REMOTE lNDlCATlNG SYSTEMS .
"
Table 1 (cont'd)
Problem Probable Cause

I Corrective Action
I Details
on Page
f
No viscosity DXferential Air entrapped in Vent piping
indication Pressure sensing lines Step 3
Transmitter aftcr system or
(no or negative instrument rebuild
movcment of
black pointer Dynamic restriction Clean dynamic
of control clogged restriction
station or
pojnter of Equalizing valve Close equalizing
local or remote open nndior bypass valve: open bypass
viscosity valves closed valves at D P T
indicator) valve manifold
Supply air Law air supply Adjust airfilter-

pressure t o D P T and regulator to 1.4 bar
control station (20 psi)
Air piping between Repair leaks

"process" con", of
control station
and D P T "output"
conn. leaking
Element broken or Replace measuring

overraneed
Loose internal Check internal

linkages linkages and
re-connect
Process is not
stable a t
control point:
Process Fuel lines Fuel lines between Lenglh should not

hunting heater and Viscotherm exceed 4 metres
too long (13 11)
Insufficient fuel
circulation
( See " r e c ~ m m ~ n d c d
mstallat~onhmts"
Proportiona! band Increase prop. band

too narrow
Reset time too ?&st Increase reset time
Reset valve closed or

clogged I Check rcwt valvc
Steam or thermal oil Check valve sire: Bull. TIB-

valve oversize consult factory if 709. p. 53
necessary to reduce
Friction in valve I Check valve packing box

1 62 I
Repairs to bc carried out by factory service engineer. (Cost'd)
I
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
PO BOX 40 3300 AA Oordrarhl Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
Tel 078 1831 00 Telax 29280
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLING-

AND REMOTE INDICATING SYSTEMS
Table l(cont'd)
Possible
Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action
Source
Process Control Proportional band too Reduce prop. band

drifts Station wide setting
Reset t m e too long Decrease reset time
Control Valve Steam or thermal ail Cheek valve size; Bull. TIB-
valve undersire consult factory if 709, p. 53
necessary to cnla~ge. & 55
Process cannot Control Station Loose connection in Cheek leakage in

be brought nozzle line: the nozzle line
into automatic connections at the
~0ntr0l Flapper bent or not nozzle and at the
seating: relay. If satisfactory.
rcmove flexible tubing
Relay diaphragm from relay and close
broken: hole with finger.
If output pressure
increases the problem is
in the nozzle ass'y;
Clean nozzle.
If pressure does not
increase. the problem
is in the relay.
Consult the factory.
Two-position bypass Replace two-position

switch leaking switch.
Nozzle clogged Clean nozzle
Orifice clogged Push orifice button or

remove orifice ass'y
t o check and clean
Loose linkage Check for loose

linkage connections
Black painter of Control Station Red pointer wrongly Re-adjust red pointer
control station adjusted with special pointer-
away from red adjusting wrench
pointer stored inside door.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa 0.V
P 0 801 40 3300 A A Oordrerhl Holland
1. 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
TROUBLE SHOOTING
I
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE - LOCAL INDICATING SYSTEMS
Table 2
Detsils
Possible Plobsblc Cause Corrective Action
Problem Source on Page
Internal housing leaks Contact factory I*)

Low or no Viscotherm
Indication Housing
Assembly Motor not running Check mains supply;
Has motor correct voltage?
restricting bellows
movement
High pressure Replace gasket 53

housing O-ring leaks
Diff. Press. Unit Return instrument

tampered with for repair I*)
Indicator Loose pointer, Tighten

links or movement
I
Out of calibration Calibrate;
contact factory I*)
I
Corrosion or dirt in Clean mechanism 53
mechanism
(Cont'd)
(*) Repairs t o be carried out by factory service engineer.
1
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa 8 V
o
P 80" 40 3300 AA ~ ~ ~ d nolland
~ i h t TROUBLE SHOOTING
Tsl 018 183100 Telex 29280
TROUBLE SHOOTING TABLE - LOCAL INDICATING SYSTEMS

Table 2 (cont'd)
Problem
Possible
Source I Probable Cnusc Corrective Action
I Details
an Pare
(
Indicates High Vi~cotherm Capillary fouled Consult factory (*)
Housing
I
Piping from Piping leaks, low Repair leaks
Indicator
Bellows Unit Low pressure housing Replace gasket (*)
Return instrument
for repair (*)
Diff Press. Unit
tampered with
Indicator
I Loose arms or
mechanism
Tighten mechanism
I I
I Out of calibration Calibrate:
contact factory (*)
Fuel Oil Fuel too cold Pre-heat fuel and

piping between Visco-
t h e m and Indicator
before starting
Viscotherm motor
Erratic Piping from Air bubble in piping Vent piping (see start-
Indication Viscotherm up instructions)
to Indicator
Bellows Unit Clean bellows
Gas trapped in DPU Vent piping (see start-

HP or LP housings up instructions) Step 3
Indicator
I Movement dragging or
dirty
Adjust or clean
movement
I 1
I Pointer dragging on
scale plate
Adjust painter position
('1 Repairs to be carried out by factory servicc engineer.

I
J
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oardrerhl Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
Tel 078 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
When the dimculties are in the process

The recommended Viscotheim system installation, on both motorships a n d oil-fired steamships uses a
mixing tank and a circulating fuel system with return line. For best control the length of the fuel line
between heater and Viscotherm Housing Assembly should he as short as possible. Long fuel lines will
introduce a time lag in viscosity measurement and regulation. Therefore the distance between fuel heater
and Viscotherm should not exceed 4 metres ( I 3 ft).
In order to obtain a stable control of viscosity, the time-lag should never be more than 20 to 30 seconds.
Following are some practical recommendations which will adequately correct most of the time-lag
problems.
1. Design and install a circulating fuel system, with return flow t o a mixing tank (see drawing).
With this system the time-lag is always small and constant and only depends on booster pump capacity
and fuel line diameter.
2. Install the Viscotherm as near as possible t o the fuel heater outlet flange.
3. If recommendation No. 2 is not possible, reduce piping diameter between heater and Viscotherm.
Vent
Mixing
rank
r
'-??+I- Meter
7
d
Filter
Booster
rnitter Valve
Fig. 42 Recommended Viscotherm System Installation

(Typical example: Automatic control system using steam or thermal oil heater)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 A A Oordlerhl Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
To1 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
VISCOTHERM HOUSING ASSEMBLY

If it is conclusively proved that the difficulties are inside the Viscotherm'Housing Asseinbly (e.g. in the
capillary or gear pump) it is best to contact the factory or nearest VAF-Instruments distributor.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Zero adjustment
Refer to Page 30, Step 5.
R m g e adjustment
The D P T and the Viscotherm Housing Assembly are calibrated at the factory as a matched pair. The.
D P T settings are wax sealed and should not be changed.
In the unlikely event that the measuring range of the D P T is incorrect with respect to the output from the
Viscotherm Housing Assembly, this can only he because:
The D P T does not match the Viscotherm Housing Assembly;
The Viscotherm capillary is blocked;
The D P T has been tampered with.
If any of these situations exists, contact the factory or nearest VAF-Instruments distributor as soon as
possible; however, as a n emergency measure the measuring range of the D P T may be adjusted as follows,
while the viscosity control system is in operation.
I. Switch over to manual control. (refer to page 37).
2. Open equalizing valve (Fig. 6) at the D P T and switch off Viscotherm motor.
3. Remove top cover from transmitter assembly.
' 4. Perform zero check (refer to page 30, step 5).
5. Adjust differential pressure range of transmitter by setting range ring (page 32) at the desired value as
indicated by the scale alongside the range rod. Tighten locknut.
6. Switch on Vbcotherm motor and close equalizing valve at DPT.
7. Perform zero check (see step 4).
8. Observe viscosity reading of black pointer of control station.
.
Note: For fine adjustment it may be necessary to repeat the above procedures several times. When making
fineadjustments it is essential t o know the actual properties of the fuel oil used to calibrate the
transmitte[, as these may significantly differ from the standard fuel oil specifications.
CONTROL STATION
Low Output Problems

Check for leakage in the nozzle line connections at the nozzle and at the relay. If satisfactory, remove
flexible tubing from relay and close hole with finger. If pressure increases the problem is in the nozzle
assembly. Remove nozzle assembly. Clean o r replace as necessary. If pressure does not increase, the
problem is in the relay. Contact the factory.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 A A Oardrerhl Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
l r l 0 1 8 1831 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
High output problems

Move flapper away from nozzle. If output decreases, check friction in shaft, linkage and overtravel spring.
If output does not decrease remove nozzle's flexible tubing at relay. If output decreases, the problem is in
the nozzle assembly. Remove nozzle assembly and clean or replace as necessary. If output pressure does
not decrease when the nozzle line at the relay is open, the problem is in the relay. Check the push-button
orifice (reference page 47).
Output hunting problems

This difficulty will manifest itself by the appearance of process hunting when there had been none before.
Before proceeding with any other check, increase the proportional band setting to determine if this
stabilizes the process. If it does, go through the 'TUNING" procedure (see page 36). If widening the band
does not help, the feedback may be inoperative (clogged tube or broken feedback capsule). Consult
factory.
CONTROLVALVE
Theiontrol valve for steam or thermal oil must be sized correctly. It should be large enough to maintain
the process for most load conditions.
If it operates near the full open position continually, it is probably undersize and does not have sufficient
control. If it operates near the closed position, it is probably oversize.
For valve sizing formula, refer to the Viscotherm Installation Instructions, Publication No. TIB-709, page
53 and 55. .3
Erratic valve action can occur from sticking of the stem due to corrosion or misalignment of the packing
box. Check and repair.
Also refer to MAINTENANCE, CONTROL VALVE, page 49.
CONTROL CABINET
The heater thermostat is connected to terminals I and 2 inside the control cabinet. In this way, if there is
any overheating, the control circuit in the control cabinet is broken causing the solenoid switches to open,
shutting off the power supply to the heater elements and the Viscotherm driving motor. When the heater
thermostat has tripped the following procedure should be carried out:
I. Switch over tmMANUAL and set output signal of control station to 0 psi.
2. Open equalizing valve of differential pressure transmitter.
3. Wait until fuel temperature has decreased to normal operating level.
4. Reset the thermostat in the electric fuel heater.
5. Follow steps 2 to 5 of the "start-up with heavy fuel" procedures on page 36.
Note: NEVER remove the heater thermostat.
I
AIRFILTER-REGULATOR
Excessive air leakage through the bleed hole and failing regulated pressure signal usually indicates a
ruptured regulator diaphragm. Replace airfilter-regulator if defective.
REMOTE VISCOSITY INDICATOR

If the difficulties are in the remote viscosity indicator, check the internal mechanism for corrosion or dirt,
loose pointer, links or movements. If a PIE-transducer fails, order a replacement transducer from the
factory.
Check piping from output of differential pressure transmitter or supply air piping from airfilter-regulator
for leaks.
I
i
2s 1
L
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa 8 V
P 0 BOX 40 3300 A A Oordreihl Holland TROUBLE SHOOTING
c. Tel 078 183100 Telex 29280
1 ,
LOCAL VISCOSITY INDICATOR

If operating problems are encountered with the local viscosity indicator, refer t o the Troubleshooting
Chart, Table 2. Also see."MAINTENANCE-LOCAL VISCOSITY INDICATOR", page 53.
RECORDER
Consult factory if defective.
NON-INDICATING PRESSURE SWITCH
Problem Things To Check Probable Cause
Will not actuate I. Discqllnect switch electrically I . Switch not set a t proper pressure. I. Readjust switch.
at desired pres- 2. Apply pressure to switch and 2. Pressure gauge dcfcctive. 2. Replace pressure gauge.
sure. check actuation point with 3. Defective switch element. 3. Replace switch element (*).
accur?te gauge. 4. Over stressed or fatigued 4. Replace pressure capsule.
3. Maximum surge pressure in system. pressure sensing element. 5. Replace or tighten.
4. Maximum current and voltage 5. Loose adjusting screw or bracket. 6. Remove surplus from area around
through switch with ammeter and 6. Excessively long electrical leads switch element.
voltmeter. interferine with switch action.
Rapidly actuates I . (a) Put surge dampener on switch.

and reactuates ol (b) Replace with pressure switch (*)
chatters or un- of larger actuation value.
wanted actua-
tions. I 2. Vibrat~oncauses unwanted actua-
tion when switch is near set point.
2. Change position of switch or shock
mount.
Actuation point I. Check maximum and minimum I. Temperature changes drastic ( i e . 1. (a) Readjust for changes.
changes with temperatures. over plus 6r minus 50°F (2SDC) (b) Set switch at highest possible
temperature. 2, fhcck for loose adjustment screw temperature to minimize effect of
or bracket. changes.
2. Tighten or replace screws.
Actuation point
of switch
I. Maximum current through switch.
2. Number of pressure cycles on
I I. Overloading of switch contacts.
2. Scrvlce Me of swltch exceeded
I. Replace with pressure switch
with higher current rating. (*)
changes over switch. (consult data). 2. Replace pressure switch.
period of 3. Moisture in switch. 3. Corrosion of parts. 3. Seal conduit.
time.
Cannot gel I. Cheek for power at switch. I . Linc not "hot." I . Get power t o switch.
current through 2. Check maximum current through 2. Corroded or loose connections 2. Make new or tight connection.
switch when switch. 3. Connected to wrong leads on 3. Make proper connection (consult
actuates or 3. Poor electrical connections. switch. wiring, diagram or color ccdc).
reactllater. 4. Desired electrical circuit. 4. Contacts fused.
(*) Consult factory.
63
23 2-
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n ~ l l o wEuropa B V
P O ox 40 3300 P A oordreiht nol~snd PARTS LISTS
Tel 078 183100 Telex 29280
T
Table 1: MOUNTING KITS

Counter flange sets for easy installation of control valve or Viscotherm Housing ~ s s e m b l ~ .
Each kit contains: 2 welding flanges and the necessary flange gaskets. mounting bolts, nuts, plain washers
and spring washers.
Part.
Flange Nom. Dia.
and Pressure
I Application
0390-0091
0390-0092
0396-0093
25 mm
40 mm
50 mm
-
-
-
40 bar
40 bar
40 bar
I
I
1" Steam Valve
I %" Steam or Thermal Oil Valve
Viscotherm Housing Assembly or
or Thermal Oil Valve
21 Steam
RECOMMENDED S P A R E PARTS KITS

Recommended Servioe Replacement Parts for most frequently ordered Viscotherm systems are listed in
Tables 2, 3 and 4. Spares for other Viscotherm systems or components can be ordered from Tables 5
through 21.
Table 2: LOCAL INDICATING VISCOTHERM SYSTEM - Spare Parts Kit
See
Part No. Description
Table
set Recommended spare parts Viscotherm housing assembly
. set
set
Recommended spare parts l-phase electric motor and
gearbox
Recommended spare parts 3-phase electric motor and
gearbox
Local Indicator parts:
I Indicator pointer, white
I Gasket, bezel
1 Lens
I Calibration kit
2 ''0'' Ring, bellows, 044.1
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O Bar 40 3 3 0 0 P A Oordrecht Holland SPARE PARTS KITS
is1 018 1 8 3 1 00 Telex 29280
Table 3: VISCOSITY CONTROL SYSTEM USING 1" STEAM VALVE - Spare Parts Kit
Part No. I
Qty. Pescription
See
Table
0390-0085 set Recommended spare parts Viscotherm housing assembly

0390-0087 set Recommended spare parts l-phase electric motor and
gearbox
set Recommended spare parts 3-phase electric motor and
gearbox
set Recommended spare parts differential pressure
transmitter
set Recommended spare parts control statlon
I Airfilter-regulator 0-2.5 bar, complete with pressure
gauge and mounting bracket
5 Filter element for airfilter-regulator
Series 0105 control valve parts:

set (5) Valve stem packing, Danflon
I Actuator diaphragm, Buna-NINylon
1 Gasket, actuator bonnet
2
-Seat ring gasket
Table 4: VISCOSITY CONTROL SYSTEM USING ELECTRICAL FUEL HEATER - Spare Parts Kit
See
Part No. Description
Table
set Recommended spare parts Viscotherm housing assembly 5

set Recommended spare parts l-phase electric motor and
gearbox 6,7
set Recommended spare parts 3-phase electric motor and
gearbox 6.7
set Recommended spare parts differential pressure
transmitter 8
set Recommended spare parts control station 9
set Recommended spare parts control cabinet 16
I Airfilter-regulator. 0-2.5 bar, complete with pressure
gauge and mounting bracket 17
5 Filter element for airfilter-reeulator 17
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conollor Eumpa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 PA Oordrerhf Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 43 Viscotherm Housing Assembly

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrerht Holland PARTS LIST
T o 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 5: VISCOTHERM HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Fig. 41
Item Part Name Part No. Material/Size
No.
-
1 Housing Cast Steel GS 52
50 mm - DIN 40 bar 04014010
2" - 150 lbs ANSl 0401-025 1
2" - 300 lbs ANSl 04014252
50 mm - DIN 100 bar 03014117
- 2" - 600 lbs ANSl 03019014
* 2 '0"-Ring 0630-3019 Viton,20.35I.D.X1.78 mm

*i Thermometer 0653-0001 Glass
* 4 Gasket, Main Flange 04314133 Klinger 100
5 Adapter, Main Flange 04204144 Ductile iron
6 Spring Washer 0718-1200 M12, Spring Steel
7 Hex. Hd. Capscrew 0733-1240 M12X40; Steel 8.8
8 Outer Magnet Assembly 03 134009
9 Lockscrew 07314606 M6X6: Steel 45 H
Electric Motor and Gearbox Ass'y (See tables 6 and 7 for

details)
l I0 VDC
220 VDC
I10 VAC, 50160 Hz, I Ph
220-240 VAC, 50160 Hz, I Ph
1101 190 VAC, 50160 Hz, 3 Ph
2201380 V,240/415 V, 2501440 V,
50160 Hz, 3 Ph
Ex. proof motors:
1101 190 VAC, 50160 Hz, 3 Ph
2201380 V,240/415 V, 2501440 V,
50160 Hz, 3 Ph
Stud Steel 35
Gear Pump Assembly Stainless Steel
'0"-Ring, Gear Pump Viton
Plate, Gear Pump Steel 37
Stud Steel 35
'0"-Ring Viton
Pipe Coupling MIO, Steel
Main Flange Assembly, consisting of

items 18 through 29:
40 bar, 150 lbs, 300 lbs rating
100 bar, 600 lbs rating
Main Flange, 40 bar, 150 & 300 lbs Steel C 22
Main Flange, 100 bar, 600 lbs Steel C 22
(cont'd)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conoflow Europa 8 V
P 0 BOX 40 3300 P A Oardrorhl Holland
Tel 078 183100 Telex 29280
PARTS LIST
1
Table 5: VISCOTHERM HOUSING ASSEMBLY (Cont'd)
Fig. 43
Item Part ~ a m e " Part No.
No.
-
19 Hex. Hd. Capscrew M6X70; Steel 8.8
20 Spring Washer M6, Spring Steel
21 Plate, Gear Pump Steel 37
22 Spacer Steel 9 S Mn PB 28
23 Drive Shaft Steel 16 Mn Cr 5
'24 Ball Bearing Cr. Steel
Viton;67.95mm I.D.X2.62mn
Dia.
Ring Nut Steel 35
Retaining Ring Spring Steel
Inner Magnet Assembly Carbon
Magnet Cap Stainless Steel
..
Socket Head Capscrew M12X50; Steel 12.9
Spring Washer M12, Spring Steel
Hex. Hd. Capscrew M6X20 Steel 8.8
'0"-Ring, Capillary Viton; 3.69 mm I.D.Xl.78 mn
Dia.
Measuring Capillary Assembly Glass/ Stainless Steel

0- 25 mPa.s (cSt)
0- 50 mPa.s
0- 100 mPa.s
0- 200 mPa.s
0. 500 mPa.s
0-1000 mPa.s
Damping Capillary Assembly 304 Stainless Steel

0- 2510- 50 mPa.s
0-100/0- 200 mPa.s
0-500/0- 1000 mPa.s
Cyl. Head Screw M4X16; Steel 5.8

'0"-Ring Viton
* Recommended spare parts also contained in standard Spare Parts Kits (see tables 2-4)
Specify Part No. 0390-0085 when ordering complete set of spares for Housing Assy.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o f l o ~EUropa B V
P o BOX 40 3300 A A Oordrsrhl Holland PARTS LIST
T a 018 1831 00 Teler 29280
Table 6: VISCOTHERM ELECTRIC MOTOR- RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
No.
I t . 1 Part Name Part No. 1 sii
* 8 I Ball Bearing (3 Phase AC motor) 6201-210672-0017 012X032XlO

'15 I Ball Bearing (3 Phase AC motor) 6201-210672-0017 012X032X10
* 8 I Ball Bearing (DC & 1 Ph AC motor) 6202-210672-0019 015X035X I I
*I5 I Ball Bearine ( D C & I Ph AC motor) 6202-210672-00 19 015X035X l l
* Recommended spare parts also contained in standard Spare Parts Kits (see Tables 2-4)
Fig. 44 Viscorherm Electric Motor
69
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa 0.V
PO Box 40 3300 A A Oordrarhf Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Teler 29280
Viscotherm
Housing
Side
Fig. 45 Gearbox for 3-phase AC motors
Electric
Motor
Side
Fig. 46 Gearbox for DC and 1-phase AC motors
70
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V.
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Dordrarhl Holland
PARTS LIST
Tel 018 1831 00 Tclei 29280
Table 7: VISCOTHERM GEARBOX
Fig. 45/4f "

Item Part Name Part No. & Size rlaterial
No.
Housing, 3-phase motors :as1 lron (GG 20)

Housing, I-phase or D C motors :as1 lron (GG 20)
Flange :as1 lron (GG 20)
Cover, Housing :ast lron (GC 20)
Worm Shaft 6MnCr5
Worm Wheel ;z-SnBz 12Ni
-
Bearing Bushing Ma40-I 1 1(3)10672-0017

Drive Shaft SF00-25 l(3)
Ball Bearing 16002-DIN 6251 0672-00 17
Mechan~calSeal 15X25X5 BAi0672-0017
Mechanical Seal 25X35X7 BA/0672-0017
Retaining Ring 22X32XO.I DIN 988
"Spacer 15X21X1.5 DIN 988
Key, Viscotherm Side A 5X5X25 DIN 6885

Key, Motor Side A 6X6X15 DIN 6885
Cap, Dust 16 DIN 443
Hex. Head Screw M5X16 DIN 933
Socket Head Capscrew M5X12 DIN 6912
Retainer M5
Locking Pin, 3-phase motors 3 x 2 4 DIN 1475

Locking Pin, l-phase or
D C motors 4 x 2 4 DIN 1475
Breather 0 5 mm
Gasket, Housing 0 6 5 GN 400/0672-0017
Gasket, Motor Mounting
3-phase motors
l-phase o r D C motors
Identification Plate
Rivet 2 x 4 DIN 1476
Hex. Head Screw
3-phase motors M6X I6 DIN 933, 0 1 0 5
I-phase or DC motors M5X16 DIN 933, 0 9 0
* Recommended spare parts also contained in standard Spare parts Kits (Tables 2-4)
71
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europ. 0 V
P o BOX 40 3300 AA ~ ~ ~ nolland
Tat 018 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
d ~ ~ ~ h c PARTS LIST
1
I
69f.
69e.
69g.
69d.
69h.
Relay Assembly -
Secrional View
Fig. 47 Differenrial Pressure Transmirrer
72
%
261
Y
I. VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O Box 40 3300 AA Ooidrechl Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 018 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
Table 8: DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Fig. 4
Item Part Name Part No. Material/ Size
No.
D.P.T. Complete Assembly 0399-0133

Vent Screw D P T 21
Vent Plug D P T 20
Nut, Body Mtg. D P T 134
Body, low pressure side DPT 17 Carbon Steel, Cadmium
plated
Diaphragm Sealing ring DPT 161
0610-0013 Teflon
Diaphragm Assembly DPT 9 AISI-316 filled with

Silicone Oil
Bolt, Valve Manifold Mtg. D P T 144
Ply& Drain D P T 146 s"NPT
Gasket, Cover D P T 241
0610-0013
Screw, Cover Support Plate D P T 131
Plate, Cover Support D P T 23
'O"-Ring, Force Bar D P T 191
0610-0013 Viton
Bolt, Body Mtg. D P T 127

Body, High Pressure Side D P T 18
Filter, Gauze D P T 145
Gasket, Valve Manifold D P T 151
0610-0013 Teflon
,Flange, Valve Manifold DPT 22
Bolt, Flange Mtg. DPT 142
Bracket, Wall Mtg. 0419-0126
Screw, Flexure DPT 130
Plain Washer DPT 133
Feedback Assembly, consisting of

items 26-3 1 and 57-62 DPT 140
Zero Adjust Screw DPT 74
Nut, Bellows DPT 61
Zero flexure DPT 75
Bracket, Zero Spring DPT 70
Feedback Bellows DPT 59
O-ring (I each for Dynamic Restriction,
Nozzle & Feedback Assy) DPT 1361
0610-0013 Viton
(cont'd)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P O Box 40 3 3 0 0 A A O ~ t d r e t h l Holland PARTS LIST
lei 016 1631 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
Table 8: DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (Cont'd)
Fig. 47
Item Qty Part Name Part No.
Yo.
32 2 Screw, Flapper DPT 101

33 1 Flapper DPT 51
34 1 Scale Plate DPT 129
35 2 Flexure DPT 36 Spring Steel
36 1 Plate, Flexure Mtg. DPT 41
37 4 Mounting Screw DPT 49
- - -- - -
38 . 1 Bracket D P T 42
D P T 44
39 I Nut, Flapper Adjust Screw
40 1 Adjusting Screw, Flapper D P T 43
41 I Nozzle Retaining Nut D P T 47
42 1 Cover Assembly, consisting of Cover,
(4) Mtg. Screws, Gasket DPT 94 Die-cast Aluminium
43 I Gasket, Cover DPT 95
44 1 Mounting Plate, Range Bar D P T 40
45 I Flexure Group D P T 39
46 1 Screw DPT 54
47 1 Nozzle Assembly DPT 45
48 2 Washer D P T 35
49 I Force Bar Assembly, consisting of
items 50-55 DPT 28
50 I Force Bar, Upper Section DPT 34 AISI-316
51 1 Separation Diaphragm DPT 33 Elgiloy
52 1 Force Bar, Lower Section DPT 32

53 I Plain Washer DPT 31
54 1 Spring Washer DPT 30
55 1 Nut DPT 29
56 I Bracket DPT 25-148
57 I Range Bar DPT 55
58 1 Ring Nut, Zero Set Screw DPT 68

59 . I Ring Nut, Static Pressure Adjustment DPT 63
60 I Threaded Piece DPT 54
61 1 Zero Set Spring DPT 66 Ni-Span
62 1 Retaining Bracket DPT 69
(cont'd)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O Box 40 3300 A A Oordrrrhl Holland PARTS LIST
b Tel 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 8: DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (Cont'd)
-
Fig. 47
Item Part N a h e Part No.
No.
Relay Assembly, consisting of items

64-72, and one '73"-Ring of item 31. D P T 150
Dynamic Restriction Plug
'73"-Ring D P T 1371
0610-0013
Retaining Clamp D P T 76
Screw D P T 49
Filter, Gauze DPT 1381
06 10-00 13
Relay, containing: D P T 78 (Also see Fig. 49)

a. Relay Body
h. Spring, laminated
c. Ball Valve
d. Exhaust Valve Plug
e. Diaphragm Beryllium Copper
f. Gasket, Cover D P T 78/71

0610-0013
g. Relay Cover
h. Screw and Washer, short, Cover to
Body
i. Screw, Spring Mtg.
Relay Gasket D P T 831

0610-0013
Screw, long, Relay to Relay Block D P T 89
Relay Block D P T 93
Screw D P T 132
Screw, Relay Block Mtg. D P T 147
Screw, Bracket Mtg. D P T 135
Manifold Valve Block DPT 201

Valve Stem D P T 202
Nipple D P T 203
Spacer DPT 204
Hexagonal Nut DPT 205
Handle D P T 206
Plain Washer D P T 207
Retaining Nut D P T 208
Pipe Coupling 0621-0087 '/," NPT - 0 1 0 mm
Hex. Hd. Screw, Mounting Bracket 1629-1119 %," - 20UNF x %" Lg.
* Recommended spare parts also contained in standard Spare Parts Kits (Tables 3 & 4)
Specify Part No. 03909090 when ordering complete set of spare parts for the DPT.
75
i
>mGFlVAF INSTRUMENTS I
Conollow Europa 9 V.
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oardrerhl Holland
Tal 078 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
I PARTS LIST
Fig. 48 Control Station

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P o BOX 40 3300 AA oordrcrht Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 9: CONTROL STATION
Fig. 4t
Item Part ~ i m e Part No.
-
Yo.
I Door assembly, includes glass, shroud, latch

and knob assy, wrench, clips, gasket,
mounting hardware
2 Case Assembly
3 Relay assembly, includes relay, regulator,
supply gauge
4 Chassis assembly, includes backplate assy,
feedback assy, mounting screws, control
movement, nozzle, flapper, proportional band
link and control setting knob
Diaphragm actuated measuring element

assembly, includes items 5a and 5b, pointers,
mqvement, link assy; mounted and
precalibrated
Dial - specify range:
0-50 cSt/O-50 mPa.s
0-7"EIO-50 mPa.s
0-220 Sec. Redw. 110-50 mPa.s
0-100% (**)
Diaphragm element, range 3-15 psi
(20-100 kPa) Ni-Span "C"
Feedback assembly, includes item 6a, capsule
assy, links, tubing, knurled nut, hex nuts,
mtg. screws.
. Mode: 200% Prop.
Reset valve assembly

+
Reset, 3-15 psi
Two-position bypass assembly, includes switch

assy, tubing, mtg. screws, capsule assy
Output gauge assembly, includes gauge
0-30 psilo-2 bar, bracket, tubing and mtg.
screws
Supply filter fitting
Ten (10) replaceable filter elements
Output filter fitting
Mounting brackets, screws and washers
* Recommended spare parts.
** When ordering specify: 0-100% = 0 to .... (cSt, Sec. Redw. I, degrees Engler or mPa.s)
77
VAF INSTRUMENTS
.Conollou Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 P A Oordrerhl Holland
PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 49 Series 0105. 1" Steam Control Valve
78
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa 0.V
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 P A Oordrechf Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 23280
Table 10: SERIES 0105, 1" STEAM CONTROL VALVE
Fig. 49
Item Part Name Part No.
No.
F I ~head
. screw M4X8, brass
Indicator scale Aluminium
Hexagonal nut M8, Steel 8
Lower actuator housing Cast iron
Diaphragm Buna-N w/Nylon
Upper actuator housing Cast iron
Hexagonal bolt M8X30; Steel 8.8
Retainer Steel
spring-housing assy Steel
Hexagonal jam nut M12, Steel

Washer M12, Steel
Spring plate Cast iron
Spring Spring Steel
sp;ing rod Steel
Hexagonal jam nut M20X1,5; Steel 8
Spring washer M20, Spring Steel
Hexagonal bolt M8X16; Steel 8
Washer M20, Steel

Packing Oiled paper
Diaphragm plate Cast iron
Clevis Steel
Hexagonal jam nut M6, Steel 8
Ball, stem Brass
Hexagonal jam nut M20X 1.5; Steel 8
Hexagonal bolt M12X25; Steel 8
Coupling Steel
Disc Steel
Yoke Ductile iron
Sq. head screw M8X25 DIN 479
Plug and stem assy.
I
Cv = 2.5
Cv = 5 air to close
Cv = 9
Cv = 2.5
cv = 5 I
air to open
Cv=9 \
Seat ring gasket +
S S 316 Asbestos paper
Seat 17-4 P H S S
Cv = 2.5
Cv = 5
Cv = 9
(cont'd)
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa 0 V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA Oordrorhf Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Taler 29280
I Table 10: SERIES 0105, 1" STEAM CONTROL VALVE (Cont'd)
I Part No.
I Material/Size
I
1 Lower valve body Ductile iron
N D 25 mm NP 40 bar 0401-0276
1" 150 lbs ASA 0401-0274
1" 300 lbs ASA 040 1-0272
I Upper valve body Ductile iron

N D 25 mm, NP 40 bar 040 1-0275
1" 150 lbs ANSI 040 1-0273
1" 300 lbs ANSI 0401-0271
4 Body nut 0733-1650 M16X50 Ig.. Steel 8
4 Spring washer 0718-1600 M16, Spring Steel
5 Valve packing 0431-0134 Danflon
.2
2 Strap bolt with nut 0799-0039 M8X60 lg., DIN 603

1 Retaining plate 0410-0024 Ductile iron
I Split ietaining ring 04 1 1-0040 S S 303
1 Gland 0406-0049 S S 303
1 Gland strap 0448-0002 Ductile iron
2 Hex. jam nut 0730-1000 M10, Steel 8
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa B V
P 0 Box 4 0 3300 A A Oordrerhf Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 29280
Fig. 50 Series B V-500 Valve Body

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AA oardrerht Holland PARTS LIST
T a 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 11: S E R I E S BV-500,1'/," VALVE F O R S T E A M O R T H E R M A L OIL
Fig. 51
No.
Body, Globe type Cast Carbon Steel,

Grade WCB
N D 40 mm, N P 40 bar
1%" 150 lbs ANSl
Ij/," 300 lbs ANSl
Bonnet, plain (steam service) Cast Carbon Steel
Bonnet, normalising (thermal oil) Cast Carbon Steel
Valve ~ l u r eaual
. % 17-4 P H
Valve cage 17-4 P H Hardened

Stainless Steel
Cv = 21
Cv = 32
C V G 40
Plug stem, plain 316 Stainless Steel
Plug stem, normalising 316 Stainless Steel
Body stud 87
Body stud nut 2H
Packing washer 316 Stainless Steel
Valve packing rings P T F E Chevron

Spacer, packing 316 Stainless Steel
Packing follower 316 Stainless Steel
Packing flange 3 16 Stainless Steel
Bonnet lubricator plug Mild Steel
Plug stem pin 316 Stainless Steel
*Balancing ring Carbon/ Graphite
Packing stud B8
Packing stud nut B8
Clamp nut 316 Stainless Steel
Locknut, coupling B8
Bonnet gasket C A.F.
Lower cage gasket 316,'ASB
Upper cage gasket 316iASB
* Recommended spare parts
82
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europe B V
P 0 Box 40 3 3 0 0 A A Oordrrrhl Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
Fig. 51 BY-502 Valve Body

VAF INSTRUMENTS
C o n o f l o w Europa B.V
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 A A Oordracht Holland
PARTS LIST
Tal 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
Table 13: SERIES BV-502, 1" VALVE FOR THERMAL OIL
Fig. 51
Item Part ~ & n e Part No.
No.
Body, Globe type Cast Carbon Steel.

ND 25 mm, NP 40 bar
1" 150 lbs ANSI
1" 300 lbs ANSI
Bonnet, normalising
Seat ring 3 16 Stainless Steel
Cv = 1.7
Cv = 4.5
Cv = 10
Cv = 13.5
Valve plug, equal O/c 316 Stainless Steel

Cv = 1.7
cv,= 4.5
Cv = 10
Cv = 13.5
Valve cage 17-4 P H Hardened
Stainless Steel
~ -
Plug stem 316 Stainless Steel

Body stud B7
Body stud nut 2H
Packing washer 316 Stainless Steel
Valve packing rings PTFE Chevron
Packing spacer 316 Stainless Steel
Packing follower 3 16 Stainless Steel
Packing flange 316 Stainless Steel
Bonnet lubricator plug Mild Steel

Plug stem pin 316 Stainless Steel
Packing stud B8
Packing stud nut 88
Clamp nut 316 Stainless Steel
Coupling locknut 88
Bonnet gasket C.A.F.
Lower cage gasket 316lASB
Upper cage gasket 3161ASB

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V.
P O Box 40 3 3 0 0 A A Oordrerht Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 00 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
Fig. 52 Model A40 Direct-acting Diaphragm Actuator

2 I5
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P o BOX 40 3300 A A ooidrachl u a ~ ~ a n d PARTS LIST
T e l 018 1 8 3 1 00 Telex 29280
. .
Table 14: MODEL A40-DB & A40-FB DIRECT-ACTING DIAPHRAGM ACTUATORS

for use with Series BV-500 & BV-502 Valves
Fig. 52 Part No.

Item Qt: Part Name
No.
l I Upper diaphragm case assy Pressed Steel

2 I Lower diaphragm case Pressed Steel
3 1 Yoke Cast iron
* 5 I Diaphragm Buna-NINylon
6 I Diaphragm plate Carbon Steel
7 I Diaphragm button Cast iron
4 I Spring, 3-15 psi AISl 5160 Steel

10 I Spring retainer En 2A Steel
II I Spring seat En 2A Steel
12 I Spring adjuster En 3 Steel
17 3 Travel stop En 3A Steel
20 1 Aotuator stem 431 Stainless Steel
21 I Stem connector En IA Steel
22 I Stem connector screw Grade 8.8 Steel
23 I Stem connector nut Grade 8 Steel

25 12 Diaphragm case screw Grade 8.8 Steel
26 I2 Diaphragm case nut Grade 8 Steel
27 3 Lower case screw Grade 8.8 Steel
28 I Actuator stem nut Grade 8 Steel
30 I Indicator pointer En 2A Steel
31 4 Pointer screws Steel

32 I Indicator plate 3 16 Stainless Steel
33 2 8 Indicator plate screw Steel
34 I Valve nameplate 3 16 Stainless Steel
35 I Actuator nameplate 3 16 Stainless Steel
36 4 Nameplate screws Steel
* Recommended spare part

** 'Actuator Model No. A40-DB is used with Series BV-502 I " thermal oil valve;
Actuator Model No. A40-FB is used with Series BV-500 I )/2" & 2" valves.
VAF INSTRUMENTS I
Conollow Europ. 8.V
P 0 Box 40 3300 AP Oordrsrhl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 53 Model A41 Reverse-acting Diaphragm Actuator

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrerhl Holland PARTS LIST
TPI 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 15: M O D E L A41-DB & A40-FB REVERSE-ACTING D I A P H R A G M ACTUATORS

for use with Series BV-500 & BV-502 Valves
Fig. 53 Part No.

Item Qty Part Name
No.
I I Upper diaphragm case assy En 2A Steel

2 I Lower diaphragm case En 2A Steel
3 I Yoke Cast iron
' 5 I Diaphragm Buna-N;Nylon
6 1 Diaphragm plate En 3 Steel
7 I Diaphragm button En 3 Steel
9 I Spring, 3-15 psi AlSI 5160 Steel
16 I Spring retainer Cast iron
II I Spring seat En 2A Steel
12 I Spring adjuster En 3 Steel
'14 I Packing box Mang. bronze
I5 I Air vent Mang. bronze
17 I Travel stop - lower En 3 Steel
18 I Travel stop - upper En 3A Steel
20 I Actuator stem 3 16 Stainless Steel
21 I St& connector En I A Steel
22 I Stem connector screw Grade 8.8 Steel
23 I Stem connector nut Grade 8 Steel

25 12 Diaphragm case screw Grade 8.8 Steel
26 12 Diaphragm case nut Grade 8 Steel
27 6 Lower case screw Grade 8.8 Steel
28 I Actuator stem nut Grade 8 Steel
30 I Indicator pointer En 2A Steel
31 4 * Pointer screws Steel

32 I Indicator plate 316 Stainless Steel
33 2 Indicator plate screw Steel
34 I Valve nameplate 316 Stainless Steel
35 I Actuator nameplate 316 Stainless Steel
36 4 Nameplate screws Steel
'38. 2 Packing box "0"-Ring Synth. rubber

'39 I Packing box "0"-Ring Synth. rubber
'40 I' Gasket Rubber

** Actuator Model No. A41-DB is used with Series BV-502 I" thermal oil valve:
Actuator Model No. A41-FB is used with Series BV-500 Ij/," & 2" valves.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollov Europa B V.
P O Bar 40 3300 P A Oordrerh! Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 I 8 3 1 00 Taler 29280
Fig. 54 Control Cabinet

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrarhl H a a n d PARTS LIST
To1 018 183100 Telex 29280
I Table 16: CONTROL CABINET
Fig. 54
ltem
No.
Qty Part Name
- Part No. Code 1
Pressure Switch
I~ransformcr440' 380V. 501 60 H7..24V
Contactor. hcatcr element
Contactor. Viscothcrm motor
Auxiliary rclay
Thermal overload
Disconnect switch
Lamp holder, white
Lamp holder, blue
Lamp holder, green
Bulb, 24V-2W
Pushbutton, green (start)
,.
Pushbutton, red (stop)
Case assembly
Conduit connector
Conduit connector with nuts
Fuse, 6A
Fuse, 2 5 A

ltem 9 : 2 (two) recommended as spare parts.
' ltem I I : 5 (five) recommended a s spare parts.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 4 0 3 3 0 0 PA Oordrerhf Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 0 7 8 1 8 3 1 0 0 Telex 2 9 2 8 0
Fig. 55 Airfilter-regulalor
I
GI
i
L
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P O BOX 40 3300 an oocdrerhl ~ o t i s n d PARTS LIST
b Tel 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 17: AIRFILTER-REGULATOR
-
Fig. St
Item
No.
2ty
1
1-Part Name
"
Range adjust screw

Part No.** Material
S S 303
I Locknut
I Panel mounting nut 1417-0002 Steel
4 Bonnet Aluminium
1 Body sub-assy, includes plug assembly
1 '0"-Ring Buna-N
I Filter element 0673-003 1 Cellulose
I Bowl Aluminium
I Bolt S S 303
I Wall mounting bracket 1419-0007 Steel 111-23
4 Pan bead screw
I Spring plate
I Rallge spring Spring Steel
I Diaphragm sub-assy Buna-N, brass
Diaphragm plate
Pressure gauge 0-30 psilo-2.5 bar
Drain valve spring, includes:
'0"-Ring Buna-N
'0"-Ring Buna-N
Alrfilter-regulator. complete
** Parts withoutapart number can not he purchased separately
.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europs B V
P 0 8or PO 3300 AP Oordreihl Holland PARTS LIST
T a 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 56 Viscosit~Recorder
* Some recorder versions have the winding key stored in the lower section of the case.
94
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 4 0 3300 A A Oordraihl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1 8 3 1 00 l ~ l e x29280
I Table 18: VISCOSITY RECORDER
Fig. 56 "
Item Qty Part Name Part No. MaterinllNotes
No.
Recorder (complete assembly less chart

roll)
Air inlet fitt~ngwith damper Martonair M I 6 7 9
Winding key
Measuring element assembly
0.2-1.0 bar Phosphor bronze bourdon
tube
Pen arm
I Writing pen
I Chart roll
0-50 mPa.s/O-220 sec. Redw. I
0-6' Engler
0-1W%
Clockwork, spring-wound
Chaft table assembly
Case assembly, includes case, mounting
plate, rubber grommets (4 ea), mounting
screws. Sheet Steel
Door assembly, includes door, window,
(8) window mountmg screws and nuts,
dust seal, (2) hinges, locking mechanisms Sheet Steel

** Sold in setsaof six (6) pens as replacement part.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B.V.
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordrechl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 0 7 8 183100 Telex 29280
Fig. 57 Remore Viscosiry lndicaror w r h Alarm.

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow E u r o p B V.
P 0 Box 40 3300 AP Oordrrchl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 078 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 19: REMOTE VISCOSITY INDICATOR WITH OPTIONAL ALARM
Fig. 5:
No.
-
-
Viscosity Indicator Assembly Complete unit
-
Viscosity Indicator & Alarm Assembly Complete unit
* 1 Switch arm, contact K1
2 Pointer Black
* 3 Switch arm, contact K2
* 4 Alarm setscrew
5 Movement assembly Brass
6 . Inlet fitting screw
7' Air inlet fitting Brass
8 Plastic tubing, set Nylon
* 9 P/E-transducer
Notes
Only item 9 is available as spare part
* Alarm gauge only.

VAF INSTRUMENTS
C ~ n o l l o wEvropa 8 V
P O Box 40 3300 AP Oardrerhl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 58 Local Viscosity Indicator (Indicator assembly only)
98
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conollow Europa B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 A A Oordre~hl Holland PARTS LIST
Tsl 078 183100 Tcler 19280
- Indicator Assembly
I Table ZOa: LOCAL VISCOSITY INDICATOR
Fig. 58
Item Qty Part Name Part No. MaterialISize
No.
Differential Pressure Unit (not shown):

see Table 20b.
Nut, case mounting 0500.00105 1/,-20, Steel. C P
Stud, case mounting 0340.00035 1/,-20XI". Steel. C P
Case 0227.0006C
Movement 0226.0001 B
Washer, movement mtg. 0003.0008K 4-40 brass, N P
Screw. movement mtg. 01 11.00343 4 - 4 0 X T . Stainless Steel
Arm, movement follower 0226.0002B
Stem, zero eccentric 0226.000 l C

Support, zero eccentric stem 0226.0002C
Scrsw, support 0 l l 1.00475 4-40X%,", Stainless Steel
Plate, scale (spec~fygraduation) 0227.0008C
Screw, scale 0 114.00235 4-40x3,". Stainless Steel
Pointer end stop 0226.0028C

Pointer 0181.0012B**
Gasket, bezel 0277.0026C**
Lens 0181.0005C** Class
Bezel assembly 0277.0018B
Screw, bezel retainer Ol81.007C
not 6 Screw, case to DPU 0240.00155 IO-32X'/,", Stainless Steel

shown 1 Stud, upper bezel retaining 0004.0005K
*in I K i t , calibration 0202.1002B**
draw- I Puller, pointer 0163.0005B
ing

** When ordering add 0653-0045 to complete recommended spare parts number.
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Con~flowEurope B V
P 0 Box 40 3300 DD Oordsiht Halland PARTS LIST
Tsl 078 183100 Telex 29280
Fig. 59 Local Viscosity Indicator (DPU Assembly with Manifold)

VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa B V
P 0 8or 40 3300 An Oordrtchl Holland PARTS LIST
Tel 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 20b: LOCAL VISCOSITY INDICATOR - Differential Pressure Unit Assembly
Part Name Part No.
Bellows unit assembly use instrument

serial No.
Spacer 0273.0002C
Spacer 0224.0302C
'I)"-Ring, Flange gasket 0630-203 1 Viton, Parker 2-31
Head, 1500 psi, tapped 0224.0037C Steel
Plug, pipe 0199,oI91C Steel, '/," NPT
Screw, housing 0220.0029J Steel, 1/,-28X2X"
Manifold assembly 0235.0008B Brass
Bracket, mounting 0273.0003C
Washer, split lock 0003.0032K No. 10, Steel
Screw 0111.0012J Brass, 10-32XV
Nut 0500.001 1J Steel, 1/,-28 C P
Washer, split lock 0003.001 3K Steel, '/,"
U-bolt, complete with nuts O44O.OOOl J Steel
** Replace complete indicator series 224 if bellows is defective
L
VAF INSTRUMENTS
Conoflow Europa 8 V.
P 0 Bar 40 3300 A A Oordreihl H ~ l l a n d PARTS LIST
T e 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Fig. 60 Prersure Swirrh
102
VAF INSTRUMENTS
C ~ n o l l o wEuropa B V
P O BOX 40 3300 44 oordt~rht H O I I ~ ~
PARTS LIST
T I 018 1831 00 Telex 29280
Table 21: PRESSURE SWITCH
I-
Fig. 60
No.
Part Name
Pressure switch, Model No. D2T-HIS,

complete unit
Screw, bracket
Part No.
Screw, adjusting
Bracket assembly
Spring, overload
Thrust washer, adjusting screw
Stop nut, adjusting screw
Bracket, limit switch
Limit switch assembly
Insulator, limit switch
Nut, limit switch screw

washer, limit switch screw
Nameplate, electrical
Base plate
Gasket, base plate
Diaphragm capsule assembly
Cover plate
Screw, cover plate
Bracket, mounting
Tag, wire code

Screw, limit switch
Nameplate, identification
Screw, adjusment cover
*cover, adjustment
Gasket, adjustment cover
Housing
Nameplate, trademark
Gasket, housing
Screw, terminal block cover
Screw, terminal block
Terminal block
Marker, terminal strip
38 I Gasket, terminal block cover

39 I Cover, terminal block
60 I Ground screw, slotted
64 I Nameplate, duty to warn
65 I Nameplate, caution
* Recommended spare part.

Repair parts are not available
\
Technical Information NIVOTESTER
Endress+Hauser G ~ H A C O
MMeasurement a n d Control FTC 3 8 0 2, 381 Z , 382 2
0 - 7 8 6 7 hlau!buig Hiup(~lcdfle1 . FTC 4 8 0 Z . 481 2 , 4 8 2 Z
Telephone (07622) 28-1. TeexO7-73226 E 08.77.04f2a
Technical data
- E i e c t r o n i c i n s e r t E C 17 Z
S I V O T E S T E R F T C 380 Z ... F T C 482 Z
tlousing. G r e y Duruplast plug-in F T C 3 8 0 Z . F T C 301 Z , F T C 3 8 2 Z . F T C 4807..
unit. Iiaail p l a t e %,illl F T C 481 2 , F T C 482 Z f o r filtcng i n t h e p r o b e liead.
ter-minal block r e m o v a b l e
Housing: . P l a s t i c , polled e l e c t r o n i c
See F i g u r e 2
P r o t e c t i o n Lo Coiaur: >Vhite
DIS 4 0 U50: 1 P 40
P r o t e c t i o n t o DIN E l e c t r o n i c s I P 55
l l a x . a m b ~ e n ft e m p : -20'~ . . . + GO'C 40050: T e r m i n a l s 11' 0 0
.\lains: . 220 V + 15". - 10%. 5 0 / 6 0 H z M a x . a m b i e n t temp.: -25'~ .. . + 0 0 ' ~
Versions: 24 V . 42 V. 110 V , 1 1 5 V .
Operating frequency: a p p r o x . 300 kHz
1 2 7 V , 230 V. 240 V
+ 1 5 5 - 1 0 5 5 0 ... 60Hz Output c u r r e n t : PFM-supply current
i'orer c o n s u m p t ~ o n : A p p r o n . 5 VA
\Veight: approx. I20 g
\\eight: Approx. 1.1 kg
E l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t in p r n r e c t l o n h o u s i n g H T C 17 Z
output:
-
Housing: Cast aluminium
F T C 380 2 . 3 8 1 Z. 1 r e l a y with c h a n g e - o v e r
382 2: ont tact Dimensions: See F i g u r e 3
M a x . 250 V a c hlax 4 A
P r o t e c t i o n t o DIN 1 P 55
h l a x . 500 V A cos,%0.7 40 '650:
* Rlinimum o r m a x i m u m f a i l - s a f e
can be s e l e c t e d Cable glands: 2xPG16
F T C 480 Z , 481 2. 1 relay with c h a n g e - o v e r Cable to probe: C o a x i a l c a b l e , not a f f e c t e d
482 Z : contact f o r level by t e m p e r a t u r e t o + 2 0 0 ~ ~ .
1 relay with c h a n g e - o v e r in m e t a l p r o t e c t i o n tube
contact for functlon c o n t r o l (steel coated).Lenglh
a s required
I n d i c a t i o n of L E D on f r o n t p l a t e
operation: Red = A l a r m condition C a p a c i t a n c e of a p p r o x . 50 p F / m
G r e e n = Normal condition probe cable:
Switching d e l a y s . .
0 . 5 s , adjustable on Ambient temp. for h l a x . + 80°C
F T C 381 Z . 481 Z : p r o b e c o v e r e d or p r o b e protection housing:
b e c o m i n g tree ( t a p p i n g s c a n \Veight ( i n c l u d i n g a p p r o x . I . 1 kg
input:
-
lntrinslcally safe
. changed.)
( E x ) i G 5 "Zone 0".
electronic insert
E C 17 z):
Connection t o 2-core cable h l o d ~ f i c a t i a n st o d a t a r e s e r v e d . 3) 10. 8 0

electronic i n s e r t :
H o u s i n g d i m e n s i o n s a n d drilling template
calibrated: 1
4 8 0 2 . 481 Z
cA lcA
Capacilance,of p r o b e F T C 3 3 0 Z . 3 8 1 Z F T C 3 8 2 2 . 4 8 2 Z
u h i c h c a n be
(AS)
Range I 30 ... l l 0 p F
Range I1 100.. . 250 pF
R a n g e 111 220.. . 350 pF
Switching
hysteresis ( p ~ n cs a n be adjustable
changed): o v e r whole
approx. 0.5 p F range
approx. I p F
approx. 2 p F
I ~ e r t i f l c a t t o n: P T B N o . Ill B / E - 28748 B-S-F

:ig. 1 Depth of h o u s i n g 1 7 0 m m
Measuring system Operating principle
This comprises: P r o b e a n d t a n k (or the e a r t h t u b e o f t h e p r o b e ) f o r m a
c a p a m t o r . w h o s e c a p a c i t a n c e c h a n g e s on a c h a n g e in
U) NIVOTESTZR FTC 380 z. FTC 381 z. FTC :ao z level. T h e electronic i n s e r t converts the capacitance
o r F T C 4 8 1 2 electronics module
c h a n g e into c u r r e n , p u l s e s . w h ~ c ha r e s u p e r ~ m p o s r dto
- n p a r t l y o r f u l l y i n s u l a t e d r o d iprobe t h e m a i n s c n P r e n t on t h e t d h - w i r e c a b l e . T h i s c n u s c s the
"
PTB-certified o u t p u t r e l a y in the F T C e l e c t r o n i c s m o d u l e to s w i t c h .
e l e c t r o c i c i n s e r t E C 1 1 Z f i t t e d i n t!le p r o b e T h e r e l a y can be s w i t c h e d in t h e t e r m i n a l b l o c k to
h e a d o r i n s e r r H T C 1 7 Z in a p r o t e c t i o n h o u s i n g e i t h e r m j n i m u m o r m a x h u m f a l l - s a f e mode.
T h e ATVOTESTER F T C 480 Z . FTC 4 8 1 2. o r F T C 482 Z
or a l s o c h e c k s t h e t w o - w i r e c a b l e to t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t .
b) N i V O T E S T E H F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z e l e c t r o n i c s a l l connection p o i n t s a n d even s o m e essential c o m p o -
module n e n t s in t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t and in t h e input s w i t c h i n g .
- a l o n g f u l l y - i n s u l a t e d r o d o r r o p e p r o b e for v e r t i c a l
insiallation. P T B - c e r t i f i e d
- e k c r r o n i c i n s e r t E C 17 Z f l t t e d in the p r o b e h e a d -
Note: As w e l l a s t h e fo1lo:vine n o r e s on i n s t a l l a t i o n
c o n n e c t i o n s , c a l l b r a t i o n and m a i n t e n a n c e , a!so
o r insert in a protection hauilng HTC 17 Z .
note P T B certification.
F o r f h a n k s a b o v e g r o u n d " r o v i d e a lightning c o n d u c t o r ExVO, V b F , T R b F , V D E 0165 a n d o u r I n f o r m a t i o n
a s p h t e c t i o n a;ainst o v e r v o t t a ~ e s . S h e e t on " I n s t r u m e n t s f o r u s e in h a z a r d o u s a r s a s " .
W e r e c o m m e n d the P T B - c e r t i f i c a t e d H4?V 367 Z.
Installation
Electronics module:
T h e ~ N V O T E S T E RF T C . . . Z i s a .p l u .. e in u n i t
T o install and w i r e only the base p h t e w t h t e r m i n a l
b l o c k a r e n e e d e d . T h e t e r m i n a l block i s a b a s i c p a r t
o f t h e u n i t , t h e r e f o r e do not c o n f u s e with o t h e r s .
T h e p a r t i t i o n s (coding p l a t e s ) i n the t e r m i n a l block
m u s t no: be r e m o v e d .
T o r e m o v e the instrument f r o m the base plate:
- pull front plate downwards

- l o o s e n t h e t w o s c r e w s a t t h e top a n d b o t t o m
i n t h e h o u s i n g and r e m o v e t h e h o u s i n g f r o m t h e b a s e
plate.
F o r dimensions see Figure I.
F a r i n s t a l l i n g only o u t s ~ d eh a z a r d o u s a r e a !
hlax. a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e sivltch c a b m c t d u r m g
operatlo" i s + 6 0 ' ~ .
Electronic insert P a y a t t a n t i o n t o t h e VDE 0165 R e g u l a t i o n s when coonec-
tint t h e N I V O T E S T E R to t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t i n tlie p r o b e
T h e white e l c c t r a n i c i n s e r t E C 17 Z is.ugua11y f i t t e d wliich i s m o u n t e d in the h a z a r d o u s a r e a .
i n t o t h c p r o b e tread. If t h e a m b i e n t t e n i p e r a h c r e i s h i g l t e r
t h a n c80OC a t t h e p r o b e h e a d , an e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t in a S e e a l s o t h e P T B ~ e r t i f i c a t ef o r m a x i m u m i n d u c t a n c e
p r u t e c t m n I h o u ~ l n gIITC 17 Z i s u s e d a n d connected by a n d c a ~ a c i t n n c cvalues when d e t e r m i n i n g m a x i m u m
111'-cable to t!ie p r o b c h e a d [rnax. + 2 0 0 0 C ) . T h c i n i t i a l cable l e n g h t s . M a x i m u m c a b l e r c s i s t x r i c c i s 25 O h m
c n p a c i t a n c e C,4 i s then i n c r e a s e d by t h e a m o u n t o f p e r c o r e . If s c r e e n e d cable is u s e d , t h e s c r e e n i n g
c a p a c ~ t a n c ro f t h e H F - c a b l e ( a p ~ r o x .5 0 p>'/mI. s h o u l d o n l y bc s a r t h c d a t o n e p o i n t a n d c o n n e c t e d to tlie
p o t e n t i a l c o m p e n s a t i o n c a b l e . A l s o to be c o n n e c t e d to the
potential compensation cable (minimum dinmetcr 4 m m 2 )
Probe: "
are t h e t a n k , c b n s t r u c t e d of i l e c t r i c a l i y c o n d u c f ~ v e
See Technical l n f o r r n a t i o n s h e e t 10. 7 5 . 05 f o r n o t e s m a t e r i a l , t h e p r o b e , t h e l i g h t n i n g c o n d u c t o r (on t a n k s
on s e l e c t i o n a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e p r o b e . a b o v e g r o u n d ] , a l l m e t a l p a r t s i n t h e (Ex) a r e a , e l e c t r i c a l
u n i t s a l s o conrrected to t h e ' c a b l e a n d i f p o s s i b l e t h e
For h a z a r d o u s a r e a i n "Zone 0" (UK:Div. 0) o r o v c r f l a w
prevention applications, use only P T B certified probes. s w i t c h c a b i n e t in which t h e N V O T E S T E R FTC . Z i4 . .
fi:ted.
For m i n i m u m o r m a x i m u m d e t e c t t o n e i t h e r a f u l l y
o r p a r t l y i n s u l a t e d p r o b e ( d e p e n d i n g on t h e t y p e o f S e s t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n s h e e t f o r connecting l i g h t n ~ n g
I
m a t e r i a l ) f o r s i d e m o u n t i n g i s used.
~
c o n d u c t o r s on t a n k s a b o v e g r o u n d .
Rod p r o b e s a r e s c r e w e d h o r i z o n t a l l y o r pointing s l i g h t l y
d o w n w a r d s i n t o the t a n k a t t h e h e ~ g h tof t h e r e q u i r e d C o n n e c t b r ~ d g e4 - 5 o n t h e e l e c t r o r i l c m s e r t w h e n
s w i t c h p o i n t . If s i d e m o u n t i n g i s not p o s s l b i e , i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t m g F T C 380 2, F T C 3 8 1 2, F T C 480 Z, F T C 4 8 1 Z.
C o n n e c t b n d g e 4 - 3 when c o n n e c t m g F T C 382 Z o r
p r o b e ( r o m t h e top.
T h e p r b b e i s a l s o m o u n t e d fiom t h e top if e i t h e r F T C 482 Z .
F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z i s c o n n e c t e d f o r t w o - b o i n t
c o n t r o l . In n o n - c o n d u c t i v e m a t e r i a l t h e l e n g t h or t h e A f t e r c o n n e c t i n g t h e c a b l e to t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t E C 17 Z
p r o b e m u s t be a p p r o x . 2 0 0 - 3 0 0 m m l o n g e r than t h e s e a l t h e c a b l e e n t r i e s in t h e p r a b e h e a d a n d s c r e w l i d tight,
d i s t a n c e f r o m the t a n k roof t o t h e r e q u i r e d suvitchpoiot. S e l e c t f a i l - s a f e s w i t c h i n g by s o l d e r i n g a p p r o p r i a t e
U s e only a f u l l y i n s u l a t e d p r o b e i n c o n j u n c t i o n with
F T C 382 Z o r F T C 4 8 2 2.
- ..
b r i d g e s i n t h e F T C . Z t e r m i n a l block: .
B r i d g e b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s 1 3 a n d 14
If the p r o b e i s l o n g e r t h a n 3 rn, p r o v i d e a s u p p o r t t o -b I a x i m u m f a i l - s a f e (overflow p r e v e n t i o n )
p r e v e n t excess m o v e m e n t . No b r i d g e between t e r m i n a l s 1 3 a n d 1 4
In a l l c a s e s e n s u r e t h a t p r o b e s without earth tubes do -Minimum fail-safe
not e x t e n d i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l inflow s t r e a m a n d trial no
h e a v y d e p o s i t c a n f o r m a r o u n d the boss. ivlaaimurn f a i l - s a f e m e a n s t h a t the r e l a y d e - e n e r g i z e s
when t h e l e v e l exceeds ?he s ~ r ~ t c l ~ p o (i. i n et . covers
L
Due to the generally low relative dielectric constant t h e s i d e m o u n t e d p r o b e ) o r when m a i n s s u p p l y f a i l s .
o f f l a m m a b l e l i q u i d s , p r o b e s with e a r t h t u b e s a r e p r e -
ferred. Minimum fail-safe m e a n s that the relay de-energizes
when the l e v e l f a l l s below t h e s w i t c h p a i n t (i. e. c l e a r s
, For p r o b e s with an e a r t h t u b e t h e p r o b e s h o u l d e x t e n d t h e s i d e m o u n t e d p r o b e ) o r when m a i n s s u p p l y f a i l s .
f a r enough i n t o t h e t a n k t h a t t h e v e n t i l a t i o n h o l e s a r e
clear. See f i y r e 8-12 f o r r e l a y and ? a m p o p e r a t i o n .
For p r o b e s without earth t u b e t h e e n d of t h e b o s s t h r e a d
s h o u l d join a t t h e i n n e r w a l l of the t a n k o r s h o u l d e x t e n d C o n n e c t the a l a r m u n i t s in s u c h a w a y t h a t a n y l n t e r m p
s h g h t l y into t h e tank. U s e p r o b e s without e a r t h t u b e t l a n of t h e s i g n a l c u r r e n t c i r c u i t by a r e l a y c o n t a c t o r
only in m e t a l t a n k s . n f a u l t will i n i t i a t e an a l a r m . S c e F i y r e 5 .
See Technical Information s h e e t s f o r technical d a t a . T h e following c o n d i t i o n s i n i t i a t e an a l a r m :

.- on p r o b e s . f u l l t a n k , m a i n s f a i l u r e , s h o r t c i r c u i t on t h e p r o b e
cablc, interruption on the cable to the a l a r m units,
In c a s e o f c o n d u c t i v e b u i l d - u p the i n s u l a t i o n of t h e
c e r t a i n f a u l t s in the electronics m o d u l e a n d u n s c r e w i n g
p 2 r t l y i n s u l a t e d p r o b e s h o u l d h a v e a p p r o x . the s a m e
the i n s t r u m e n t i r o m t h e b a s e p l a t e .
1ength.a~ the probe.
Connections If i n s t r u m e n t s with high i n d u c t a n c e are c o n n e c t e d (e.g.
I
S c r F i g u r e 4 f o r c o n n e c t i o n s of S I V O T E S T E R F T C .. . Z contactors, solenoid valves etc.) provide a s p a r k
a r r e s t e r to p r o t e c t r e l a y c o n t a c t s .
Note: P a y a t t e n t i o n t o v o l t a g e m a r k e d on t h e s t i c k - o n
label. (Visible on removing base piate).
I n s i d e the X l V O T E S T E R i s a m e d i u m - b l o w f u s e on the
m a i n s side.
S o m i n a l C u r r e n t of f u s e
. . 80 mi\ m e d i u m - blow
110,115,127 V ac 160 m:\ m e d i u m - b l o w
4 2 \' a c 400 mA m e d i u m - b l o w
24 V ac 630 m A m e d i u m - b l o w
T h e i n t r i n s i c a l l y s a f e i n p u t of t h e X V O T E S T E H F T C . . . Z
i s !lot s e n s i t i v e t o s p u r i o u s p u l s e s .
Mains
Contact
mrwits
Safety circuit
Eanh a r i ~e 4 - 5 when
connecllon
In probe
head
Relay and lamp operation F i C 380
Fail-safe Level Diode

mode
Minimum
fail-safe i
NO bridge
Calibration
F T C 300 7.. I'TC 4 0 0 Z
Tlie c a l i b r a t i o n c o m p o n e n t s ( s e e F i g u r e G ) a r e a c c e s s i b l e
a f t e r opening the front plate.
The FTC . .. Z i s c a l i b r a t e d with t h e p r o b e f r e e ( h l i n i -
m u m d i s t a n c e m a t e r i a l - p r o b e 100 m m ) .
I . C h e c k t h a t b r i d g e 4 - 5 op t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t 1s
connected and that the c o r r e c t f a i l - s a f e switching
i s s e l e c t e d on t h e t e r m i n a l b l a c k of t h e F T C . . . Z
( T e r m i n a l s 13/14). ,
2. Plug in F T C ..
. Z unit and tighten s c r e w s .
S w i t c h on m a i n s .
k Pin for swttching hysteresis

12. 0 . 0 ~ .05,F
II appiox. 1 pF
3 . Connect pins f a r required switching hysteresis
the tougher the liquid, the g r e a t e r the switching
hysteresis.
-
Ill approx. 2 pF
4 . C o n n e c t p i n s f o r c a p a c i t a n c e r a n g e 1.
5 . C a l i b r a t i o n f o r m a x i m u m f a i l - s a f e ( B r ~ d g e1 3 - 1 4 ) :
/ Pin for capacitance Range CA
a . T u r n C n potcntiameter anti-clockwise t o the left
..
stop ( 0 ) . The r e d diode lights u p
b. T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e u n t i l t h e g r e e n diode
1Green diode foi normal
lights up.
operation
c . If t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o x . 2 8 )
and the green diode d o e s not light up, select the nert-
h i g h e r c a p a c i t a n c e r a n g e a n d r e p e a t ]points 5 ( a )
and (b).
d. By slowly turning the potentiometer backwards and
f o r u a r d s , t h e s ~ v i t c h p o i n tc a n be a d j u s t e d e x a c t l y .
e . F r o m the switchpoint turn the potentiometer approx.
half a s c a l e d i v l s ~ o nf u r t h e r c l o c k w i s e ( g r e e n diode
lights up)
f. if it i s p o s s i b l e t o c h a n g e t h e l e v e l in t h e v i c i n i t y of
t h e s w i t c h p o i n t . t h e following c a l i b r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e
i s possible:
M a k e a n o t e of t h e s w i t c h p o i n t w h e n t h e p r o b e
is clear.
w i t h probe covered. look f o r the second s a l t c h -
p o i n t . T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r b e t w e e n both s w i t c i i -
points.
6. Calibration f o r m i n i m u m fail-safe (no bridge 13-14)

a . T u r n CA p a r e n t i o m e t e r a n l i - c l o c k w i s e t o t h e l e f t
s t o p ( 0 ) . T h e g r e e n diode lietits up.
b . T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e u n t i l t h e r e d diode
lights up.
C. If t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o x . 2 8 )
a n d t h e r e d d i o d e d o e s not l i g h t up. s e l e c t t h e n e x t -
h i g h e r c a p a c i t a n c e r a n g e and r e p e a t p o i n t s G ( a )
and (b).
d. B y t u r n i n g t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r s l o w l y b a c k w a r d s and
f o r w a r d s the switchpoint can be s e t exactly.
e . From the switchpoint t u r n the potentiometer
a p p r o x . half a s c a l e d i v i s i o n f u r t h e r c l o c k w i s e
( r e d diode lights up).
f. If it i s p o s s i b l e t o c h a n g e t h e l e v e l in t h e vincinity
o f t h e s w i t c h p o ~ n t ,t h e f o l l o w i n g c a l i b r a t i o n is
possible:
Make a note of the switchpoint when the probe i s c k a r .

W i t h t h e p r o b e c o v e r e d , l o c k f o r t h e second s w i t c h -
point.
T u r n the potentiometer between the two s w ~ l c h p o i n t s .
m. Endress+Hauser G ~ O H - C O
Measurement and Control
D m 7 h 1 ~ t i~a u~p mbn e~ I ~ ~ .
FTC 380 Z, 381 2 , 3 8 2 Z
FTC 480 Z. 481 Z, 482 Z
Teiepnane (076221 28 t Te e x 57 73225 E 08.77.0412a
Technical data
F T C 380 7 , F T C 381 '.

F T C 38? % . F T C 4807..
I T C 401 /.. I T C 482 % l o r l i t l l n g in t h c p r o b e lhcad.
tlousing: ' P I B s t i c , pot:ed e l e c t r o n i c

)irneniions: See' F i g b r e 1 See F l u r e 2
Colour: yhtte
) I S 4 0 050: I P 40
P r o t e c t i o n t o DIN E l e c t r o n i c s IP 5 5
.sax. a m b ~ e n tt e m p : - 2 0 " ~ . . . + GO'C 40050; T e r m i m l s IP 0 0
ialns: . 2 2 0 V + I 5 5 - 10%. 50130 Hz Aiax. a m b i e n t temp.: -25'~ ... + 8 0 ' ~
Operating trequency: a p p r o x . 300 k H z
Output c u r r e n t : PFhI-supply current
'ower consumption: A p p r o x . 5 VA
Weight: approx. 120 g
\eight: Approx. 1.1 k g
E l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t m p r o t e c t i o n h o u s i n g 1iTC 17 Z
-
)";put-
- T C 380 2 . 3 8 1 2 . 1 r e l a y with c h a n g e - o v e r
82 Z : coiita~t Dimensions: See F i y r e 3
Alax. 250 V a c hlax 4 A I F 55
P r o t e c t i o n t o DIN
Rian. 500 V A c o s , % O . l 4 0 '650:
" blinirnum o r m a x i m u m f a i l - s a f e
can be selected. Cable glands: 2 x P G 16
'TC 4 8 0 Z . 481 Z , 1 r e l a y w ~ t hc h a n g e - o v e r Cable to probe: C o a x i a l c a b l e , n o t affsc:ed

82 Z . contact for level by t e m p e r a t u r e l o + 2 0 0 ~ ~ .
I r e l a ? with c h a n g e - o r w r in m e t a l p r o t e c ~ i o ntube
c o n t a c t for- function c a r i t r a i (steel coatedbLength
as requrred
L E D on [rant plate
Red = A l a r m condition Capacitance ot a p p r a n . 50 p F / m
G r e e n = Sormal c o n d i t i o n probe cable:
;witching delays 0 . . . 5 s , a d j u s t a b l e on Ambtent temp. l o r Max. +80'~

T C 381 Z . 481 Z : probe covered probe protection h o u s i n g :
becoming t r e e (tappings can
\\.eight ( i n c l u d i n g approx. 1 . 1 kg
ngut:
-
ntrtnsically sate
. changed.)
(Ex)i G 5 "Zone 0':

electronic insert
E C 1 7 2):
'onnection to 2-core cable . \ i o d i l ~ c a t i a n st o d a t a r e s e r v e d . a ) 10. 8 0

l e c t r o n ~ ci n s e r t :
Housing dimensions and drilling template
h i c h c a n be
alibrated:
ange 1 30 ... 110 p F 2 0 . . . 680 p F

a n g e I1 100.. . 250 pF 2 0 . . .I500 p F
a n g e 111 1320.. . 350 pF ...
uitch~ng In 3 s t a g e s ontinuously
ysteresls ( p ~ n cs a n be adjustable
changedl: over irhole
approx. 1 p F
approx. 2 p F
: e r t i l l c a t i o n : P T B S o . 111 B / E - 28748 B-S-F

Gq. 1 Depth of housing 170rnrn
This comprises: P r o b e a n d t a n k (or the e a r t h t u b e of t h e p r o b * ) f o r m a
c a p a c i t o r . whose c a p a c i t a n c e c h a n g e s o n a c h a n g e 1.".
a) N V O T E S T E R F T C 380 2, F T C 381 2, F T C 480 2 l e v e l . T h e e l e c t r o n ~ ci n s e r t c o n v e r t s t h e c a p x c i t a n c e
o r F T C 481 Z e!ectrcnics m o d u l e c h a n q e i n t o c u r r e n t p u l s e s , u h ~ c ha r e s u p e r i m p o s e d l o
- n p a r t l y o r fu!ly InsuJnted r o d p r o b e t h e m a i n s c u r b e n t on the t w d - w i r e c a b l e . T h i s c a u s e r the
PTB-certified o u t p u t r e l a y in t h e F T C e l e c t r o n i c s m o d u l e to s w i t c h .
- e l e c t r o n i c m s e r t E C 1 7 Z f i t t e d in t h e p r o b e T h e r e l a y can be s w i t c h e d in t h e t e r m i n a l b l o c k to
head o r i n s e r t H T C 1 7 2 in a p r o t e c t i o n h o u s i ~ i g e l t i l e r m i n i r n s m o r m a r i r i u m fai!. s a f e m o d e .
T h e X I V O T E S T E R F T C 480 Z , F T C 481 2. o r F T C 4 8 2 Z
or a l s o c h e c k s t h e t w o - w i r e c a b l e t o t h e elpct!-onic inser-:,
b) NIVOTXSTER F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z e l e c t r o n i c s a l l conzection points and even s o m e essential compo-
moduie n e n t s i n t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t a n d in t h e input s w i t c h i n g .
- a l o n g f u l l y - i n s u l a t e d rod o r r o p e p r o b e f o r v e r t i c a l
insra:iation, P T B - c e r t i f i e d
-e l e c t r o n i c I n s e r t E C 17 Z f i t t e d in the p r o b e h e a d S a t e : , A s w e l l as the foliowing n a t e s o n i n s t a l l a t i o n .
o r i n s e r t in a pro!ection h o u i i n g I i T C 17 Z . c o n n e c t m n s . c a l i b r a t i o n and m a i n t e n a n c e . a!so
note P T B certlficntmn.
F o r hhanks above g r o u n d p r o v i d e a lig!itning c o n d u c t o r E r V O . V b F , T R b F , VDE 0165 a n d o u r Inforrnatlon
r- a s p&tcction a g a i n s t o v e r v o l t a g e s . S h e e t a n " l n s t r u r n e n t s f o r u s e in h a z a r d o u s ari.as".
W e r e c o m m e n d the P T B - c e r t i f ~ c a t e dF!.A\V 367 Z.
Installation
Electronics module:
.
T h e M V O T E S T E R F T C . . Z is a p l u g in unit.
T o i n s t a l l a n d wire o n l y t h e b a s e p l a t e with t e r m i n a l
block a r e n e e d e d . T h e t e r m i n a l block i s a b a s i c p a r t
of the u n i t , t h e r e f o r e do not confuse with o t h e r s .
T h e p a r t i t i o n s ( c o d m g p l a t e s i in t h e t e r r n l n a l block
m u s t not be r e m o v e d .
T o remove the instrument from the b a s e plate:

- l o o s e n t h e two screws a t t h e top a n d b o t t o m
in the h o u s i n g a n d remove the h o u s i n g f r o m the b a s e
~laie.
F o r dimensions see Figure 1
F o r installing only outside hazardous a r e a !
>lax. a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e s w i t c h c a b i n e t dur:ng
o p e r a t i o n is +60'C.
Eanh cable from
Protect8ve Electronic
insert Drilling Template for
Wall mounllng
96 ,, 8
I i1
module
provided by
wslorner
Mains
Contact
CIICU~IS
Safety circult
E X Div. 0
.Zone 0.. i4
Eanh
connection
in probe
head
b ~ ~ l d ~atut hp e probe
Calibration
F'TC 3811 7,. L'TC 480 Z
Tlie c a l i b r a t i o n c o l n p o n e n t s ( s e e F i g u r e G I a r e a c c e s s i b l e
a f t e r o p e n i n g the f r o n t p i a t e .
FTC 380 Z Tile F T C . .. Z is c a h h r a t e d u ~ t ht h c p r o b e f r e e (hliiii-
Red diode for level alarm m u m d i s t a n c e m a t e r i a l - p r o b e 100 m m ) .
Polentiometer tor I . C h e c k tha! b r i d g e 4 - 5 ou tile e l e c t r m n i c i n s e r t is

capacilance caiibralion CA c o n n e c t e d a n d that the c o r r e c t f a i l - s a l e s r v ~ t c h i n q
i s s e l e c t e d on the t e r m i n a l block of the F T C . . Z .
( T e r m i n a l s 13/14 ). ,
2 . P l u g in F T C . ..
Z unit a n d t i g h t e n s c r e w s .
Switch on mains.
Pin for switching hysteresis
3 . Connect pins for required switching h y s t e r e s i s -
I auprox. 0.5 DF t h e t o u g h e r t h e l i q u i d , the g r e a t e r the s w i t c h i n g
I1 approx. 1 pF
Ill approx. 2 pF hysteresis.
4 . Connect pins f o r capacitance range I .
5. Calibration f a r m a n m u m fail-safe (Bridge 13-14).
Pin for capaciiance Range CA
a . T u r n CA p o t e n t i o m e t e r a n t i - c l o c k w i s e t o the left
s t o p ( 0 ) . T h e r e d diode l i g h t s u p .
b. T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e u n t i l the g r e e n diode
Green diode :or normal
operation lights up.
c . If t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o n . 2 8 )
a n d the g r e e n diode d o e s not i i g h t u p . s e l e c t the n e x t -
h i g h e r c a p a c i t a n c e r a n g e a n d r e p e a t ]points 5 ( a )
and (b).
d . B y s l o w l y t u r n i n g t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r b a c k w a r d s and
f o r w a r d s , the s w i t c h p o i n t c a n be a d j u s t e d e x a c t l y .
e . F r o m t h e s w i t c l ~ p u l n tt u r n t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r a p p r o x .
h a l f a s c a i e d i v t s i o n f u r t h e r c l o c k w i s e ( g r e e n dlode
lights up)
f . If it 1 5 p o s s ~ b l et o c h a n g e t h e l e v e l in t h e vicinity o i
t h e s w i t c h p o i n t , the foilowing c a l l b r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e
i s possibie:
M a k e a note of the s w i t c h p o i n t when the p r o b e
i s clear.
With p r o b e c o v e r e d , l o o k f o r t h e s e c o n d s'wltch-
p o i n t . T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r b e t w e e n both switcli-
points.
6. C a l i b r a t i o n f o r m i n ~ m u mf a i l - s a f e ( n o b r i d g e 1 3 - 1 4 )
a . T u r n CA p o t e n t i o m e t e r a n t i - c l o c k w i s e t o the l e f t
s t o p ( 0 ) . T h e gn-een diode l i e i ~ t su p .
b . T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e until the r e d diode
lights up.
c . If t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o x . 2 8 )
a n d the r e d diode d o e s not l i g h t u p , s e l e c t the next-
h i g h e r c a p a c i t a n c e r a n g e a n d r e p e a t points 6 l a )
and (b).
d . By t u r n i n g the p o t e n t i o m e t e r s l o w l y b a c k w a r d s and
f o r w a r d s t h e s w i t c h p o i n t can be s e t e x a c t l y .
e . F r o m tlie s w i t c h p o i n t t u r n t h e potentiometer
a p p r o x . h a l i a scale d i v i s i o n f u r t h e r c i o c i w i i e
( r e d diode l i g h t s u p ) .
I. I f it i s p o s s i b l e t o change the l e v e l in t h e vincinity
o f the s w i t c h p o i n t , the following c a l i b r a t i o n 1s
possible:
Make a note of the switchpoint when the p r o b e i s c l e a r

With t h e p r o b e c o v e r e d , l a c k f o r the s e c o n d s w i t c h -
point.
T u r n the p o t e n t i o m e t e r b e t w e e n t h e two s w ~ t c h p o i n t s .
Endress+Hausercmo~+co ''
M e a s u r e m e n t a n d Control FTC 300 Z, 381 2 , 3 8 2 Z

0-7857Maulburg Hauotilrane I FTC 400 2 . 4 8 1 2 , 4 8 2 Z
Telephone (076221281, Tees 01~7322b E 08.77.0412a
Technical data
Electrnnic insert E C I; Z
S I V O T E S T E R F T C 380 7. ... F T C 482 Z
liousing: G r e y Duroplast plug-in F T C 3ROZ. F T C 381 7.. F T C 3 8 2 7 . . F T C -180%.
u n i t . l l a h e p l a t e wilt1 FI'C 481 % . F T C 4 0 2 7. f o r littinl; in t h c p r o l w bead.
t e r m ~ n a lblock ~ r e r n o v a b l e
Housing: . P l a s t i c , potted e l e c t r o n i c
Dimens~ons: See Figure I S e e F i g u r e 2'
ProtectLon to Colour: ,\!'hlte
DIS 40 050: 1 P 40
P r o t e c t i o n t o DIN E l e c t r o n i c s I P 55
hlax. ambient temp: -20'~ . .. iG O O C
10050: T e r m i n a l s I P 00
:,lains: 220 V + I s % - 10%. 5 0 / 6 0 Eiz
M a n . a m b i e n t temp.: -25'~ .. . + 8 0 ' ~
Versions: 2 4 V, 4 ? V , 110 V, 1 1 5 V .
Operating frequency: a p p r o x . 300 kHz
1 2 7 V. 230 V, 240 V
e l 5 5 -
10%50 60 Hz ... Output c u r r e n t : PFM-supply current
P o w e r consumption: A p p r o x . 5 VA
Weight: a p p r o x . 120 g
\\'e~ght: A p p r o x . 1 . 1 kg
E l e c t r o n ~ ci n s e r t in p r o t e c t i o n h o u s i n g I i T C 17 2
-
Output:
F T C 380 2 , 3 8 1 2. I r e l a y with c h a n g
. e-over
contact Dimensions: See F i g u r e 3
Rlax. 250 V a c Max 4 A P r o t e c t i o n t o DIX 1 P 55
Rlax. 500 VA c o s Y ~ 0 . 7
. nlinimum o r m a x i m u m fail-saf6
1 0 050:
Cable glands: 2xPG16
can be selected.
F T C 480 Z , 4 8 1 Z , 1 relay with c h a n g e - o v e r Cable to probe: C o a x i a l c a b l e , not a f f e c t e d
482 2 : contact l o r level by t e m p e r a t u r e t o + 2 0 0 ' ~ .
1 relay with c h a n g e - o v e r in m e t a l p r o t e c t i o n tube
contact f o r function c o n t r o l (steel coated).Length
as required
l n d l c a t i o n of L E D on f r o n t p l a t e
operation: Red = A l a r m condition C a p a c i t a n c e of a p p r o x . 50 p F / m
Green = Normal condit~on probe cable:
S w i t c h ~ n gd e l a y s 0 . . . 5 s , a d j u s t a b l e on A m b ~ e n t e m p . for RIax. + 8 0 ' ~
F T C 381 Z . 481 Z: probe cavered or
probe protection housing:
b e c o m i n g f r e e ( t a p p i n g s c a n be
\\.eight ( i n c l u d i n g a p p r a n . 1 . 1 kg
.
changed.)
electronic insert
-
Input: E C 17 z):
Intrinsically s a f e ( E x ) i G 5 " Z o n e 0':
protection:
Connection to 2 - c o r e cable hindifications t o data r e s e r v e d . a ) 10. 80
electronic insert:
H o u s i n g d i m e n s i o n s a n d drilling t e m p l a t e
3 a p a c l t a n c e of p r o b e F T C 3 8 0 % . 381 2 l"TC382 2 . 4 8 2 :
1
A hlch c a n be 4 8 0 2 . 481 Z
lalibrated: CA o r n c ( A s :
C~
ivitciling In 3 s t a $ e s Continuously
iysteresis ( p i n s c a n be adjustable
changed]: o v e r whole
approx. I pF
C e r t l f l c a t i o n : P T B S o . I11 L?/E - 28748 8-S-F

:ig. 1 D e p t h of h o u s i n g 170 m m
-
This comprises: Probe a n d t a n k (or the e a r t h t u b e of t h e p r o b e ) f o r m a
c a p a m t o r , w h o s e c a p a c i t a n c e c h a n g e s on a c h a n g e in
ZI) NIVOTESTBR F T C 380 2 , F T C 381 Z , F T C 4 8 0 Z level. T h e clectronlc i n s e r t converts the capacltnnce
o r F T C 481 Z e l e c t r o n i c s m o d u l e c h a n g e i n t o c u r v e n t p u l s e s . whicli a r e s u p e r h m p o s e d l a
- a part!y o r f u l l y i n s d a t e d r o d p r o b e t h e m a m s c u i r e n t o n t h e t w b - w i r e c a b l e . T h i s causes the
PTE-certified o u t p u t r e l a y in the F T C e l e c t r o n i c s m o d u l e to s w i t c h .
- e l e c r r a a i c m s e r t E C 17 Z f i t t e d i n t h e p r o b e T h e r e l a y can be s w i t c h e d in t h e t e r m i n a l block to
h e a d o r i n s e r t H T C 17 Z in a p r o t e c t i o n h o u s i n g either minimum o r maximum f a i l - s a f e mode.
T h e N I V O T E S T E R F T C 480 Z , F T C 4 8 1 2, o r F T C 4 8 2 Z
a l s o c!lecks t h e t w o - w i r e c a b l e t o t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t .
bl N I V O T E S T E R F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z e l e c t r o n i c s a l l c o n n e c t i o n p o i n t s a n d even s o m e essential c o m p o -
module n e n t s in the e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t a n d in t h e input s w i t c h m g .
- a l o n -g f u l l y - i n s u l a t e d r o d o r r o p e p r o b e f o r v e r t i c a l
~
installation, PTB-certified
- e l e c t r o n i c : n s e r t E C 17 Z f l t t e d in the p r o b e head S o t e : A s w e l l as the f o l l o w i n g n a t e s on i n s t a l l a t i o n ,
o r i n s e r t in a protectLon h o u s i n g l l T C 1 7 Z . connections, callbration and maintenance, a l s o
note P T B c e r t i f ~ c a t i o n .
For,thanks above ground provide a lightning conductor ExVO. V b F . T R b F . V D E 01G5 and o u r l n f o r m a t ~ o n
a s protection against overvoltages. S h e e t on " I n s t r u r o e n t n f o r u s e in h a z a r d o u s areas".
W e r e c o m m e n d the P T B - c e r t i f i c a t e d HAW 367 Z .
Installation
Electronics module:
The MVOTESTER F T C .. . Z i s a p. l u e in u n i t .
-
T o install and wire only the base p L t e \ n t h terminal
b l o c k a r e n e e d e d . T h e t e r m i n a l block is a b a s i c p a r t
of t h e u n i t . t h e r e f o r e do nor c o n f u s e w t h o t h e r s .
T h e p a r t i i i o n s (coding p l a t e s ) in t h e t e r m i n a l block
m u s t not be r e m o v e d .
T o remove the instrument f r o m the b a s e plate:

- l o o s e n t h e two s c r e w s a t t h e top a n d bottom
in t h e h o u s i n g a n d r e m o v e t h e h o u s i n g f r o m the b a s e
plate.
For d i m e n s i o n s s e e F i g u r e 1.
F o r installing only outside hazardous a r e a !
&lax. a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e s w i t c h c a b i n e t dur:ng
Fig. 2
o p e r a t i o n is + 6 0 ° c .
Electronic
insert Dr8lllng Template for
Wali rnountlng
Elect,-onic i n s e r t , P a y a t t e n t i o n to t h e VDE OlG5 R e g u l a t i o n s when c o n n e c -
t i n g the N I V O T E S T E R to thc e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t in t h e p m b e
The \rhitc e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t E C 1 7 Z i s u s u a l l y f i t t e d which i s m o u n t e d i:l the h a z a r d o u s a r e a .
i n t o the p r o b e head. If t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e i s h i g h e r
tllan -80°C a t t h e p r o b e ihead, an e l e c t r o i i i c i n s e r t in a S e e also the P T B certificate f o r maximum induct;ii~ce
p r u t e c t > o n h o u s i n g 11TC 17 Z i s u s e d arid c o n n e c t e d by and c a p a c i t a n c e v a l u e s when determining m a x i m u m
I I l L c a h l e tu the p r o b e h i a d ( m a u . + 2 0 0 ° C ) . T h e i n i t i a l c a b l e l e n g h t s . M a x i m u m c a b l e r c s i s t n n c e is 25 O l ~ m
c a p a c i t a n c e C:\ i s t h e n i n c r e a s e d by t h e a m o u n t of p e r core. If s c r e e n e d c a b l e i s u s e d . t h e s c r e e n i n g
c a p a c i t a n c e o f t h e f I F - c a b l e (approx. 50 p F / m i . s h o u l d o n l y be z a r t h e d a t one p o i n t a n d c o n n e c t e d to the
p o t e ~ t i a lc o m p e n s a t i o n c a b l e ; A l s o to be c o n n e c t e d to the
potential compensatmn cable (minimum di;tmeter 4 m m 2 )
Probe: are t h e t a n k , c o n s t r u c t e d of e l e c t r i c a l l y c o n d u c t i v e
S e e T e c h n i c a l I n f o r m a t u x s h e e t 10. 75. 05 f o r n o t e s m a t e r i a l , t h e p r o b e , t h e l i g h t n i n g c o n d u c t o r (on t a n k s
on s e l e c t m n a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e p r o b e . a b o v e g r o u n d ) , a l l m e t a l p a r t s in t h e (Ex)a r e a , elec!rical
For h a z a r d o u s a r e a in "Zone 0" (UK:Div. 0 ) o r o v e r f l o w u n i t s a l s o c o n n e c t e d to t h e c a b l e a n d if p o s s i b l e t h e
prevention applications, use only P T B certified p r o b e s . s w i t c h c a b i n e t in which t h e N I V O T E S T E R F T C . Z i9 ..
fitted.
F o r m t n i n m n o r m a x i m u m detectlo" either a fully
o r p.lrtly i n s u l a t e d p r o b e ( d e p e n d m g on t h e t y p e of S e e t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n s h e e t f o r c o n n e c t i n g lightning
m a t e r i a l ) f o r side mounting i s used. c o n d u c t o r s on t a n k s a b o v e g r o u n d .
Rod p r o b e s are s c r e w e d h o r i z o n t a l l y o r p o m t l n g s l i g h t l y
do;rniiards i n t o t h e t a n k a t t h e h e i g h t of the r e q u i r e d C o n n e c t b r i d g e 4 - 5 on t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t when
r s ~ r i t c h , ? o i n t . If s i d e m o u n t i n g i s not p o s s i b l e , i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t i n g F T C 380 Z, F T C 381 Z . F T C 480 Z . F T C 4 8 1 Z
C o n n e c t b r i d g e 4 - 3 when c o n n e c t i n g F T C 382 Z o r
p r o b e f r o m t h e top.
T h e p r o b e i s a l s o m o u n t e d f r o m t h e t a p if e i t h e r F T C 482 2.
F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z i s c o n n e c t e d f o r t w o - p o i n t
c o n t r o l . In n u n - c o n d u c t i v e m a t e r i a l the l e n g t h of t h e A f t e r c o n n e c t i n g t h e c a b l e t o t h e e l e c t r o n i c i n s e r t E C 17 2
s e a l t h e c a b l e e n t r i e s i n t h e p r c b e h e a d a n d s c r e w l i d tight.
p r o b e m u s t be a p p r o x . 2 0 0 - 3 0 0 m m l o n g e r than t h e
d i s t a n c e f r o m the t a n k r o o f t o t h e r e q u i r e d s w i t c h p o i n t . S e l e c t f a i l - s a f e s w i t c h i n g by s o l d e r i n g a p p r o p r i a t e
3. .
b r i d g e s i n t h e F T C . . Z t e r m i n a l block: .
U s e o n l y a f u l l y i n s u l a t e d p r o b e i n c o n j u n c t i o n with
F T C 382 Z o r F T C 482 Z. Bridge between t e r m i n a l s 13 and 14
I i the p r o b e is l o n g e r t h a n 3 rn, p r o v i d e a s u p p o r t t o -M a x i m u n i f a i l - s a i e ( o v e r f l o : ~p r e v e n t i o n )
prevent excess movement. Xo b r i d ~ eh e t w e e n t c r m z n s l s 1 3 a n d 1 4
In a l l cases e n s u r e t h a t p r o b e s without e a r t h t u b e s do - Minimum fail-safe
not e x t e n d i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l inflow s t r e a m a n d t h a t no
h e a v y d e p o s i t can f o r m a r o u n d the b o s s . h1animu:n f a i l - s a f e m e a n s t h a t the r e l a y d e - e n e r g i z e s
i
when t h e l e v e l e x c e e d s t h e sw1:ctrpoint (i. e . covers
D u e t o the g z n e r a l l y low r e l a t i v e d i e l e c t r i c c o n s t a n t t h e s i d e m o u n t e d p r o b e ) o r when m a i n s s u p p l y l a i l s .
of i l a m r n a b l e l i q u i d s , p r o b e s with e a r t h t u b e s a r e p r e -
L feX~d. h l i n i m u m f a i l - s a f e m e a n s t h a t the r e l a y d e - e n e r g i z e s
whcn the l e v e l f a l l s below the s w i t c h p o i n t (i. e . c l e a r s
F o r p r o b e s with an e a r t h t u b e t h e p r o b e s h o u l d e x t e n d t h e s i d e m o u n t e d p r o b e ) o r whcn m a i n s s u p p l y f a i l s .
f a r enough i n t o t h e t a n k t h a t t h e v e n t i l a t i o n h o l e s are
clear. S e e f i g u r e 6-12 f o r r e l a y and l a m p o p e r a t i o n
/- F o r p r o b e s w>tho:t e a r t h t u b e t h e end of t h e b o s s t h r e a d
s h o u l d join a t t h e i n n e r w a l l of t h e t a n k o r s h o u l d e x t e n d C o n n e c t t h e a l a r m u n i t s in s u c h a way t h a t any I n t e r r u p -
s l i ~ h t l yi n t o the tank. U s e p r o b e s w i t h o u t e a r t h t u b e tion of the s i g n a l c u r r e n t c i r c u i t by a r e l a y c o n t a c t o r
only in :netal t a n k s . a f a u l t w i l l ' t n i t i a t e nn a l a r m . S e e F i g u r e 5.
- See T e c h n i c a l l n f o r m a t l o n s h e e t s f o r t e c h n i c a l d a t a ,. Tlic following c o n d i t i o n s i n i t i a t e an a l a r m :

oq p r o b e s . f u l l tank, m a i n s f a i l u r e , s h o r t c i r c u i t on the p r o b e
cable, interruption an the cable to the a l a r m units.
In c a s e of c a n d u c t l v e b u i l d - u p t h e i n s u l a t i o n of t h e
c e r t a i n f a u l t s in the e i c c t r o n i c s m o d u l e a n d u n s c r e w i n g
partly.insr;l~ted probe should have approx. the s a m e
t h e i n s t r u m e n t f r o m the b a s e p l a t e .
length a s the p r o b e .
I
Connections If i n s t r u m e n t s with high i n d u c t a n c e a r e c o n n e c t e d ( e . g.
See F i g u r e 4 f o r c o n n e c t m n s of S l V O T E S T E R F T C .. . Z contactors. solenoid vaives etc. I provide a s p a r k
a r r e s t e r to p r o t e c t r e l a y contacts.
Note: P a y a t t e n t m n to v o l t a g e m a r k e d on t h e s t i c k - o n
label. (Visible on removing b a s e plate).
I n s i d e t h e STVOTESTEI: i s a m e d i u m - b l o w f u s e on the
m a n s side.
1lair.s voltage S a m i n a l C u r r e n t of fuse

2 ? i ) . 2 3 0 . 2 4 0 1. a c 8 0 r n A m e d i u m - blo,.v
T h e intrinsically s a f e input of t h e Z I V O T E S T E R F T C . . . Z
i s not sensitive to spurious pulses.
-4
Relay contact for Level
alarm
Relay Contact for
2=
-7
Operaimn alarm
(only for FTC 4802. FIC 4812,
F I C 4822
.-k
Not E X
Relay and i m p operarion F i C 380
Fati-sate Level
mode
Minimum
tali-sale
No bridge
Mains d d
Calibration
F T C 380 % . F T C 480 Z
T h e calibration cornponenls (see F i g u r e G ) a r e accessible

a f t e r o p e n i n g the f r o n t p l a t e .
FTC 360 Z
Red diode for levei aiarm
The FTC . .. Z i s c a l i b r a t e d .witii t h e p r a b e f r e e (LIini-
m u m d i s t a n c e m a t e ~ i a l - p r o b e 100 m m ) .
Potentiomeler tor 1 . C h e c k thht b r i d g e 4 - 5 on t h e e l e c t r o n i c l n s e r t i s

capacllance callbration CA c o n n e c t e d a n d t h a t the c o r r e c t f a i l - s a f e s w i t c h m g
i s s e l e c t e d an the t e r m i n a l block of the F T C . . Z .
( T e r m i n a l s 13/14). .
2. P l u g in F T C . ..
Z unit a n d t i g h t e n s c r e w s .
Switch on m a i n s .
Pin lor switching hysleresis
l approx. 0.5 pF
3 . Connect pins for required switching h y s t e r e s i s -
I1 approx. 1 pF t h e t o u g h e r t h e l i q u i d , the g r e a t e r the switching
Ill approx. 2 pF hysteresis.
4 . Connect pins for capacitance range 1.
5. C a l i b r a t i o n f o r m a x i m u m f a i l - s a f e ( B r ~ d g e1 3 - 1 4 ) :
a. T u r n CA p o t e n t i o m e t e r a n t i - c l o c k u , i s e t o the left
s t o p ( 0 ) . T h e r e d diode l i g h t s u p .
b. T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e u n t i l the e r e e n diode
Green diode :or normal
operalion lights up
If tile p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o x . 2 6 )
a n d the g r e e n diode d o e s n o t light u p , s e l e c t the next-
h i g h e r c a p n c i t n i i c e r a n g e a n d r e p e a t lpoiiits 5 ( a )
and ( b ) .
By s l o w l y t u r n i n g t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r b a c k w a r d s and
f o r w a r d s . the s w i t c h p o i n t c a n be a d j d s t e d exac:ly.
F r o m the switchpaint turn the potentiometer a:qrox,
half a s c a l e d i v i s i o n I u r t h e r c l o c k w ~ s e( g r e e n diode
lights UP)
i f it i s p o s s ~ b l et o c h a n g e t h e l e v e l in t h e vicmi:y of
t h e s w i t c h p o i n t , the :allowing c a l i b r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e
i s possible:
M a k e a note of t h e s w i t c h p o i n t when the p r o b e
is clear.
With p r o b e c o v e r e d , l o o k f o r t h e s e c o n d s w i t c h -
p o i n t . T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r b e t w e e n both s u i t c i i -
points.
C a l i b r a t i o n f o r m i n i m u m f a i l - s a f e ( n o b r i d g e 13-14 )
T u r n C,\ p o t e n t i o m e t e r a n t i - c l o c k w ~ s et o t h e left
s t o p ( 0 ) . T h e g r e e n diode l i g i ~ t sup.
T u r n p o t e n t i o m e t e r c l o c k w i s e u n t i l the r e d diode
lights up.
If the p o t e n t i o m e t e r i s a t t h e r i g h t s t o p ( a p p r o x . 2 8 )
a n d the r e d diode d o e s not light up. s e l e c t t h e n e x t -
~ ~
higher capacitance r a n g e and repeat points 6 l a )

and (b).
By t u r n i n g the p o t e n t i o m e t e r s l o w l y b a c k w a r d s and
f o r w a r d s t h e s w i t c h p o i n t c a n be s e t e x a c t l y .
From t!le s w i t c h p o i n t t u r n t h e p o t e n t i o m e t e r
a p p r o x . half a s c a l e d i v i s i o n f u r : h e r c l o c k w i s e
( r e d diode l i g h t s up).
If it i s p o s s i b l e t o c h a n g e the l e v e l in t h e wnc:r.ity
of t h e s w i t c h p o i n t , t h e following c a l i b r a t i o l i 1s
possible:
Make a note o f the s w i t c h p o i n t when t h e p r o b e i s c l e a r .

With t h e p r o b e c o v e r e d . l o c k f o r the s e c o n d s a i t c h -
paint.
T u r n the p o t e n t i o m e t e r b e t w e e n the two s w ~ t r h p o i n t s .
REMOTE CONTROLLED
3-WAY VALVE VTR-M-F
APPLICATION
For switching over from one oil quality
to another, or for mixing the two.
For instance heavy fukl oiljdiesel oil
for ship engines.
HOW I T WORKS
The 3-way valve is governered from

the Control room by a rheostat on
the switch board. There are lights
for indicating the valve position.
The switching goes stepiess. The
valve may even be operated by hand,
fob instance a t power failure.
3-WAY VALVE
VTR-F-NT10
Servoamplifier
Switch board
DATE
Valve
TYPE
-
IVTR-M
1
JVTR-F
Connection diarn. 115-50 m m 15-100 m m
Way of connecting Threads Flanges SMS 342 ( D I N 25321
Pressure class NPlO NPlO
Max temp. '?dater 120OC 120OC
hateri81 i n housing Cast iror. SIS0125iCast iron SIS0125
MaterLal i n slider Copper Alloy SIS515O~CopperAlloy SIS5150
Material i n shaft Copper Alloy SIS5170/Copper A l l o y SISS170
DIMENSION SKETCH (see overleaf)

MOTOR type M5P or M15PPBB
Voltage: 24V. 50-60 Hz
.. Input: 12 V A
Max torque: 100 or 150 kp cm Mixing Diverting
Set time for 1800: 9 0 sec. or 300 sec.
Temp. of surroundings: -200C - 50% + 4
Casing: Splash- and dust proof
Weioht:
>..-- ~
7 1. ..y
-, kn
SERVOAMPLIFIER: typePSF-105X
REMOTE RHEOSTAT:300 ohm linear
S1VITCH BOARD: Material: brushed aluminium I150 x 80 x 3 mm)
Panel opening: 1 3 0 x H) rnm
Contents: 2 signal lamps. green - 24V
1 remote rheortat
Engraved scale: 100% - 50% -.loo".
WIRING DIAGRAM: see overleaf. :.
I
W l T C i l EOARD.
I
. . . -. - .
b l. 1n:errop:er In ba1ai;ce both lamps are lit
el.' Fusts Signal on 12 - h l i s lit.
hl. Signal Ian::: ;,Heavy fuel oil)) Signal on 13 - h2 is lit.
h2. Sictial lamp ))Diesel oil))
Cnl. Val:.? motor ILl5P/24V/1 80°1VTR LOWcurrent wires must not
rl. Rernote rhesstat be laid together with 230V.
ul. Servo amplifier
A B C M3x. Dresswe
Valve typs rnrn rnm mm drop m. W.g.x
VTR-M 15
20
25
32
40
50
VTR-F 15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
x Valid for rnixiog only.

pressure reducing and overflow stations
Roboter '...
...save energy
and operating medium.
They are individually adapted to your
operating conditions.
. ..are economical.
You receive a ready-mounted and
ready-to-work control station,
consisting of control valve and
combined pressure controller/positioner.
. . . are supplibd for

all nominal valve sizes,
pressure ranges, and for every medium
which can be controlled by a valve, i. e.
DN 15 - 400 (800) mm, ('/2' - 16" [32"]),
PN 6 - 250 (400) bar,
in all machineable materials.
L
.
. . . are unsurpassed in their
reliability.
The nofzle-flapper system has proven
good all over the world during the
last 50 years under most difficult ambient
.and operating conditions.
. . . requirea
minimum of maintenance.
Its design, consisting of only a few robust
parts, is so simple that any of your own
mechanics will be Able to serve it without
problems.
never stop your plant.

While working at the controller (e. g. exchange
of measuring system), the valve can be
operated manually.
Typical applications
in the &earn network

..--
and in your plants

; here at the rolling stand
j .
i
j
'G d
bearing-pressure control emulsion-pressure control 9-
A
I Important Technical Data
The pressure qf the controlled medium (actual value Nominal diameters: from 15 to 400 (800) mm
"X") exerts its power against the flapper through the ('h" - 1 6 [32"])
measuring system (bellows, diaphragm, capsule). This Nominal pressures: from 6 to 250 (400) bar
power is balanced by the force of the setpoint Actual value "X": see table
adjustment spring. If e. g. the pressure "X" decreases, Supply air "2": 1,4 bar (2,5 bar)
the flapper throttles the nozzle, causing an increase of Control value " Y : 0.2 - 1,O bar (0,2 - 2,O bar)
the output pressure " Y . The alteration of the valve Sensitivity: < 0,020% of medium "X"
position, caused by the outpufpressure change, is fed Reversing range: < 0,033% of medium " X
back to the controller by an adjustable reset spring. Hysteresis: < 1,0% of medium "X"
Supply-air
influence: < 0,4 O/O per 0,l bar
Air consumotion: 300 Nl/h
Executions Type 00200
Technical data are subject to alterations without prior notice.
ARCA-REGLER GMBH
Postfach 20
D-4154Tonisvorst 2
Fernruf (0 21 56) 70 21 -25
Telex 853 599
The p u r p o s e o f t h e f i r e c o n t r o l b o a r d i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y
t o produce a s i g n a l of f i r e and t o g i v e varnlng of f a u l t s
t h a t might a f f e c t t h e alarm c a p a b i l i t y o f t h e c o n t r o l
plant.
CU""T SUPPLY:
A constznt voltage cont:olled r e c t i f i e r in parallel with

a _7:1! b a t t e r y , e a c h o f : h e c u r r e n t s y s t e m s b e i n g s u f f i c i z n t
to keep t h e p l a n t going. S p a r e v o l t a g e o u t l e t i-om r e c t i -
f i e r g i v e s ; u d ! . b l e v a ~ n i n ga t t h e p l z n t v i i 2 n c o n t e ; i p o . r a r y
break of r e c t i f i e r and b a t t e r ) f u s e .
Tk!E LOOP 2 R i U C I P L E s
2 - c o n d u c t o r c o n s t a n t c u ~ r e n tc o n t r o l l e d l o o p w i t h e n d o f
line resiskor. D e t e c t o r s with normally open c o n t a c t a r e
used, connected in p a ~ a l l s l .
4UiE5CENT STATE- OF THE ? L . a T :

The b a t t e r y v o l k a g e c a n b e r e a d f r o m t h e a e a s u r i n g i n s t r ~ ? e n :
of the p?ant. A g r e e n x a i n v o l t a g e c o n t r o l l a m p i s o n when
the r e c t i f i e r i s working.
.WAR'i!YG I N T H E E V E N T OF F I R E :
- thz A a n d 9 l a m p s o f t h e l o c p p l u s t h e u o r d F!ZE are
illuminated i n the alarn field
C
- alarm b e l l s give interrupted signals
- the control board's buzzer gives continuous signal
- p o s s i b l e v e n t i l a t i o n f a n s guided from t h e board ~uill

s t o p , and the f i r e doors, i f any, closed.
When w a r n i n g i s n o l o n g e r n e c e s s a r y , a l a r r i s c u t o u t b y
predsihg t h e "CUT OUT" push b u t t o n f o r t h e l o o p . This v i ? l
be i l l u m i n a t e d a s long a s t h e l o o p i s d i s c o n n e c t e d . The
smoke h e t e c t o r s o r t h e t h e r m a l d e t e c t o r s h a v i n g been r e -
l e a s e d car$ a g a i n b e c o n n e c t e d ? h e n a l l t r a c e s o f s m o k e o;
h e a t a r e removed. I f t h e r e should be any suspicion of dz-
rnage, a f u n c t i o n t e s t m u s t b e m a d e .
. .
L I F E 60AT A L A R M ( o n l y on s h i p p l a n t s ) :
I s o p e r a t e d from a s p e c i a l push b u t t o n o u t s i d e t h e b o a r d .
The s h i p ' s a l a r m b e l l s w i l l b e r i n g i n g a s l o n g a s t h e
button is being 2ushed i n .
FAULT ALAK.1 i s g i v e n o p t i c a l l y a n d a u d i b l y i n f o l l o w i n g c a s e s :
B a t t z r y F a u l t w a r n i n g i s g i v e n when:
1. t h e b a t t e r y v o l t a g e f a l l s b e l o u 23,5V. This can be due t o
t h e r e c t i f i e r n o t c h a r g i n g o r a n y Fau1.t w i t h t h e b a t t e r y .
2. Any br2ak between t h e b a t t e r y and t h e c o n t r o l board; the
voltzge of t h e r e c t i f i e r w i l l t h e n s i n k below. 2 3 , 5 V .
- E a r t h F a u l t i s b e i n g warned vhenever one o f t h e l e a d i n g

parts o f t h e p l a n t i s g e t t i n g i n c o n t a o t w i i h e a r t h . The
v o l i ~ e k e ro f t h e b o a r d v i l l i n d i c a t e w h e t h e r t h e d e r i v a t i o n
i s f r o m + o r - w h i l e - s e ~ t i n qt h e s e l e c t o r t o p o s i t i o n e a r t h +
or earth -. I F t h e e a z t h f a u l t i s on a l o o q , i t c a n b e
F o u n d b y c u t t i n g o u t t h e l a o ~ si n d i v i d u a l l y u n t i l t n e f a u l t
indication d i s a p p e a r s . O t h e r p a r t s of t h e p l a n t nus: be d i s -
c o n n z c ~ s d . s e p a r a t e l yF o r m e a s u r i n g . I n d u c t o r s h a l l n o t be
used. T h e e a ~ t hf a u l t i n d i c a t i o n c a n b e c u t o u t t h r o u g h
push S u t t b n "EARTH RELAY CUT OUT'' w h i l e l o o k i n g f o r t h e f a u l t
- F u s e F a u l t w a r n i n g i s g i v e n by b r e a k o f w i r e f u s e i n b o a r d
- Looo f a u l t w a r n i n g i s g i v e n b y b r e a k o f s e c t i o n w i r e o r r e -
m o v a l q.F a d e t e c t o r . The B-lamp of. t h e l o o p w i l l l i g h t .
The f a u l t i n d i c a t i o n c a n b e c u t o u t b y t h e " C U T O U T " b u t k o n
o f t h e l o o p a n d c o n n e c t i o n made i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r r e p a i r .
TEST OF T H E C O Y T R O L B O A R D :
During t e s t a l a r m b e l l s and f a u l t buzzer can i f ,vanted be c u t
o f ~ tby the r e s p e c t i v e "CUT CUT" b u t t o n s .
Autamatic fan s t o p and autumatic c l o s i n g o f doors a r e by-passed
o v e r d o c r s w i t c h e s when t h e b o a r d ' s f r o n t d o o r i s o p e n e d .
The l o o p e c u i p m e n t i s t e s t e d t h r o u g h t h e l o o p ' s t e s t b u t t o n s .
The l o o p ' s A a n d B l a m p s p l u s t h e v o r d F I R E w i l l b e l i t t e n .
The l o o p s a r e r e s e t t h r o u g h t h e i n d i v i d u a l " C U T O U T " b u t t o n
o r by t h e common r e s e t b u t t o n .
The r e l e 3 s e o f a l o o p s h o u l d a l s o b e d o n e t h r o u g h a d e t e c t o r o r
an a l a r n push b v t t o n .
The b a t t e r y f a u l t e q u l p n e n : i s t e s t e d b y u s l n g t h e p u s h b u t t o n
"BATTERY FAULT T E S T " . T h e v o l t a g e t h e n d e c r e a s e s t o c a . 2?V
m e a n v h l l e B A T T E R Y FAdLT 1s indicated.
'LOOP, f u s e a n d e a r t h f a u l t i n d i c a t i o n c a n b e t e s t e d by s i m u -
l a t i n g the above mentioned f a u l t s .
Alarn bquiprnent, a u t o m a t i c f a n s t o p , aukomatic door c l o s i n g
e t c . must be c o n t r o l l e d . The b a t t e r i e s a r e c o n t r o l l e d a n d
c h a r g e d up i f n e c e s s a r y - . The b a t t e r y v o l t a g e , r e a d f r o m t h e
b o a r d ' s v o l t m e t e r , must be:
Lead b a t t e r y 26,7\J
19 c e l l s Ni-Cd-battery 26,6V
See f u r t h e r b a t t e r y i n s t r u c t i o n from t h e s u o p l i e r .
AB-TEST: T h i s t e s t c a n n o t b e made o n a,BSXS b o a r d . Hhen t h e
i n d i c a t o r i s i n p o s i t i o n A9 t e s t , a l l l o o p s a r e c u t o u t a n d t h e
l a m p s "5iCTIOSS O U T " u i l l il l u a i n a t e .
1 All loops are to be tested by alarm from the
control boaro.
2 Fire alarm is e!so to be tested outside h e loops
(from manuel detector or thermal detec!or). All
alarm bells are to be con!roiled contern?orary.
The door of the con:rol board has to be in a closed
position duri?; :his test. If mechanical ven:ilation
and mzgnetic 63cr retainer arranse-nent are con-
nected with the ~ l s n t ,these functions have to
be tested.
3 Reading of :he o p i r z t i n g irol:age (26-28 Volt).

4 Readins of the o ? ~ r a t i n gv o l l a ~ ewith :ke battery
disconnected (:ec;i:;;r voltage (2:-22 Volt). The
reading is to be carried out by (using the) push
button marked .,BATTERY FAULT TEST.. .
5 If necessary cefectlve lamps are to be changed.
6 Acid weight is :o be con:rolled. (for lead batteries
this is normally 1 2 4 , by normal fluid level), and if
necessary fill up with distilled water. ('Besides.
see the battery instruction).
Behandlingsforskrift for stasjonart batteri
Blybatteri nr. . 5.4
. 0 . 3....3..................................................... 2.. I l e n h e t e r type ......6...S?s .26.....................
Levert ..................... februa.~

........ 1 9 8 3 for drift av
Kapasitet ................2.6.................. amperetimer ved 10 timers utlading med ............... 2.,, 6 ampere
,.
Kapasitet amperetimer ved 5 timers utlading med ampere
Ladestremstyrke ved begynnelse av lading heyst .................................................................. 9 .................ampere
Under gassing (ved spenning over .............2.9.... volt) hayst ............................................... 1 . ~ 3 ampere
. .
Normal syrevekt i oppladet tilstand ............L.T%.............. ved 20 C
Lading Utlading
En korrekt regulert lading er meget viktig for battedets Batteriet skal ikke utlades for dypt og skal ikke bli steende
levetid. Det er av belydning h ha en godt regulert likeret- lenge i ntladet tilstand. En utlading bar brytes nhr cellespen-
ter som gir strom med lav rippel. ningen er sunket ti1 1,s volt ved lav stremstyrke eller
1,7 volt ved hey stremstyrke.
Ved kontinuerlig lading under jevn belastning skal spen-
ningen holdes konstant pa 2 2 3 volt pr. celle. Ladingen Alminnelig vedlikehold
overvhkes ved regelmessig kontroll av spenningen. Med Syrenivhet skal kontrolleres regelmessig. Det skal boldes
jevne mellomrom bor spenningen for bver enkelt celle innenfor nivhmerkene ph cellekarene (eventuelt ph nivi-
(eller enhet) kontrolleres og noteres. Opptrer det shwn? indikatorens peilerer). Nir det e r nedvendig, etterfylles
ujevnhet enn normalt, bor batteriet lades ti1 gassing sB med destillert eller renset vann.
lenge at spenningen har holdt seg konstant i minst 2 timer
i de svakesle cellene (utjevningslading). Batteriet skal boldes rent og tert utvendig. Unngh bmk
av lesningsmidler ph kar og lokk a v plast. Skmforbindel-
sene skal ha rene kontaktflater og holdes godt tilskrudd.
Av og ti1 renses de grundig og settes inn med vaselin eller
Har det forekommet en ekstraordinser utlading, skal det Iignende for hindre lcorrosjon.
.
sorges for rilcelig opplading. Stremstyrken under lading skal
- imidlertid ikke overstige de verdiene som er oppgitt oven- Det skal unnghs at syren blir forurenset av irr, st, metall,
for. sievann eller lignende. Syrespill skal ikke forekomme. Syre
utenfor cellene kan neytralberes med svak sodaopplesning.
Under ladmg'ut\ildes ek\plosir g a s , og det skal derfor ser- Ta kontalct med oss ved behov for rhd eller service. Vi
gcr for effektav vqnlrluslon av batlerislrapet eller balteri- anbefaler en avtale om Brlig inspeksjon for h trygge bat-
rammcl Ladcanleeeet
.................. "-..skal vaere i- samrvar
-~~~~~ ~ - - - ~med Forskrifter
~-~~~~ -~~~~ ~ ~
teridriften,
for elektriske anlegg, fastsatt av Industridepartemenlet.
Behandlingsforskriften skal alltid vzere tilgjengelig.
Utskifting av batterier
Ved utskifting eller kassering av gamle batterier er vi all-
tid interessert i h overta det kasserte materiellet. All bly
Roylcing forbys i batterirommet. Flammer eller gledende blir gjenvunnet og syren noytralisert hos oss.
gjenstander skal ikke lromme i nserheten av cellehpningene.
Gnistdannelre skal unnghs, og det skal derfor vises stor for- Ved demontering av anlegg av en viss sterrelse e r vi gjeme
siktighet under arbeid med cellene (maling, etterfylling behjelpelig med fagfolk. Ta 1 sh fall kontakt med vhrt ho-
OSV.). vedkontor e l k en av vhre avdelinger.
Anker
-
POSTBOKS 25
Batterier
-
a.s
-
31M HORTEN TELEFON (033) 42851 TELEX Zf532
OSLO - BOD% - TRONDHEIM - BERCEW - SANONES - SKIEN

Sulzer 6rlb76 Me Bridge Control Alarm Ums Plant Nr-1 Eo-Anlegg

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sulzer 6rlb76 Me Bridge Control Alarm Ums Plant Nr-1 Eo-Anlegg

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Close this Document

Vaktinstruks for maskinister.

KAPITEL NR.3 KONTROLLPULT

HAEBs mappe for kontrollpult.

- ' KAPITEL NR.5

ALFSEN & GUNDERSON Temperaturregulering.

AUTRONICA Innstallasjonstegninger for Sulzer RL76.

MACHINERY SPACE "CONCORDIA FJORD"

I Tel. 032,52 221 Moss Rosenberg Verft a.s P.O.B. 53.1512 J e l w

FOR ENGINEER ON DUTY:

1. BEFORE UNATTENDED PERIOD STARTS:

Check t h a t e n g i n e s a r e running s a t i s f a c t o r i l y by making a normal

Check t h a t f u e l o i l day t a n k h a s enough o i l f o r unattended p e r i o d ,

Check t h a t a u x i l l a r y pump s w i t c h e s s t a n d i n p o s i t i o n "STAND BY".

Check t h a t no alarms which i n d i c a t e a f a i l u r e a r e l i g h t e d on t h e

Check t h a t v a l v e s b e f o r e f i r e alarm horn a r e i n open n o s i t i o n .

Check t h a t one of t h e a u x i l l a r y engines i s p r e p a r e d f o r s t a n d

Make a n o t e i n t h e j o u r n a l a f t e r checking t h e above mentioned

. a. Inform b r i d g e o f f i c e r on duty t h a t t h e e n g i n e s a r e ready f o r

c. Check t h a t t h e manoeuvre and t h e watchkeeping r e s p o n s i b i l i t y have

d. Make a n o t e i n t h e j o u r n a l when l e a v i n g t h e engine room.

b. When reaching t h e engine room t h e alarm should be c a n c e l l e d .

c. A f t e r t h e necessary s t e p s and/or r e p a i r s have been c a r r i e d o u t ,

TRANSFERRING OF WATCHKEEPING RESPONSIBILITY FROM BRIDGE TO ENGINE ROOM:

b. When t h e e n g i n e e r reaches t h e engine room, he t a k e s over t h e

c. The t r a n s f e r should be noted i n t h e j o u r n a l .

Respect t h e alarm. Take n o t h i n g f o r g r a n t e d , b u t t a k e every measure

p r . MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a . s .

Tel. 032,52221 MOSSRosenberg Verft a.s P.0.B. 53. 1512 Jelev

FOR BRIDGE OFFICER ON DUTY:

When an unattended period shall start, the bridge officer has to

Place of residence for the engineer during the unattended period

Make a function test of the alarm system.

Check that fire alarm system for engine room is engaged.

Switch over the watchkeeping responsibility, acoustic and optical

Make a note in the journal when the'unattended period starts.

b.. Call up the engineer on duty.

b. When the engineer reaches the engine room, he switches'over the

c. Time of transferring should be noted in the journal.

pr. MOSS ROSENBERG VERFT a.s.

I I . UMS-PLANT SHEET NO.: 1/4

PRESSOSTATKALIBRATOR 0-40 BAR

KMC-230 ON/OFF kanalenhet 1 " ' 1 4

NO. ACTION GROUP:

IDW INSULATION LEVEL

NON ESSENTIAL IDAD

M.E.AU?D SHUT DOWN RELAY

M.E.AUT0 SLOW DOWN RELAY

DRG.NO.: 400-790-001 SH. 2 OF24

NO. NO. DESCRIPTION REMARKS

GENERATOR WINDINGS START OF

INERTGAS PLANT FAILURE 1 RELAY

FIRE ALARM SYSTEN

BILGE WELL AFT. LEVEL MOBREY FIANGE

LEVEL MOBREY MOBREY FLANGE

BILGE WATER SEPARATOR

HYDR.UNIT IN DUCT FWD * LEVEL MASKIN A/S

HYDR.UNIT IN DUCT FWD TEMP. MASKIN A/S

SEWAGE UNIT LEVEL

M.E.FUEL OIL INLET PRESS. WTRONICA WTRONICA

M.E.FUEL OIL VISC. VISC. VISCOTHERM

M.E.FUEL OIL VISC . VISCOTHERM

M.E.FUEL OIL BOOSTER

INSTRUMENT NO.: zoo